Home

First Alert 3040DF Home Security System User Manual

Contents

1. a se ra C A Observe Safety notes see page 60 Vehicles equipped with the KEYLESS GO fea ture are supplied with a SmartKey with inte grated KEYLESS GO function With the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO present in the vehicle pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button e without the brake pedal depressed corre sponds to the various starter switch posi tions gt page 87 e with the brake pedal firmly depressed will start the engine gt page 109 The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located in the vehicle gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Do not depress the brake pedal KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only Position 0 Before you press the KEYLESS GO start stop button the vehicle s on board electronics have status O as with SmartKey removed Position 1 gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once This supplies power for some electrical consumers such as radio functions If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button e once more the ignition position 2 is switched on e twice more the power supply is again switched off Ignition or position 2 gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button twice This supplies power for all electrical con sumers All lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless activated in the instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument clust
2. 77730 23723 Retractable hardtop switch Opening Closing gt Engage the parking brake gt Close the luggage cover gt page 178 gt Close the trunk lid gt Switch on the ignition Opening Make sure the retractable hardtop is dry before you open it Otherwise water may enter the trunk interior gt Pullup onthe retractable hardtop switch as indicated by arrow Q until the retractable hardtop is completely lowered into its trunk storage compartment Closing gt Press down on the retractable hardtop switch as indicated by arrow 2 until the retractable hardtop is completely closed and locked Controls in detail With the SmartKey A Observe Safety notes see page 173 gt Close the luggage cover gt page 178 gt Close the trunk lid gt Aim the transmitter eye at an outside door handle The SmartKey must be in close proximity to the outside door handle Opening Summer opening feature Make sure the retractable hardtop is dry before you open it Otherwise water may enter the trunk interior Retractable hardtop gt Press and hold button until the retractable hardtop is completely open The seat ventilation for the driver s seat switches on and the rear side windows also open gt Release button to interrupt the open ing procedure gt Press and hold button once more to open the door windows Closing Convenience closing feature gt Press an
3. Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Symbol messages Brake Display messages Reduced Brake Effect Depress brake pedal fully Reduced Brake Effect Service Required Possible cause consequence The electro hydraulic brake system is in emergency operation mode Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the brake pedal travel is longer The stop ping distance is increased The maximum speed is limited to 55 mph 90 km h The electro hydraulic brake system is in emergency operation mode Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the brake pedal travel is longer The stop ping distance is increased Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Do not drive any further gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling
4. 220 Advanced TPMS low tire pressure Telltale 3 ds aah ake wee ene ae 303 Air pressure cce crec 0000000005 215 Care and maintenance 210 ClEANING wedcseddeiecedees sad 211 Direction of rotation spinning 212 Important notes on tire inflation PICSSUMG cicada nae ca bend oe eae 216 Inflation pressure 216 217 Information placard 212 INSpeCllON c0 ce0dceee6 o40 210 Labeling 232 222 cee n ie eos 223 Odd TAtINE wee cnn dee wees ees 232 Messages in the multifunction dis DIA aed cc nonb nesadne as 266 291 MOExtended 008 343 Ply composition and material used 232 Problems under overinflation 216 RetreadS 0 cece ee eee 209 Rims and tires technical data 343 Rotations 23st ies ees 233 SEVICE ITO cote e whe eaeees 211 S ZE S ee dota bo de ete R ase 343 Snow chains 00 234 Speed rating 0 6 225 232 SONNE e esarri argon dace eiere 211 Temperature 216 230 Terminology 5202 2 230 Tire Identification Number 232 Tire Pressure Monitoring System IPMS emn eegetie acer Spade ceetecesd 218 TPMS low tire pressure malfunc tion telltale 0 33 303 Traction 00008 229 232 Tread oe cee eee 232 Tread depth 211 234 Treadwear indicators 211 232 Vehicle maximum loadon 233 Wear pattern 0 5 52005 005 233 Winter tires 234 343 Tire speed ra
5. Override Currently Unavail able See Oper Manual Possible cause consequence You have accelerated The Distronic has switched off Distronic is deactivated because e The Distronic cover in the radiator grille is dirty e The functionality is impaired by heavy precipitation or fog e The system is overheated Possible solution gt Stop accelerating gt If necessary clean the Distronic cover in the area of the radiator grille gt page 246 gt f necessary wait until the system has cooled down gt Restart the vehicle Distronic becomes operational again without the engine being restarted when e dirt on the radiator grille has fallen off while driving e g slush or snow e the system recognizes full sensor availability due to lessening rain or the road surface dry ing e the message in the multifunction display dis appears You can then operate Distronic as usual again Display messages DISTRONIC Vehicle Display messages P Currently Unavail able See Oper Manua Gear Selector Lever To P Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence Distronic is deactivated because the func tionality is impaired by external interfer ences e g high frequency sources such as toll stations speed measuring systems etc Distronic is deactivated because the Dis tronic sensor has not sensed any other vehicles or objec
6. Replacement parts and accessories are cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Parts and Acces sories warranties copies of which are availa ble at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Technical data Identification labels Should you lose your Service and Warranty Information booklet have an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center arrange for a replace ment It will be mailed to you Cnn P00 01 3562 31 7 Example certification label U S vehicles POO 10 4401 31 VIN Certification label on driver s door Paintwork code B pillar The Vehicle Identification Number VIN can be found in the following locations DAIMLER AG e on the certification label ad sepr TFT GVWR PNBV 2390 s 10 07 e embossed underneath a trim below the EF AV 1200 e PC VT passenger side rear storage compartment lid gt page 340 e on the lower edge of the windshield gt page 340 P00 01 3563 31 Example certification label Canada vehicles VIN Paintwork code Technical data Engine Data shown on certification label are for illustration purposes only These data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the illustration Refer to cer tification label on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle cs DSAM Engine number engraved on engine VIN on lower edge of windshield Emission control information label includes both federal and California cer tification exh
7. 2 0 0 0 ee 357 Refilling ee ecco re bees ee 208 WIDING cede ane ete ote arate cenaa 106 Washer system 357 Washing the vehicle 243 Wear pattern tires 233 Wheel Changing ici cb bie eee ees 318 REMOVING 2s enee Rew eee shes 321 Spare Sb mpa dea a 318 Tightening torque 324 Wheels sizes 343 Wheels Tiresand 209 Windows see Power windows Windows cleaning 247 Wind screen 176 Windshield Cleaning wiper blades 247 B 10 5 4 10 eee eee eee 171 Washer fluid 106 357 WIDCIS ci tee bs Sool ee nereda 105 Windshield wipers Replacing wiper blades 316 Winter driving SMOW CHAINS eeaeee eaei 234 TiS s lt caveats cur borasan a 234 Winter driving instructions 235 Winter tires 234 343 Wood trims cleaning 249 Introduction Operator s Manual Product Information Please observe the following in your own best interest We recommend using Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model We have tested these parts to determine their reliability safety and special suitability for Mercedes Benz vehicles We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them even if in individual cases
8. At very low temperatures rear window defroster operation is delayed until the vehicle interior has warmed up Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C Switch on the air conditioning The indicator lampin button comes on With the engine turned off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior Switch on the climate control system The indicator lamp in button goes out gt page 172 gt page 173 page 170 page 168 page 167 page 172 page 167 b gt Controls in detail Climate control system Function Air volume control Air distribution and air volume automatic mode Temperature control driver s side MA Air distribution driver s side Notes on climate control system The climate control system is operational whenever the engine is running You can operate the climate control system in either the automatic or manual mode The system cools or heats the interior depending on the selected interior temperature and the current outside temperature It can only function optimally when you are driving with the windows and the retractable hardtop closed Nearly all dust particles pollutants and odors are filtered out before outside air enters the passenger compartment through the air dis tribution system Recommendation Notes button comes on Set the temperature to 72 F 22 C A Warning Severe conditions e g strong air pollution
9. Beverage holders see Cup holders Brake fluid Messages in the multifunction dis DIA Ys eek eiai eE 272 Brake lamps Cleaning lenses 246 High mounted brake lamp 311 Replacing bulbs 311 Brake pads Messages in the multifunction dis DAY sea etsee meie anaE 271 Brakes oi oh bib et iaia 237 High performance brake system 239 Warning lamp 0 295 Break in period 200 Bulbs see Replacing bulbs CAC Customer Assistance Center 22 California retail buyers and les sees important notice for 19 Calls phone Can holders see Cup holders Capacities and recommended fuel lubricants Carpets cleaning Central locking AUTOMATIC e230 a isceeiene es acs 81 140 Locking unlocking from inside 81 Central locking unlocking switch 81 Certification label 339 Children in the vehicle 60 AIP DABS pease net acy a bee hadnt oe 45 Indicator lamp passenger front AIP DAS Off orie stints acta ase Bate avons 52 Infant and child restraint systems 60 Occupant Classification System OCS osc reati ce cose Ss divert ni 50 Safety notes 0000 60 Child safety see Children in the vehicle Chrome plated exhaust tip clean INS gt oar ec cot etawek eee eaas 249 Cigarette lighter 186 Climate control system Air conditioning cooling
10. H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Temperature A Warning The temperature grade for this tire is estab lished for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded Excessive speed underin flation or excessive loading either sepa rately or in combination can cause exces sive heat build up and possible tire failure The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissi pate heat when tested under controlled con ditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperature can lead to sudden tire failure The grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law Tire ply material Plies in sidewall Plies under tread Forillustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illus tration This marking tells you about the type of cord and number of plies in the sidewall and under the tread Tire and loading terminology Accessory
11. Malfunction Stop Car Malfunction Stop Car Malfunction Stop Car Possible cause consequence You have started driving although the vehicle level is still too low The vehicle is being raised The ABC mes sage goes out after a few seconds The vehicle is losing oil The ABC message is continuously shown The ABC is malfunctioning Possible solution gt Stop your vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Wait until the message disappears from the multifunction display You may then drive off gt Stop your vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location and press the vehicle level control button to select a higher vehicle level gt page 157 If the vehicle does not raise observe the follow ing when you continue to drive gt Do not turn steering wheel too far to avoid damaging the front fenders gt Listen for scraping noises gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Display messages ABC Malfunction ABC Vehicle Rising Please Wait Cruise Control Inoperative And SPEEDTRONIC MPH Cruise Control USA only Km h Canada only D n 07 USA only TR gt NPA TR Ian Canada only STRONIC Inoperative Practical hints Vehicle s
12. Only depressing the brake pedal releases the gear selector lever lock gt Wait for the gear selection process to com plete before setting the vehicle in motion gt Release the brake pedal gt f engaged release the parking brake gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal After a cold start the automatic transmission shifts at a higher engine revolution This allows the catalytic converter to reach its operating temperature earlier For more information on driving see Driving instructions gt page 236 Problems while driving The engine runs erratically and misfires e An ignition cable may be damaged e The engine electronics may not be oper ating properly e Unburned gasoline may have entered the catalytic converter and damaged it gt Give very little gas gt Have the problem checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible The coolant temperature is above 248 F 120 C The coolant is too hot and is no longer cooling the engine gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Allow the engine and coolant to cool off gt Check the coolant level and add coolant if necessary gt page 207 In case of accident If the vehicle is leaking fuel gt Do not start the engine under any circum stances gt Exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway gt Notify local fire and or police
13. Program mode selector dial on SL 63 AMG Controls in detail Automatic transmission C Comfort For standard driving S Sport For sporty driving S Sport Plus For sporty driving with shorter shift times M Manual For manual gearshifting RS RACE START For optimum accelera tion from a standing start Program mode RS cannot be selected while driving For more information see RACE START SL 63 AMG gt page 156 MANUAL KA Program mode selector switch on SL 65 AMG C Comfort For comfort driving S Sport For standard driving M MANUAL For manual gearshifting The current program mode appears in the right multifunction display gt page 119 SL 63 AMG In addition the currently selected program mode is indicated in red on the program mode selector dial For information on automatic program mode C or S see Automatic shift pro gram gt page 118 and One touch gear shifting gt page 120 Activating manual shift program gt All models except SL 63 AMG Press the program mode selector switch repeatedly until M appears in the right multifunction display gt SL 63 AMG Turn the program mode selec tor dial until M appears in the right multi function display The automatic transmission switches to manual program mode M Automatic shift ing is switched off The gear range is not limited You can change the gears manually with drive position D selected You can upshift
14. Set speed speedometer dial is illuminated if the Dis tain the set speed tronic system calculates that the distance Controls in detail Driving systems Distronic menu in the control system The information shown in the multifunction display depends on whether the Distronic system and or the distance warning function are activated or deactivated To activate or deactivate the Distronic system see gt page 150 or see gt page 152 To activate or deactivate the Distance warning function see gt page 156 gt Press button or repeatedly until one of the following two displays appears in the multifunction display Distronic deactivated When the Distronic is deactivated you will see the standard display in the left multifunc tion display Preceding vehicle if detected Actual distance to the preceding vehicle Preset distance threshold to the preced ing vehicle Your vehicle Symbol for activated distance warning function gt page 155 Distronic activated When the Distronic is activated the DTR sym bol and the set speed appear in the left mul tifunction display Distronic activated Set vehicle speed Cruise control lever The Distronic system is operated by means of the cruise control lever 5 Setting current or higher speed Setting current or lower speed Deactivating the Distronic Activating the Distronic resuming to the last set Spee
15. Telephone menu gt page 142 Standard display menu 72 26753 Niles Standard display Outside temperature Transmission position Trip odometer Automatic transmission program mode Main odometer ome A P54 32 5994 31 gt If you see another display press button or repeatedly until the standard display appears 8 The vehicle status message memory menu is only displayed if there is a message stored Control system You can select whether the digital speedom eter or the outside temperature appears in the left multifunction display gt page 137 gt Press button PA or R to select the functions in the Standard display menu The following functions are available e Checking tire inflation pressure gt page 217 e Calling up digital speedometer or outside temperature gt page 129 e Calling up maintenance service indicator gt page 242 e Checking engine oil level gt page 205 Calling up digital speedometer or out side temperature If you have selected the digital speedometer for the standard display gt page 137 select the outside temperature display here A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that pur pose b gt Controls in detail Control system Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface is free of ice The road may still
16. The GAWR is the total allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear Never exceed the GVWR or GAWR for either the front axle or rear axle POO 10 4387 31 Driver s door B pillar Following is a discussion on how to work with the information contained on the Tire and Loading Information placard with regards to loading your vehicle Tire and Loading Information A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Tire and Loading Information placard Data shown on Tire and Loading Informa tion placard example are for illustration purposes only Load limit data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehi cle RE ano LOAL P40 00 2075 31 Load limit information on the Tire and Loading Information placard The Tire and Loading Information placard showing the load limit information is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 212 gt Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX Ibs on the Tire and
17. gt Closing washer fluid reservoir Press cap onto filler hole until it engages For more information see Washer system and headlamp cleaning sys tem gt page 352 Tires and wheels Tires and wheels Safety notes Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for information on tested and recommended rims and tires for summer and winter opera tion They can also offer advice concerning tire service and purchase A Warning Replace rims or tires with the same desig nation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part For further information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter If incorrectly sized rims and tires are mounted the wheel brakes or suspension components can be damaged Also the correct operating clearance of the wheels and the tires may no longer be correct A Warning Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them When replacing rims only use genuine Mer cedes Benz wheel bolts specified for the particular rim type Failure to do so can b gt Operation Tires and wheels result in the bolts loosening and possibly an accident Retreaded tires are not tested or recom mended by Mercedes Benz since previous damage cannot always be recognized on retreads The operating safety of the vehi cle cannot be assured when such tires are used A Warning If you feel a sudden si
18. gt Step 4 Using both hands simultaneously press hand held remote control button and the desired signal transmitter button or Do not release the buttons until step 5 is completed Indicator lamp will flash first slowly and then rapidly Indicator lamp flashes immediately the first time the signal transmitter button is programmed If this button has already been programmed the indicator lamp will only start flashing after 20 seconds gt Step 5 After indicator lamp Q changes from a slow to a rapidly flashing light release the hand held remote control but ton and the signal transmitter button gt Step 6 Press and hold the just trained sig nal transmitter button 2 or and observe indicator lamp Q If indicator lamp stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the respective signal transmitter button 3 or is pressed and released If indicator lamp flashes rapidly for approximately 2 seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with program ming steps 8 through 12 as your garage door opener may be equipped with the rolling code feature gt Step 7 To program the remaining two sig nal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starting with step 3 Rolling code programming To train a garage door opener or other rolling code devices with the rolling code feature follow these instructions after comple
19. 167 Air conditioning refrigerant 354 Air recirculation mode 172 AIP VOMIES i her a4 ae are nnanet 168 Airvolum e 085 170 171 Automatic mode 168 Deactivating system 167 Front defroster 171 Maximum cooling MAX COOL 171 Residual engine heat REST 172 Temperature 168 Cockpit i iiiscccb bn bes deee dead bs Cold tire inflation pressure Collapsible tire spare wheel COMAND system see separate COMAND system operating instructions Combination switch Control system Multifunction display Multifunction steering wheel Resetting to factory settings Control system menus AMG oe neste AAEE dad ERRE Audio DVD 0000 DISON Ces artare ae nae aA Navigation ees vb od eeaeee SCHINGS pepino oE EE NAE Standard display Telephones ce seoe ewok eee ds Trip computer Vehicle status message memory Control system submenus Convenience 45 Instrument cluster LISI os ecceacetd asda bebe bubub vou Vehicle is be ee bo eed eae Convenience submenu Easy entry exit feature Coolant Anticorrosion antifreeze 356 Capacities 0 2 62 cee ee eee 351 Checking level 20008 207 Messages in the multifunction dis oE N sci habeus 4 eee 279 280 282 Temperature gauge 125
20. A Warning Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts Other wheel bolts may come loose Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack gt Clean contact surfaces of wheel and wheel hub H To avoid paint damage place wheel flat against hub and hold it there while instal ling first wheel bolt P40 10 5144 31 gt Guide the spare wheel onto the alignment bolt and push it on gt Insert the wheel bolts and tighten them slightly be Practical hints Flat tire gt Unscrew the alignment bolt trical plug are located at the bottom of the gt Install last wheel bolt and tighten it slightly pump housing The following description applies to both ver sions Differences in usage are expressly declared gt Inflate the collapsible tire gt page 322 Inflating the collapsible tire A Warning Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached P40 10 5146 31 Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric Version air pump before lowering the vehicle Air pump switch A Warning Electrical plug Observe safety instructions on air pump Pressure gauge label P40 10461931 Union nut Version 1 Deflate button H Do not lower the vehicle before inflating Flap i the collapsible tire Otherwise the rim may Air pump switch gt Version 1 only Open flap on electric be damaged air pump Electrical plug Your
21. Activation requires a subscription for mon b gt Controls in detail Useful features itoring services connection and cellular air time e vehicle battery power is available e the relevant cellular phone network and GPS signals are available and pass the information on to the Response Center Location of the vehicle on a map is only possible if the vehicle is able to receive sig nals from the GPS satellite network and pass the information on to the Response Center The Tele Aid system Telematic Alarm Identification on Demand The Tele Aid system consists of three types of response e Automatic and manual emergency e Roadside Assistance e Information The Tele Aid system is operational providing that the vehicle s battery is charged properly connected not damaged and cellular and GPS coverage is available The Tele Aid sys tem utilizes the cellular network for commu nication and the GPS Global Positioning System satellites for vehicle location If 188 either of these signals are unavailable the Tele Aid system may not function and if this occurs assistance must be summoned by other means To adjust the speaker volume during a Tele Aid call do the following gt Press button or E on the multi function steering wheel or gt Use the volume knob on your COMAND system headunit System self test The system performs a self test after you have switched on the ignition A Warn
22. Number vehicle identification VIN ts dotnet ai Gos ouak hake Occupant Classification System see OCS Occupant distribution 231 Occupant safety 44 All DABS se 6 d e9 Malic shaw a eoee 45 Children and air bags 45 Children in the vehicle 60 Fastening the seat belts 55 Infant and child restraint systems 60 OGS accine ob tie ee deed cnet 50 Passenger front air bag off indica tor lamp wee oe ees cse eee es 50 305 ROM bar os oc5c505 eh ed a ek ce seco as 59 Seat belts 008 47 53 OCS Occupant Classification Sys TOM soos cad Gla ehos 4s hoses eben ee 50 SOLOS Bess secea dite es trenia eks 52 Odometer 127 Oil see Engine oil Oil level see Engine oil Checking level On board computer see Control system One touch gearshifting 120 Operating safety 21 Ornamental moldings cleaning 246 Overhead control panel 40 Paintwork cleaning 245 Paintwork code 339 Panicalarm 62 Panorama roof SUNSHAdE 258 eo aca 180 Parcel nets 05 180 Parking 5 s seKdo os hceeawacks 113 ParkKtrOMmiG see ereagan 160 Parking brake 113 Messages in the multifunction dis Play cco toe sear edascvhwidees 273 Parking position Transmission position 116 Parktronic Cleaning system sensors 247 Malfuncti
23. RACETIMER Z Warning The RACETIMER feature is only for use on roads and in conditions where high speed driving is permitted Racing on public roads is prohibited under all circumstances and the driver is and must always remain responsible for following posted speed lim its The RACETIMER allows you to time and save driving stretches gt Press button or repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the multifunc tion display gt Press button PAN repeatedly until the RACETIMER appears in the multifunction display Lap number RACETIMER Gear indicator You can start the RACETIMER when the engine is running or the starter switch is in position 2 gt page 87 Controls in detail While the RACETIMER is being displayed you cannot adjust the audio volume using buttons or a gt Starting Press button EJ gt Displaying intermediate time Press but ton B while the timer is running The intermediate time is shown for 5 sec onds gt Stopping Press button EJ When you stop the vehicle and turn the SmartKey to position 1 gt page 87 or in vehicles with KEYLESS GO turn off the engine and do not open the driver s door the RACETIMER stops timing Timing is resumed when you switch the ignition back on or restart the engine and then press the button Saving lap time and starting a new lap You can save up to nine laps gt Press button JE while the timer is run ning The intermediate time will
24. SL Operator s Manual Symbols Trademarks Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc ESP is a registered trademark of Daimler e HomeLink is a registered trademark of Prince a Johnson Controls Company The following symbols are found in this Oper ator s Manual A Warning Warning notices draw your attention to haz ards that may endanger your health or life or the health or life of others H Highlights hazards that may result in dam age to your vehicle Helpful hints or further information you may find useful gt This symbol points to instructions for you to follow gt Anumber of these symbols appear ing in succession indicates a mul tiple step procedure This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic gt page gt D Display This continuation symbol marks a warning or procedure which is con tinued on the next page Text in displays such as the control system are printed in the type shown here Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes Benz Your selection of our product is a demonstra tion of your trust in our company name Fur thermore it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and provide years of service Your Mercedes Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen To help assure your driving pleasure and also the
25. Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Air conditioning refrigerant R 134a HFC refrigerant and special PAG lubricating oil are used in the air conditioning system H Never use R 12 CFC or mineral based lubricating oil Otherwise damage to the system will occur Brake fluid A Warning During vehicle operation the boiling point of the brake fluid is continuously reduced through the absorption of moisture from the atmosphere Under extremely strenuous operating con ditions this moisture content can lead to the formation of bubbles in the system thus reducing the system s efficiency Therefore the brake fluid must be replaced regularly Refer to your vehicle s Mainte nance Booklet for replacement interval Only brake fluid approved by Mercedes Benz is recommended Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will provide you with additional information Premium unleaded gasoline A Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poison ous It burns violently and can cause seri ous personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing con tact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inha lation of fuel vapors are damaging your health H To maintain the engine s durability and performance premium unleaded gasoline must
26. USA only Combination low tire pres sure telltale TPMS mal function telltale for the TPMS flashes 60 seconds and then stays illumi nated Possible cause consequence The TPMS USA only or Advanced TPMS Canada only detects a loss of pressure in at least one tire There is a malfunction in the TPMS Suggested solutions gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding abrupt steering and braking maneuvers Observe the traffic situation around you gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 255 If the tire inflation pressure in the respective tire s has have been corrected the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction tell tale goes out after a few minutes of driving gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display gt page 255 gt Have the TPMS checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center After the malfunction has been remedied the combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale goes out after a few minutes of driving A Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked every other week when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on th
27. gt Do not spray directly towards the ventila tion intake gt Use plenty of water and rinse the sponge and chamois frequently gt Rinse with clean water and thoroughly dry with a chamois Do not allow cleaning agents to dry on the finish Operation Vehicle care Automatic car wash You can have your vehicle washed in an auto matic car wash from the start Brushless car washes are preferable gt To protect the filter system activate the air recirculation mode using button on the climate control panel H Do not clean your vehicle in an automatic touchless car wash which uses caustic spray Otherwise the caustic spray will damage the paint or ornamental moldings If the vehicle is very dirty prewash it before running it through the automatic car wash H Make sure the combination switch is set to wiper setting 0 Otherwise the rain sen sor could activate and cause the wipers to move unintentionally This may lead to vehi cle damage Due to the width of the vehicle fold in exte rior rear view mirrors prior to running the vehicle through an automatic car wash to prevent damage to the mirrors When leaving the automatic car wash make sure the mirrors are folded out After running the vehicle through an auto matic car wash wipe any wax off of the wind shield and the wiper blade inserts This will prevent smears and reduce wiping noise which can be caused by residual wax on the windshield Orn
28. gt page 186 gt Switch on the ignition gt Push in cigarette lighter Cigarette lighter will pop out automati cally when hot gt Take out cigarette lighter 4 gt Reinsert cigarette lighter C in its socket after use H The lighter socket can be used to accom modate 12V DC electrical accessories up to a maximum of 85 W designed for use with the standard cigarette lighter plug type Keep in mind however that connect ing accessories to the lighter socket for example extensive connecting and discon Power outlet in trunk Power outlet Controls in detail Useful features H In order to activate the Tele Aid system a subscriber agreement must be completed To ensure your system is activated and operational please press the button to perform the acquaintance call Failure to complete either of these steps may result in a system that is not activated If you have any questions regarding activa tion please call the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada Shortly after the completion of your Tele Aid acquaintance call you will receive a user ID and password in the mail You may use this password to access the Tele Aid section in Owner s Online at mbusa com The My Tele Aid section will give you access to account information remote door unlock and more The Tele Aid system is available if e it has been activated and is operational
29. ing wheel gearshift control in manual program mode M see Manual shift pro gram gt page 121 Steering wheel gearshift control example illustra tion Limiting gear range Downshift in manual program mode M Extending gear range Upshift in manual program mode M You cannot shift with the steering wheel gearshift control when the automatic trans mission is in park position P neutral posi tion N or reverse gear R Limiting gear range A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of loss of control gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Briefly pull left gearshift control 4 The automatic transmission will shift into the next lower gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously limits the gear range of the automatic transmission To avoid overrewing the engine when downshifting the automatic transmission will not shift into a lower gear if the engine s max speed would be exceeded Extending gear range gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction or gt Briefly pull right gearshift control 2 The automatic transmission will shift into the next higher gear as permitted by the shift program This action simultaneously
30. may require replacement of the filter before its scheduled replacement interval A clog ged filter will reduce the air volume to the interior and the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Have a clogged filter replaced as soon as possible at an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center The air conditioning will not engage no cool ing if the A C mode gt page 167 is deacti vated Z Warning Follow the recommended settings for heat ing and cooling given on the following Switch on the automatic mode The indicator lampin gt page 171 page 168 page 168 gt page 170 pages Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangering you and others Keep the air intake grille in front of the wind shield free of snow and debris When the retractable hardtop is closed do not obstruct air flow by placing objects on the air flow through exhaust slots below the rear window If the vehicle interior is hot ventilate the interior before driving off The climate con trol will then adjust the interior tempera ture to the set value much faster Deactivating the climate control sys tem A Warning When the climate control is switched off the outside air supply and circulation are also switched off Only choose this setting for a short time when the retractable hard top is closed Otherwise the windows could fog up impairing visibility and endangerin
31. rected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Maintenance Maintenance Notes The Maintenance System in your vehicle tracks distance driven and the time elapsed since the last maintenance service calcu lates other maintenance service work required and calls for the next maintenance service accordingly We strongly recommend that you have your vehicle serviced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center in accordance with the Mainte nance Booklet at the times called for by the maintenance service indicator Failure to have the vehicle maintained in accordance with the Maintenance Booklet and maintenance service indicator at the designated times mileage kilometers will result in vehicle damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Operation Maintenance Maintenance service indicator mes sage The maintenance service indicator message will notify you when the next maintenance service is due Starting approximately 1 month before the next maintenance service is due one of the following messages will appear in the right multifunction display while you are driving or when you switch on the ignition example service A Service A In XXXXX Miles km Service A In XXX Days Service A Due Now Service A in 350 Miles P54 32 5185 31 The type of maintenance service due is indi cated in the left multifunction dis
32. 2 to the resistance point The windshield wipers wipe one time with out washer fluid Wiping with washer fluid gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow 2 past the resistance point The windshield wipers operate with washer fluid To prevent smears on the windshield or noisy chattering wiper blades wipe with washer fluid every now and then even when it is raining For information on filling up the washer res ervoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 208 For information on cleaning the headlamps with washer fluid see Headlamp cleaning system gt page 103 Problems with wipers H If anything blocks the windshield wipers leaves snow etc switch them off imme diately e For safety reasons stop the vehicle in a safe location and remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door with the driver s door open starter switch is in position 0 same as with SmartKey removed from starter switch engage the parking brake before attempting to remove any block age Remove blockage Turn the windshield wipers on again If the windshield wipers fail to function at all with the combination switch in position I e set the combination switch to the next higher wiper speed e have the windshield wipers checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Ben
33. 302 218 303 220 303 At a glance Function ESP OFF warning lamp SL 63 AMG only Right multifunction dis play with Trip odometer Transmission position indi cator Gear range indicator Transmission program mode indicator Fuel gauge with BPW Fuel tank reserve warning lamp the arrow indicates that the fuel filler flap is on the right hand side Page 67 299 125 116 118 118 301 Instrument cluster At a glance Storage compartments Storage compartments P68 00 5 169 3 Ce 6 Function Glove box Passenger seat storage compartment First aid kit Door storage compartment Rear storage compartment passenger side Side storage compartment in trunk parcel net Trunk Load assist Luggage cover Rear storage compartment driver s side Door storage compartment Driver s seat storage com partment Page 181 182 252 182 182 180 184 178 182 182 182 At a glance Storage compartments Function Page Parcel net in passenger footwell 180 Storage telephone com partment 181 Luggage straps 183 At a glance Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel 2 Function only available in telephone menu 3 AMG vehicles only Function Left multifunction display Right multifunction display Press button e to take a call to dial e to redial Press button e toen
34. 615 kg the Index Speed rating tire is designed to support See also Maxi mum tire load gt page 228 where the max imum load associated with the load index is R up to 106 mph 170 km h indicated in kilograms and Ibs For additional information on tire load rating S up to 112 mph 180 km h If your tire includes ZR in the size desig see Load identification gt page 226 nation and no service description is given i up to 118 mph 190 km h the tire manufacturer must be consulted Tire speed ratin for the maximum speed capability A ener es H up to 130 mph 210 km h If a service description is given the speed capability is limited by the speed symbol in Even when permitted by law never operate V up to 149 mph 240 km h the service description Example a vehicle at speeds greater than the maxi 245 40 ZR18 97Y In this example 97Y unlan shiesie TU Gade nes L ea is the service description The letter Y Exceeding the maximum speed for which y up to 186 mph 300 km h designates the speed rating and the speed tires are rated can lead to sudden tire fail capability of the tire is limited to 186 mph ure causing loss of vehicle control and ZRN up to 186 mph 300 km h 300 km h possibly resulting in an accident and or Any trenit a Speed capabiiiyabovs 186 mph 300 km h must include a ZR Operation Tires and wheels in the size designation AND the service description must be placed in parent
35. A Warning Do not carry heavy or hard objects in the passenger compartment unless they are firmly secured in place Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child s risk of injury in the event of e strong braking maneuvers e sudden changes of direction e an accident For more information on loading please refer to the Storage compart ments gt page 181 chapter Infant and child restraint systems A Observe Safety notes see page 60 We recommend all infants and children be properly restrained at all times while the vehi cle is in motion The passenger lap shoulder belt has a special seat belt retractor for secure fastening of child restraints To fasten a child restraint follow child restraint instructions for mounting Then pull the shoulder belt out completely and let it retract During seat belt retraction a ratch eting sound can be heard to indicate that the special seat belt retractor is activated The seat belt is now locked Push down on child restraint to take up any slack To deactivate release the seat belt buckle and let the seat belt retract completely The seat belt can again be used in the usual man ner A Warning Never release the seat belt buckle while the vehicle is in motion since the special seat belt retractor will be deactivated The use of infant or child restraints is required by law in all 50 states the District of Colum bia the U S territories and a
36. CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death gt Press the trunk lid gently into its lock Controls in detail Starter switch positions Starter switch positions SmartKey i A Observe Safety notes see page 60 Le ex a 1 0 For removing SmartKey gear selector lever must be in park position P 1 Power supply for some electrical consum ers e g radio 2 Ignition power supply for all electrical consumers and driving position 3 Starting position When you switch on the ignition all lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated in the instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it b gt Controls in detail Starter switch positions checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after starting the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument clus ter gt page 293 H If the SmartKey cannot be turned in the starter switch the vehicle battery may not be sufficiently charged e Check the vehicle battery and charge it if necessary e Get a jump start To prevent accelerated vehicle battery dis charge or a completely discharged vehicle battery always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch when the engine is not in operation
37. Controls in detail extends the gear range of the automatic transmission if you press on the accelerator pedal when the engine has reached its rpm limit the automatic transmission will upshift beyond any gear range limit selected Canceling gear range limit gt Press and hold the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction until D reap pears in the right multifunction display or gt Pull and hold right gearshift control 2 until D reappears in the right multifunction dis play The automatic transmission will shift from the current gear range directly into drive position D Shifting into optimal gear range gt Press and hold the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Pull and hold left gearshift control C The automatic transmission will automati cally select the gear range suited for opti Automatic transmission mal acceleration and deceleration This will involve shifting down one or more gears Manual shift program The manual shift program is available on SL 63 AMG and on SL 65 AMG only Manual program mode M differs with regard to spontaneity response time and shifting smoothness from automatic program modes S or S SL 63 AMG only In manual program mode M system control led automatic gearshifting is switched off You need to change the gears by manually upshifting or downshifting using the gear selector lever or the steering wheel gearshift control
38. DISC1 D Scenel bin aa v p P54 32 5987 31 Disc number Current scene gt Press button R or PAY to select a scene Navigation menu The Navigation menu contains the functions needed to operate your navigation system gt Press button or repeatedly until the Navigation menu appears in the mul tifunction display The message shown in the multifunction display depends on the status of the navi gation system e With the COMAND system switched off the message NAVI Off appears in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on but route guidance not activated the direction of travel and if applicable the name of the street currently traveled on appear in the multifunction display e With the COMAND system switched on and route guidance activated the direc tion of travel and maneuver instructions appear in the multifunction display Please refer to the COMAND system operat ing instructions for instructions on how to activate the route guidance system Distronic menu Use the Distronic menu to display the cur rent settings for your Distronic system The information shown in the multifunction dis play depends on whether the Distronic sys tem is activated or deactivated Please refer to the Driving systems section of this manual gt page 147 for instructions on how to activate Distronic Vehicle status message memory menu Use the Vehicle status message memory m
39. Display messages BRAKE USA only 9 Canada only Check Brake Fluid Level A Warning tem High pressure is intermittently built up in the system as part of its automatic self test In addition the system is automatically activated when the vehicle is unlocked by remote control when the driver or passen ger door is opened when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or Possible cause consequence There is insufficient brake fluid in the res ervoir the KEYLESS GO start stop button is pressed once when the brake pedal is depressed or when the parking brake is released Failure to deactivate the system prior to maintenance will cause brake pis tons to extend and brake fluid to leak which may result in injuries contusions and acid burns Extended brake pistons may also cause injury Possible solution Risk of accident gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Do not drive any further gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem Driving with the message Check Brake Fluid Level displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overfilling the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can
40. Letter P preceding the size designation Passenger car tire based on U S design standards Letter LT preceding the size designation Light Truck tire based on U S design stand ards Letter T preceding the size designation Temporary spare tires which are high pres sure compact spares designed for temporary emergency use only Tire width Tire width Q indicates the nominal tire width in millimeters Aspect ratio Aspect ratio 2 is the dimensional relation ship between tire section height and section width and is expressed in percentage The aspect ratio is arrived at by dividing section height by section width Tire code Tire code 3 indicates the tire construction type The R stands for radial tire type Letter D means diagonal or bias ply construction letter B means belted bias ply construction At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size designation for example 245 40 ZR 18 For additional information see Tire speed rat ing gt page 225 Rim diameter Rim diameter 4 is the diameter of the bead seat not the diameter of the rim edge The rim diameter is indicated in inches in Tire load rating A Warning The tire load rating must always be at least half of the GAWR of your vehicle Other wise tire failure may be the result which may cause an accident and or serious inj
41. a tinue driving to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the coolant level is correct the N ne Me electric radiator fan may be bro gt Avoid high engine loads e g driving uphill and stop and go driving ken A The red coolant tempera The coolant temperature has gt Stop in a safe location as soon as possible and allow the engine ture warning lamp comes exceeded 248 F 120 C and coolant to cool down on when the engine is run ning and you hear a warn ing sound A Warning by opening the engine hood Stay away E The engine should not be operated with Driving when your engine is overheated can from the engine if you see or hear steam the coolant temperature above 248 F cause some fluids which may have leaked coming from it 120 C Doing so may cause serious dam into the engine compartment to catch fire Stop the vehicle in a safe location away age which is not covered by the Mercedes You could be seriously burned from other traffic Turn off the engine get Benz Limited Warranty Steam from an overheated engine can out of the vehicle and do not stand near the cause serious burns which can occur just vehicle until the engine has cooled down Practical hints What to do if Tires Problem USA only Combination low tire pres sure telltale TPMS mal function telltale for the TPMS illuminates continu ously Canada only Low tire pressure telltale for the Advanced TPMS illuminates continuously
42. be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the digital speedometer or depending on the chosen setting the outside tempera ture appears in the right multifunction dis play This function is only available in AMG vehi cles The main screen of the AMG menu shows you the gear currently engaged as well as the engine oil temperature gt Press button or repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the multifunc tion display Engine oil temperature indicator Gear indicator The engine oil temperature flashes if the engine oil temperature has not yet reached 80 C During this time avoid driving at full engine speed If the engine reaches the overspeed range in the manual shift program the menu will be shown in red In addition you will see UP next to gear indicator 2 as a reminder to upshift Use buttons PA or B to select the fol lowing functions in the AMG menu e SETUP gt page 130 RACETIMER gt page 130 e Overall analysis gt page 132 e Lap analysis gt page 132 SETUP gt Press button or repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the multifunc tion display gt Press button PAN repeatedly until the SETUP appears in the multifunction dis play or gt Press AMG button on the center console SL 63 AMG only gt page 159 P54 32 5981 31 Automatic transmission program mode indicator Suspension style indicator
43. because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris pot holes etc Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear unevenly adversely affect han dling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated gt Detach the electric air pump gt Reinstall collapsible tire valve cap gt Version 1 only Store electrical plug 3 and air hose 4 behind flap and place b gt Practical hints Flat tire the electric air pump back in its designated storage space gt Version 2 only Store electrical plug 3 and the air hose back into the pump hous ing bottom gt Place the electric air pump back in its des ignated storage space gt Lower the vehicle Lowering the vehicle A Warning Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric air pump before lowering the vehicle gt Lower the vehicle by turning crank coun terclockwise until the vehicle is resting fully on its own weight gt Pull the jack out of the jack support tube s 9 RO P40 10 5145 31 Wheel bolts gt Tighten the five wheel bolts evenly follow ing the diagonal sequence illustrated C to until all bolts are tight Observe a tight ening torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm A Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel The wheels could come loose if they are not tightened
44. by increasing the boiling point The cooling system was filled at the factory with a coolant providing freeze protection to approximately 35 F 37 C and corrosion protection Fuels coolants lubricants etc H Add premixed coolant solution only Add ing water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze separately from each other could cause engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty If the antifreeze mixture is effective to 35 F 37 C the boiling point of the coolant in the pressurized cooling system is reached at approximately 266 F 130 C The coolant solution must be used year round to provide the necessary corrosion protection and increase boil over protection Refer to the Maintenance Booklet for replacement interval Coolant system design and coolant used determine the replacement interval The replacement interval published in the Main tenance Booklet is only applicable if MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze solution or other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification are used to renew the coolant concentration or bring it back up to the proper level For information on other Mercedes Benz approved products of equal specification contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only To provide important corrosion protection the solution must be at least 50 anticorro Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc sion antifreeze equiva
45. gt page 99 USA only You can only switch on the high beam head lamps in low ambient lighting conditions When the engine is running and you turn the exterior lamp switch to position or EJ the manual headlamp mode has prior ity over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on gt page 99 Fog lamps Fog lamps cannot be switched on with the exterior lamp switch in position REA To switch on the fog lamps turn the exterior lamp switch to position first A Warning In low ambient lighting or foggy conditions only switch from position to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident Fog lamps will operate with the parking lamps and or the low beam headlamps on Fog lamps should only be used in conjunction with low beam headlamps Consult your State or Province Motor Vehicle Regulations regard ing permissible lamp operation Controls in detail gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position or EJ gt page 99 gt Switching on front fog lamps Pull out the exterior lamp switch to first stop The green indicator lamp ED in the exte rior lamp switch comes on gt Switching on rear fog lamp Pull out the exterior lamp switch to second stop The rear fog lamp the front fog lamps and the yellow indicato
46. including interference that may cause undesired Tire Pressure Monitoring System Any unauthorized modification to this TPMS USA only device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS is equipped with a combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunction telltale in the instrument cluster Depending on how f the telltale illuminates it indicates a low selected by the driver in all four tires A warn tire pressure condition or a malfunction in _ N8 S issued to alert you to a decrease in the TPMS system itself pressure in one or more of the tires The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation pressure as e If the telltale illuminates continuously Warning one or more of your tires is significantly The TPMS does not indicate a warning for underinflated There is no malfunction in wrongly selected inflation pressures the TPMS Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Informa tion placard or if available on the supple mental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g e f the telltale flashes for 60 seconds and then stays illuminated the TPMS system itself is not operating properly tire blowout caused by a foreign object In
47. of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt SL 63 AMG 230 470 156 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 4 02 in 102 20 mm 3 72 in 94 60 mm 378 8 cu in 6 208 cm W881 518 hp 6800 rpm 386 kW 6 800 rpm 465 lb ft 5200 rpm 630 Nm 5200 rpm 7000 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2360 mm SL 65 AMG 230 479 275 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 2 3 25 in 82 60 mm 3 66 in 93 00 mm 364 9 cu in 5980 cm i 603 hp 4800 rpm 5 100 rpm 450 kW 4800 rpm 5 100 rpm 738 lb ft 2000 rpm 4000 rpm 1000 Nm 2000 rpm 4000 rpm 5950 rpm 1 1 2 6 8 3 10 6 7 2 11 1 4 9 2335 mm 16 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 17 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Notes H Only use tires which have been tested and approved by Mercedes Benz Tires approved by Mercedes Benz are developed to provide best possible performance in conjunction with the driving safety systems on your vehicle such as the ABS or the ESP Tires specially developed for your vehicle and tested and approved by Mer cedes Benz can be identified by finding the following on the tire s sidewall e MO Mer
48. steering wheel e Adjust the seat to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely The position should be as far back as possible with the driver still able to operate the controls properly e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under the seat or near any moving parts while a seat is being adjusted Failure to do so could result in an accident and or serious personal injury A Warning The power seats can be operated at any time Therefore do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle or with access to an b gt Controls in detail Seats unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an acci dent and or serious personal injury A Warning Children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appro priately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child For addi tional information see section Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Seat adjustment H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the
49. the driver must provide the steering braking and other driv ing inputs necessary to remain in control of the vehicle High frequency sources such as toll sta tions speed measuring systems etc can cause the Distronic system to malfunction A Warning The Distronic requires familiarity with its operational characteristics We strongly recommend that you review the following information carefully before operating the system A Warning The Distronic cannot take road and traffic conditions into account Only use the Dis tronic if the road weather and traffic con ditions make it advisable to travel at a constant speed A Warning Use of the Distronic can be dangerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire trac tion can result in wheel spin and loss of control The Distronic does not function in adverse sight and distance conditions Do not use 147 b gt Controls in detail Driving systems the Distronic during conditions of fog heavy rain snow or sleet A Warning The Distronic cannot take weather condi tions into account Switch off the Distronic or do not switch it on if e roads are slippery or covered with snow or ice The wheels could lose traction while braking or accelerating and the vehicle could skid e the Distronic system sensor cover is dirty or visibility is diminished due to snow rain or fog for example The distance control system functionality could be impaired Alway
50. 296 SRS sass unhnead tote eens 45 297 Turn signalS 000 0 eee 31 Language Selecting 137 License plate lamps 311 Messages in the multifunction dis Dla ie Siac feet eee atin 288 Replacing bulbs 311 Light alloy wheels cleaning 248 Lighter see Cigarette lighter Lighting lt 4500654heeseeeea beens 98 Daytime running lamp mode 100 Exterior sc vdcevevew caren oranie o 99 lnter 32 o bese anaa bok 4 104 Limp home mode 124 Load assist os cveccmods ease ee 184 Locator lighting 138 Lock button Door handle KEYLESS GO 79 Locking the vehicle 76 78 Manually s0 i eager nerako 308 Loss of Key cccrsivne cee eee ened nio 80 Service and Warranty Information BOOKIE L i encode and ed dee whereas 339 Low beam headlamps 99 Replacing bulbs 311 SWItCHING ON ees kee ee ee as 99 Lubricants ccc 66sec eee neeewn 350 Luggage cover 178 Lumbar support 91 C Maintenance 19 Maintenance System 241 Calling up service indicator 242 Clearing service indicator mes SARC as erate E E DS Seven E E ES 242 Resetting service indicator 243 Service indicator 242 Service indicator message 242 Service term exceeded 242 Manual headlamp mode Low beam headlamps 99 Manual shift p
51. A Warning Failure to follow these directions will cause damage to the electronic components and can lead to a battery explosion and severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting or jump starting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and very explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc Attempting to jump start a frozen battery can result in it exploding causing personal injury Read all instructions before proceeding H Do not tow start the vehicle H Jump starting should only be performed on the starter battery installed in the engine compartment Avoid repeated and lengthy starting attempts Do not attempt to start the engine using a battery quick charge unit If the engine does not run after several unsuccessful starting attempts have it checked at the nearest authorized Mer cedes Benz Center Excessive unburned fuel generated by repeated failed starting attempts may dam age the catalytic converter and may pres ent a fire risk Make sure the jumper cables do not have loose or missing insulation Make sure the cable clamps do not touch any other metal part while the other end i
52. A Warning If the a indicator lamp does not illuminate or remains out with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the passenger seat do not transport a child on the pas senger seat until the system has been repaired a typical adult or someone larger than a small individual on the passenger seat do not have any passenger use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired Suggested solutions gt Make sure there is nothing between seat cushion and child seat and check installation of the child seat gt Make sure no objects applying supplemental weight onto the seat are present gt If the indicator lamp remains out have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not trans port a child on the passenger seat until the system has been repaired gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 255 Practical hints Unlocking locking manually Unlocking locking manually gt Move locking tab C in direction of arrow Unlocking the trunk Unlocking the vehicle gt Slide mechanical key 2 out of the housing A minimum height clearance of 6 2 ft 1 89 m is required to open the trunk lid If you cannot unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO unlock the Unlocking the driver s door driver s door and the trunk using the mechan ical key Unlocking the
53. All displays including malfunction and indi cator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible gt Correctly fasten and position your seat belt 2 gt page 55 A Observe Safety notes see page 53 Make sure e Seat belt 2 is always fitted snugly e Adjust seat belt 2 so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder e Place the lap portion of seat belt 2 as low as possible on your hips Roll bar A Warning This vehicle is a two occupant vehicle The rear storage area is not equipped to prop erly seat or restrain occupants and there fore is not permitted for use by any persons Make sure that the roll bar s path of motion is clear and no persons are injured by the moving roll bar Raising or lowering of the roll bar could injure someone in it s prox imity For your own safety we recommend to drive with the roll bar raised if the outside temperature is below 5 F 15 C H If the outside temperature falls below 5 F 15 C the roll bar must be raised manually using the buttons provided to avoid damaging the hydraulics The roll bar raises automatically in an acci dent or in a critical driving situation When the roll bar is raised automatically you will hear a ratcheting sound You can also raise and lower the roll bar man ually using the buttons provided The buttons for the roll bar are on the center console under the ret
54. Benz Center as soon as possible gt Switch the ESP SPORT off gt page 67 The message ESP ON appears in the multifunction display Problem SL 63 AMG only fl The yellow ABS ESP warning lamp and the yel low ESP OFF warning lamp come on while the engine is running The yellow ABS ESP warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning The yellow ABS ESP warning lamp flashes while driving Practical hints Possible cause consequence The ESP has been switched off Risk of accident When the ESP is switched off it will not stabilize the vehicle if the system recognizes that the vehi cle starts to skid or that a wheel is spinning The ESP is not operational due to a malfunction Risk of accident The ESP or Electronic Traction System ETS has come into oper ation because of detected trac tion loss in at least one tire The cruise control and the Dis tronic system are deactivated What to do if Suggested solutions gt Switch the ESP back on Exceptions gt page 66 gt If leaving the ESP switched off adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt If the ESP cannot be switched back on Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Read and Observe additional messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt Continue driving with added caution gt Adapt your speed a
55. Key Batter The batteries in the SmartKey with KEY Replace the batteries gt page 309 ies LESS GO are discharged b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages GA H Key Not Detected Key Not Detected Key Not Detected Bluetooth Ready Top Up Washer Fluid Possible cause consequence The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the engine is running because the SmartKey is not in the vehi cle The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is not detected while the engine is running because there is strong radio frequency interference The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is momentarily not detected The telephone has not yet been con nected to the COMAND system via Blue tooth The washer fluid in the washer fluid res ervoir has fallen below the minimum level Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Search for the SmartKey The vehicle cannot be centrally locked nor can the engine be started again after the engine is stopped gt Stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO in the starter switch gt Change the position of the SmartKey in the vehicle gt Operate the vehicle with the SmartKey in the starter switch if necessary gt Connect the telephone to the COMAND system
56. Maintain sight of the area around the rear of the vehicle while operating the trunk lid with the door mounted switch Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To interrupt the closing procedure release the door mounted remote trunk opening closing switch again Even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEY LESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote trunk opening closing switch can be operated Therefore do not leave chil dren unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious per sonal injury If the trunk lid comes into contact with an object while closing e g luggage that has been piled too high in the upper motion sequence the closing procedure is stopped and the trunk reopens slightly In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem you can close the trunk from the inside using the remote trunk opening closing switch Remote trunk opening closing switch Indicator lamp gt Press and hold switch Q until the trunk is closed Indicator lamp 2 in the switch goes out when the trunk is closed To interrupt the closing procedure gt Release switch 4 Closing the trunk from the outside auto matically A Warning Monitor the closing procedure carefully to make sure no one is in danger of being injured To
57. P54 32 5907 31 The respective tire is indicated by a red rec tangle In addition a warning signal sounds Restarting Advanced TPMS A Warning It is the driver s responsibility to calibrate the TPMS on the recommended cold infla tion pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle The TPMS usually recognizes new reference values automatically for example when you have e adjusted the tire inflation pressure e changed wheels or tires e mounted new wheels or tires If you want to set new reference values man ually gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 212 or if available the supple mental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 201 make sure the tire inflation pressure of all four tires is correct Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the inflation pressure recommended for the vehicle operating condition Tire pressure should only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recom mended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire pressure informa tion for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehi cle condition If such information is pro vided it can be found on the inside of
58. Settings Speedometer 137 Unleaded gasoline premium 354 Unlocking the vehicle 76 78 Manually sieneen esameno ace 307 Upholstery cleaning 249 Useful features 185 Valet locking 86 Vehicle Battery oe teat bau Sas 326 CONC addy aik hte e ead ad aoe 243 Control system 126 Dimensions 349 Individual settings 135 Locking unlocking 76 78 Locking unlocking manually 307 Lowering wheel change 324 Modifications and alterations Operating safety 21 TOWING wc cchesdeni eens adnan 330 Vehicle jack see Jack Vehicle lighting 98 Vehicle loading Load limito eere aaa se acd atau 213 Terminology 000 230 Vehicle maximum load on the tire 233 Vehicle Recovery services Stolen Tele Aid 0 00 ee 193 Vehicle status message memory 134 Vehicle tool kit 252 Vehicle washing see Vehicle care Warning lamps see Lamps Indicator and warning Warning sounds Distance warning function 155 DISHONICis 2 6 c ind dep eet ed te 149 Driver s or passenger s seat belt 56 Parking brake 273 Parktronic system 163 Seat belt telltale 296 Warranty coverage 338 Washer fluid Messages in the multifunction dis DAY so aced oa Ode rn eteaaen eds 278 Mixing ratio
59. Warning lamp 303 Cruise control 144 Last stored speed 146 Resume function 146 Cup holders 185 Curb weight 231 Customer Assistance Center see CAC C Dashboard see Instrument cluster Data recording 23 Daytime running lamp mode 100 138 Deep water see Standing water Defogging windshield 171 Defroster Rear window 4 173 Windshield 05 171 Delayed shut off Ext rior IA MpS 32 4 054208088 139 Interior lighting 140 Department of Transportation see DOT Difficulties While driving ee e eee es ee 112 With starting 0 110 Digital speedometer 129 Dimensions vehicle 349 Direction of rotation tires 212 Displays Digital speedometer 129 DISTONICH 320 025 Sa Saree accent 149 Maintenance service indicator 242 Messages in the multifunction dis DAV oad aeevewdemenesea shee 255 Multifunction display 127 Outside temperature 127 Symbol messages 269 Text mMessageS 005 256 Trip computer 127 141 Vehicle status message memory 134 Vehicle system settings 135 DISHONIC csocsi dodire ipese nekt 147 Cleaning system sensor 246 Control system 134 Distance warning function 155 Driving WINS ace2 h68 c
60. Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelera tor pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited War ranty Operation Driving instructions Hydroplaning Depending on the depth of the water layer on the road hydroplaning may occur even at low speeds and with new tires gt Reduce vehicle speed avoid track grooves in the road and apply brakes cautiously in the rain Standing water H Do not drive through flooded areas Before driving through water determine its depth If you must drive through standing water drive slowly to prevent water from entering the passenger compartment or the engine compartment Water in these areas could cause damage to electrical components or wiring of the engine or transmission or could result in water being ingested by the engine through the air intake causing severe internal engine damage Any such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty 10 Observe all legal requirements 11 Observe all legal requirements Driving abroad If you plan to drive the vehicle outside the US or Canada you should request dealer net work information for your destination from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center Control and operation of radio trans mitter Safety notes A Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicl
61. after use If you wish to store the spare wheel after use carry out the following steps Otherwise the spare wheel may not fit the spare wheel well H Make sure the spare wheel is dry before storing it gt Unscrew the valve cap from the valve of the collapsible tire gt Unscrew the valve insert from the valve using the valve extractor integrated in the valve cap gt Allow the air to escape It may take a few minutes for the collaps ible tire to deflate completely gt Screw the valve insert back into the valve gt Screw the valve cap back on the valve Vehicles with 19 spare wheel only Before placing the spare wheel in the spare wheel well fasten tensioning straps see Compressing the collapsible tire gt page 254 gt Place the spare wheel in the spare wheel well gt Secure the spare wheel by turning retaining screw 3 clockwise Compressing the collapsible tire This description applies to vehicles with 19 spare wheel only The collapsible tire on a 19 spare wheel must be compressed with two tensioning straps before youcan store it in the spare wheel well The tensioning straps are shown in red for illustration purposes The tensioning straps on the spare wheel of your vehicle are black P58 10 2127 31 gt Extend the tensioning strap by pulling the slider gt Place tensioning strap around the spare wheel rim and collapsible tire with the buckle facing the inside o
62. after you locked the vehicle from outside For more information on your vehicle s brakes see the Driving instructions section gt page 237 Safety and security Anti theft systems Immobilizer The immobilizer prevents unauthorized per sons from starting your vehicle When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle The engine can be started by anyone with a valid SmartKey that is left inside the vehicle Activating gt With the SmartKey Remove the Smart Key from the starter switch gt With KEYLESS GO Turn off the engine and open the driver s door Deactivating gt Switch on the ignition Starting the engine will also deactivate the immobilizer In the event that the engine cannot be started yet the vehicle s battery is charged the system is not operational Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA or 1 800 387 0100 in Canada Anti theft systems Anti theft alarm system Once the alarm system has been armed a visual and audible alarm is triggered when someone opens e a door e the trunk e the hood e a storage compartment in the rear e the glove box e the storage compartment under the arm rest The alarm will stay on even if the activating element a door for example is immediately closed The alarm system will also be triggered when e the vehicle is raised e the vehicle is opened wit
63. appear Brake pad wear or a leak in the system may be the reason for low brake fluid in the res ervoir Have the brake system inspected immedi ately Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center off SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer or when the vehicle is being towed with the front axle raised Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mer cedes Benz Limited Warranty If your brake system is normally only sub jected to moderate loads you should occa sionally test the effectiveness of the brakes by applying above normal braking pressure at higher speeds This will also enhance the grip of the brake pads Only install brake pads and brake fluid rec ommended by Mercedes Benz A Warning Make sure not to endanger any other road users when carrying out these braking maneuvers Refer to the description of the Brake Assist System BAS gt page 64 High performance brake system The high performance brake system is only available on SL 63 AMG and SL 65 AMG A Warning New vehicle brake pads and discs and replacement brake pads and discs may take several hundred miles of driving until they provide optimum braking efficiency Until that time you may need to use increased brake pedal pressure while brak ing Plea
64. appears in the multi function display To reset press reset ton for 3 seconds gt Press the reset button in the instrument cluster for approximately 3 seconds The request to press the reset button once more to confirm appears in the right multi function display Controls in detail Control system gt Press the reset button once more The functions of all the submenus will be reset to factory settings The settings you have changed will not be reset unless you confirm the action by press ing the reset button a second time Submenus in the Settings menu gt Press button or repeatedly until the Settings menu appears in the multi function display gt Press button PA The collection of the submenus appears in the right multifunction display There are more submenus than can be simultane ously displayed gt Press button EEJ The selection marker moves to the next submenu gt Scroll down with button EE scroll up with button EJ gt With the selection marker on the desired submenu use button Pa to access the individual functions within that submenu gt Once within the submenu use button PM to move to the next function or button E to move to the previous function within that submenu gt Use button or E to change the settings of the respective function The following lists show what settings can be changed within the various menus Detailed instructions on making indi
65. apply any of these products or wax if your vehicle is parked in the sun or if the hood is still hot Operation gt Use the appropriate MB Touch Up Stick for quick and provisional repairs of minor paint damage i e chips from stones vehicle doors etc Engine cleaning Prior to cleaning the engine compartment make sure to protect electrical components and connectors from contact with water and cleaning agents Corrosion protection such as MB Anticorro sion Wax should be applied to the engine compartment after every engine cleaning Before applying all control linkage bushings and joints should be lubricated The poly V belt and all pulleys should be protected from any wax Vehicle washing In the winter thoroughly remove all traces of road salt as soon as possible When washing the vehicle underbody do not forget to clean the inner sides of the wheels Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within approxi Vehicle care mately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Hand wash Do not use hot water or wash your vehicle in direct sunlight gt Only use a soft wet cloth or sponge to clean the vehicle Do not spray directly towards the ventila tion intake gt Only use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo gt Thoroughly spray the vehicle with a dif fused jet of water
66. are unavailable The ABS may not be operational The electro hydraulic brake system still functions normally but due to insufficient power supply the ESP and the hill start assist system SL 63 AMG only are unavailable Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident gt Synchronize the ESP With the vehicle sta tionary turn the steering wheel completely to the left and then to the right H When synchronizing the ESP make sure you can turn the steering wheel in both directions as far as it will go without the wheels hitting any objects e g a road curb If the message in the multifunction display does not disappear gt Continue driving with added caution gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Front Passeng Airbag Enabled See Oper Manua Possible cause consequence The passenger front air bag is activated while driving even though a child small individual or object below the system s weight threshold is on the passenger seat or the passenger seat is empty Objects on the seat or forces acting on the s
67. away by block ing the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Engage the parking brake gt Do not drive any further gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by block ing the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance A Warning Driving while one of the previous messages is displayed can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately If the electro hydraulic brake system enters its emergency operation mode the driver must apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further than normal to obtain braking effect Display messages Reduced Brake Effect Start USA only Engine O Canada only A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains car Display messages O Brake Wear Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display If necessary apply full pressure to the A tow bar must be used if circumstances do brake pedal Brakes are only applied to the not permit the use of the recommended front wheels Stopping distance is towing methods and the vehicle requires increased towing with all four wheels on the ground If there is a malfu
68. b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Lamps Fuel Cap Open Possible cause consequence A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed properly or the fuel system may be leaky Possible solution gt Check the fuel cap gt page 201 gt If itis not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Display messages Active Headlamps Inoperative Reverse Lamp Left or Reverse Lamp Right Brake Lamp Left Auxiliary Bulb On or Brake Lamp Right Auxiliary Bulb On 3rd Brake Lamp Possible cause consequence The active Bi Xenon headlamp system is malfunctioning The left or right backup lamp is malfunc tioning The left or right brake lamp is malfunc tioning A substitute bulb is being used The high mounted brake lamp is malfunc tioning This message will only appear if all LEDs have stopped working Possible solution gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 311 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Display messages O NA O NA O NA O NA Front Fogl or Front Fogl Right ark
69. batteries contain Perchlorate material which may require special han dling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s dis posal guidelines California residents see http www dtsc ca gov Hazardous Waste Perchlorate index cfm Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Recy cling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of bat teries to accept old batteries for recycling b gt Practical hints Replacing SmartKey batteries When inserting the batteries make sure they gt Insert mechanical key 4 into opening are clean and free of lint When replacing batteries always replace both batteries gt Press mechanical key 4 in direction of arrow Battery compartment 2 is unlatched The required replacement batteries are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Pull battery compartment 2 out of the SmartKey housing Replacement batteries Lithium type CR 2025 or equivalent gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 307 P80 35 2278 31 Batteries Contact springs gt Pull out batteries P8035227731 gt Insert new batteries under contact Mechanical key springs 4 with the positive terminal Battery compartment side facing up gt Return battery compartment 2 into SmartKey housing until it locks into place gt Slide mechanical
70. be maintained Rotate tires before the characteristic tire wear pattern becomes visible shoulder wear Operation Tires and wheels on front tires and tread center wear on rear tires Thoroughly clean the mounting face of wheels and brake disks i e the inner side of the wheels tires during each rotation Check for and ensure proper tire inflation pressure For information on wheel change see Flat tire gt page 317 Operation Winter driving Winter driving General information Have your vehicle winterized at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Winter tires A Warning Winter tires with a tread depth of less than 176 in 4 mm must be replaced They are no longer suitable for winter operation A Warning If you use your spare wheel when winter tires are fitted on the other wheels be aware that the difference in tire character istics may very well impair turning stability and that overall driving stability may be reduced Adapt your driving style accord ingly Have the spare wheel replaced by regular road wheel with a winter tire at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Always use winter tires at temperatures below 45 F 7 C and whenever wintry road conditions prevail Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show the mountain snowflake 4 marking on the tire sidewall These tires meet specific snow traction per formance requir
71. be shown for 5 seconds gt Press button IE within 5 seconds The intermediate time shown will be saved as a lap time Control system The RACETIMER begins timing the new lap The new lap begins to be timed as soon as the intermediate time is called up L2 00 13 55 BL 00 13 54 Best lap time Lap number RACETIMER Gear indicator Resetting current lap gt Press button while the timer is run ning The timer stops gt Press button EE The lap time is reset to O Deleting all laps It is not possible to delete a single saved lap When you turn off the engine the RACETIMER will be reset to O after 30 seconds All laps are deleted a Controls in detail Control system gt Press button while the timer is run ning The timer stops gt Press the reset button in the instrument cluster twice gt page 30 gt Press button EZ The timer starts The saved laps are deleted Overall analysis This function is only available if you have saved at least one lap and have stopped the RACETIMER gt Press button or repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the multifunc tion display gt Press button MAJ repeatedly until the overall analysis appears in the multifunc tion display ap Overall analysis of RACETIMER Overall driving time Maximum speed Average speed Overall distance driven Lap analysis This function is only available if you have sa
72. be used If premium unleaded gasoline is not avail able and low octane gasoline is used follow these precautions e Have the fuel tank only partially filled with unleaded regular gasoline and fill up with premium unleaded gasoline as soon as possible e Avoid full throttle driving and abrupt acceleration e Do not exceed an engine speed of 3000 rpm if the vehicle is loaded with a light load such as two persons and no luggage e Do not exceed of maximum acceler ator pedal position if the vehicle is fully loaded or operating in mountainous ter rain Fuel requirements Only use premium unleaded gasoline The octane number posted at the pump must be 91 min It is an average of both the Research Octane Number RON and the Motor Octane Number MON RON MON 2 This is also known as the ANTI KNOCK INDEX Reformulated gasolines RFG and or unleaded gasoline containing oxygenates such as ethanol TAME ETBE IPA IBA and TBA can be used provided the ratio of any one of these oxygenates to gasoline does not exceed 10 MTBE must not exceed 15 The ratio of methanol to gasoline must not exceed 3 plus additional cosolvents Using mixtures of ethanol and methanol is not allowed Gasohol which contains 10 etha nol and 90 unleaded gasoline can be used These blends must also meet all other fuel requirements such as resistance to spark knock boiling range vapor pressure etc Gasoline additives A major concer
73. clear water Contact a physi cian if necessary Keep children away Follow the instructions in this Operator s Manual 0D Batteries contain materials that can harm the environment if disposed of improperly Large 12 volt storage batteries contain lead Recy cling of batteries is the preferred method of disposal Many states require sellers of bat teries to accept old batteries for recycling A Warning Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injury or death Never lean over batteries while connecting you might get injured Battery fluid contains sulfuric acid Do not allow this fluid to come in contact with eyes skin or clothing In case it does immediately flush affected area with water and seek medical help if necessary A battery will also produce hydrogen gas which is flammable and explosive Keep flames or sparks away from battery avoid improper connection of jumper cables smoking etc A Warning Do not place metal objects on the battery as this could result in a short circuit Use leak proof batteries only to avoid the risk of acid burns in the event of an acci dent H The battery is a Valve Regulated Lead Acid VRLA battery also referred to as fleece battery Such batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level VRLA batteries there fore do not have cell caps and the battery cover is non removable Do not attempt to open the battery as otherwise th
74. conditions traffic driver s preferred driving style and applicable laws and driving rec ommendations for safe following distance Driving systems A T N ae e ea Example illustration except SL 63 AMG Thumbwheel for setting distance SL 63 AMG The thumbwheel for adjusting the following distance is located on the right side of the center console gt Increasing distance Turn thumbwheel towards BEA Increasing the distance setting tells Dis tronic to maintain a greater following dis tance to the preceding vehicle gt Decreasing distance Turn thumbwheel towards RA Decreasing the distance setting tells Dis tronic to maintain a shorter following dis tance to the preceding vehicle Controls in detail Driving systems Driving with Distronic This section describes a number of driving situations where special precaution is required on the part of the driver Be prepared to brake in such situations Braking will deac tivate the Distronic system A Warning Distronic works to maintain the speed selected by the driver unless a moving obstacle proceeding directly ahead of it in the same travel direction is detected e g following another vehicle ahead of you at your set distance This means that e Your vehicle can pass another vehicle after you have changed lanes e While in a sharp turn or if the preceding vehicle is in a sharp turn Distronic could lose sight of the preceding vehicle Yo
75. control all seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion Steering wheel Seat belt Seat gt Properly position seat gt page 90 and head restraint gt page 90 A Observe Safety notes see page 89 Observe the following points e Always be in a properly seated position e The position should be as far rearward from the front air bag in steering wheel C as possible while still permitting proper oper ation of vehicle controls e Adjust seat 3 to a comfortable seating position that still allows you to reach the accelerator brake pedal safely Seat 3 must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten and position your seat belt 2 e The seat backrest must be in a position that is as nearly upright as possible e Adjust the seat cushion so that the front edge of the seat cushion lightly supports your legs e Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the cen ter of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level e Never place hands under seat 3 or near any moving parts while seat 3 is being adjusted gt Properly position steering wheel C gt page 95 A Observe Safety notes see page 95 Make sure e You can reach steering wheel 1 with your arms slightly bent at the elbows e You can move your legs freely e
76. could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury H Allow engine to warm up under low load use Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period when driving off on slip pery road surfaces This may cause serious damage to the engine and the drivetrain which is not cov Controls in detail ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited War ranty i During the brief warm up transmission upshifting is delayed This allows the cata lytic converter to heat up more quickly to operating temperature Gear selector lever Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission P Park position with gear selector lever lock Reverse gear R N Neutral position D Drive position Automatic transmission A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic trans mission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal E Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the auto matic transm
77. do not open the driver s door after unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey the lamps will go out automatically after approx imately 40 seconds gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu gt Press button BA or R repeatedly until the message Locator Lighting appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current set ting 727 Locator Lighting r P54 32 5990 31 gt Press button or E to switch the locator lighting function On or Off gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position MA when exiting the vehicle The locator lighting feature is activated Setting night security illumination Head lamps delayed shut off feature Use this function to set whether you would like the exterior lamps to remain on for 15 seconds during darkness after exiting the vehicle and closing all doors Controls in detail With the headlamps delayed shut off feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in posi tion Mg before the engine is turned off the following lamps will come on when the engine is turned off e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps If after turning off the engine you do not open a door or do not close an opened door the lamps will automatically go out after 60 seconds gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu gt Press button BA or R repeatedly u
78. do one of the following gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch gt Press the or button on the SmartKey In vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Grasp an outside door handle The SmartKey must be within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle Multifunction steering wheel Mirrors Controls in detail Driving and parking 0 Automatic transmission Instrument cluster Control system e ser Driving systems eeeeeeeeeeee Climate control system 163 Rear window defroster 173 Retractable hardtop 0 173 Loading and storing 06 180 Useful features 0 0 0 0 eeeeeeeeeeeees 185 Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all fea tures standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of pur chase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Locking and unlocking A Observe Safety notes see page 60 When unlocking or locking the vehicle with the SmartKey an acoustic signal sounds The acoustic signal is activated at the factory If you wish to deactivate the feature or adjust its signal volume contact an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center When
79. engine has cooled down During severe operating conditions e g stop and go traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C H Excessive coolant temperature triggers a warning in the multifunction display and the red coolant temperature warning lamp E in the instrument cluster comes on The engine should not be operated with a coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious engine damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Instrument cluster Resetting trip odometer gt Make sure you are viewing the standard display gt page 129 in the multifunction display gt Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster gt page 124 until the trip odometer is reset Tachometer The red marking on the tachometer gt page 30 denotes excessive engine speed H Avoid driving at excessive engine speeds as it may result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty To help protect the engine the fuel supply is interrupted if the engine is operated within the red marking Controls in detail Control system Control system The control system is activated as soon as the starter switch is in position 1 gt page 87 The control system enables you to call up information about your vehicle and to change vehicle settings For example you can use the control system to find out when your vehicle i
80. filling up the washer res ervoir see Washer system and headlamp cleaning system gt page 208 Corner illuminating lamps The corner illuminating lamps improve illumi nation of the area in the direction into which you are turning The corner illuminating lamps will only oper ate in low ambient lighting conditions If you are driving faster than 43 mph 70 km h the corner illuminating function is not available Switching on gt Make sure the engine is running gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position or FG gt page 99 or gt Activate the daytime running lamp mode gt page 100 gt Switch on the left or right turn signal depending on whether you are turning left or right The respective corner illuminating lamp comes on If you have switched on the turn Lighting signal for one side but turn the steering wheel in the other direction the corner illuminating lamp comes on on the side of the turn signal or gt Turn steering wheel in desired direction Driving forward The corer illuminating lamp on the side of your steering direction comes on Driving in reverse The corner illuminating lamp opposite to your steering direction comes on The corner illuminating lamps will come on automatically depending on the steering angle even if you did not switch on either turn signal If the corner illuminating lamps came on automatically they will also go out auto matically depending on th
81. footwell or behind the seats Otherwise you could damage the seats Power seat Seat height Seat cushion tilt Seat cushion depth Seat fore and aft adjustment Seat backrest tilt The memory function gt page 97 lets you Store the settings for the seat position together with the settings for the steering wheel and the exterior rear view mirrors gt Seat fore and aft adjustment Press the switch forward or backward in direction of arrow 5 When moving the seat fore or aft the head restraints may readjust automatically gt Seat height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow 2 gt Seat cushion tilt Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow 8 until your upper legs are lightly supported gt Seat cushion depth Press the switch for ward or backward in direction of arrow until your legs are supported comfortably gt Seat backrest tilt Press the switch for ward or backward in direction of arrow gt Head restraint height Press the switch up or down in direction of arrow C A Warning For your protection drive only with properly positioned head restraints Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the head restraint supports the back of the head at eye level This will reduce the potential for injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation Do not drive the vehicle wit
82. hardtop system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ten gt Make sure the retractable hardtop is com pletely opened or closed gt page 173 gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location and try to open the hardtop again Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Retractable Roof You are driving with the retractable hard Stop the vehicle in a safe location Observe the Not Opened Closed top not properly locked traffic situation around you Completely i gt Pull or push on the retractable hardtop switch until the retractable hardtop is completely open or closed gt page 173 gt If the retractable hardtop still does lock prop erly have the hardtop system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center oa Trunk Partition You are trying to open or close the retract Close the luggage cover and engage it into the Open able hardtop even though the luggage side holders gt page 178 cover in the trunk is not closed and or properly engaged ey Detected In A SmartKey with KEYLESS GO left in the Take the SmartKey out of the vehicle Vehicle vehicle was recognized while locking the vehicle from the outside Remove Key You have forgotten to remove the Smart Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Key Replace Key The SmartKey is malfunctioning gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Change
83. headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to malfunction Tire inflation pressure warnings If the system detects a significant loss of tire inflation pressure in one or more than one tire a message appears in the multifunction display Tires and wheels Tire Pressure D Check Tires S P54 32 518731 Example illustration In addition a warning signal sounds Restarting the TPMS A Warning It is the driver s responsibility to calibrate the TPMS on the recommended cold infla tion pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle The TPMS must be restarted when you have adjusted the tire inflation pressure to a new level e g because of different load or driving conditions The TPMS is then recalibrated to the current tire inflation pressures gt Using the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 212 or if available the supple mental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap b gt Operation Tires and wheels gt page 201 make sure the tire inflation gt Press the reset button gt page 124 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring Sys pressure of all four tires is correct Restart the TPMS after adjusting the tire inflation pressure to the inflation pressure recommended for the vehicle operating condition Tire pressure shou
84. hints tion to avoid burning yourself when using the equipment H Do not operate the electric air pump lon ger than 8 minutes without interruption Otherwise it may overheat You may operate the air pump again after it has cooled off 1 Compare the recommended tire inflation pressure for your vehicle with the tire infla tion pressure on the yellow label located on the spare wheel rim If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from the values given in this Operator s Manual inflate the tire to the recommended tire inflation pressure given on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim gt Press 0 on electric air pump switch 2 gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEY LESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever twice Do not depress the brake pedal Flat tire gt Version 1 only If the tire inflation pressure is above the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 346 decrease tire pressure using the vent screw on air hose 4 gt Version 2 only If the tire inflation pressure is above the recommended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 346 decrease tire pressure using deflate button A Warning Follow recommend inflation pressures Do not overinflate tires Overinflating tires can result in sudden deflation blowout
85. in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out Practical hints Problem Possible cause consequence The vehicle s speed once exceeded 15 mph 25 km h and you and or your passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts During driving the red seat belt telltale flashes and you additionally hear an intermittent warning chime with increasing intensity There are items placed on the passenger seat and therefore the system senses the passenger seat as being occupied What to do if Suggested solutions gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sound ing gt Remove the items from the passenger seat and put them in a safe place The seat belt telltale goes out and the warning chime stops sound ing After 60 seconds with an unfastened seat belt the warning chime stops sounding and the seat belt telltale illuminates continuously The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver and passenger s seat belt are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a door is opened Problem Possible cause consequence There is a malfunction in the restraint systems The air bags or EGS The red SRS indicator lamp comes on while driv ing Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs could deploy unexpect edly or fail to activate in an acci dent A Warning Suggested solutions gt Drive with added caution to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Cen
86. indicated in the speedometer display for example by the USA only or Canada only indicator lamp Refer to the Practical hints section Also read and observe the messages in the instrument cluster multi function display For information on warning and indicator lamps see the Practical hints section page 293 For information on the mes sages that may appear in the multifunction display see the Practical hints section gt page 269 A Warning The electro hydraulic brake system requires electrical power to operate A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode In such a case the b gt Safety and security Driving safety systems red brake warning lamp comes on and warning messages appear in the multifunc tion display while driving To brake the driver must then apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtain the expected brak ing effect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes are only applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is increased If there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system we recommend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment A tow bar must be used if circumstances do not permit the use of the reco
87. installed in your vehicle If you have any questions about operating any equipment any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures Optional equipment is also described in this manual including operating instructions wherever necessary Since they are special order items the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equip ment of your vehicle If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator s Man ual any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures The Operator s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehi cle Service and warranty information The Service and Warranty Information book let contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes Benz including e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachu setts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Sys tem Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws Introduction Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes Benz automobiles Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price if after a rea sonable number of repair
88. instrument cluster goes out You are now again in normal driving mode with the ESP switched on SL 63 AMG Switching ESP SPORT on or off A Warning ESP SPORT should not be switched on during normal driving Switching ESP SPORT on will result in the following e no restriction to engine torque e system supported traction control is lim ited ESP SPORT is designed for driving on closed tracks when the vehicle s natural oversteer and understeer characteristics are desired and requires a highly skilled and experienced driver able to handle these critical driving situations You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Please be aware of these limits when you switch on ESP SPORT Do not switch on ESP SPORT when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch on ESP SPORT in driving situations in which it would be advantageous to have the drive wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel A Warning Switch off ESP SPORT and switch on the ESP immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Oth erwise ESP SPORT will only stabilize the vehicle to a limited extent when itis starting to skid or a wheel is spinning Safety and security Driving safety systems When you switch on ESP SPORT e the ESP stabilizes the vehicle only to a limited ext
89. laws consider a tire to be worn when the treadwear indicators TWI become visible at approximately in Operation 1 6 mm we recommend that you do not allow your tires to wear down to that level As tread depth approaches g in 3 mm the adhesion properties on a wet road are sharply reduced Depending upon the weather and or road surface conditions the tire traction varies widely Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than g in 3 mm Treadwear indicators TWI are required by law These indicators are located in six places on the tread circumference and become visi ble at a tread depth of approximately 1 46 in 1 6 mm at which point the tire is considered worn and should be replaced The recommended minimum tire tread depth for summer tires is in 3 mm The rec ommended minimum tire tread depth for win ter tires is in 4 mm Tires and wheels TWI Tread Wear Indicator The treadwear indicator appears as a solid band across the tread Storing tires H Keep unmounted tires in a cool dry place with as little exposure to light as possible Protect tires from contact with oil grease and fuels Cleaning tires H Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Operation Tires and wheels Direction o
90. left multifunction display and the message Release Brake To Start appears in the right multifunction display gt Take your foot off the brake pedal while keeping the accelerator pedal depressed The vehicle pulls away at maximum accel eration The message RACE START appears in left multifunction display and the message Active appears in the right multifunction display RACE START deactivates at a vehicle speed of approximately 50 km h The automatic transmission switches to program mode S ESP SPORT remains switched on if RACE START is used repeatedly in a short period of time it is only available again after having driven the vehicle a cer tain distance Hill start assist system A Warning The hill start assist system is not designed to function as a parking brake and does not prevent the vehicle from moving when parked on an incline Always engage the parking brake in addi tion to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P On uphill grades with a gradient angle of more than 5 the hill start assist system maintains the pressure in the brake system for approx imately 1 second after you have released the brake pedal Therefore you can start off smoothly without the vehicle moving imme diately after releasing the brake pedal Controls in detail Driving systems gt Depress the brake pedal gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R gt Relea
91. mandatory and therefore in a constant mode In the USA the daytime running lamp mode is deactivated by default Activate the daytime running lamp mode using the control system see Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 138 gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position EJ o Mo When the engine is running the low beam headlamps come on In low ambient lighting conditions the fol lowing lamps will come on additionally e Tail and parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps With the daytime running lamp mode acti vated and the engine running you cannot switch off the low beam headlamps manually Canada only With the exterior lamp switch in position EJ or M3 you cannot switch on the high beam headlamps The high beam flasher is available at all times For nighttime driving turn the exterior lamp switch to position to permit activation of the high beam headlamps When the engine is running and you e shift from a driving position to neutral posi tion N or park position P with the vehicle at a standstill the low beam headlamps will go out with a delay of 3 minutes e turn the exterior lamp switch to position Ed the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps come on e turn the exterior lamp switch to position EJ the manual headlamp mode has pri ority over the daytime running lamp mode The corresponding exterior lamps come on
92. mobile telephone while driving a vehicle Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data System if road weather and traffic conditions permit Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approxi mately 14 m every second Refer to the radio transmitter operation instructions regarding use of an external antenna Emission control Certain systems of the engine serve to keep the toxic components of the exhaust gases within permissible limits required by law These systems will function properly only when maintained strictly according to factory specifications Any adjustments on the engine should therefore be carried out only by qualified Mercedes Benz Center author ized technicians 11 Observe all legal requirements Operation Engine adjustments should not be altered in any way Moreover the specified service pro cedures must be carried out regularly accord ing to Mercedes Benz servicing require ments For details refer to the Maintenance Booklet A Warning Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains car bon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause unconsciousness and possible death Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driv ing have the cause determined and cor
93. only the red distance segments illuminate and no acoustic warning sounds the Park tronic system sensors are dirty e g dirt ice snow and slush or there is an interference from other radio or ultrasonic signals e g truck air brakes car wash or jackhammers The Parktronic system will automatically switch off after 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the Parktronic switch comes on gt Switch off the ignition gt Clean the Parktronic system sensors gt page 247 gt Switch on the ignition or gt Check the Parktronic system operation at another location to rule out interference from outside radio or ultrasonic signals Climate control system Controls in detail Climate control system Climate control system Control panels Automatic climate control P83 40 4013 31 Function Air distribution display driver s side Front defroster Air recirculation Rear window defroster Air distribution display passenger side EG Air distribution passenger side Temperature control passenger side AC cooling on off Residual heat ventilation Climate control on off Controls in detail Recommendation Notes Climate control system Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or gt page 171 the side windows are clear again Only use this function for a short time e g in a tunnel Otherwise the windows can fog up due to lack of fresh alr
94. or down shift through the gears in succession Manual program mode M will not be stored When the engine is turned off with manual program mode M selected the automatic transmission will go to auto matic program mode C or S when the engine is restarted Upshifting H in manual program mode M the auto matic transmission will not upshift even if the engine has reached its overrewving range Shift up into the next gear before the engine has reached its overrevving range Make absolutely certain that the engine speed does not reach the red marking on the tachometer Otherwise the engine could be damaged which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the right in the D direction or gt Briefly pull right gearshift control gt page 120 The automatic transmission shifts into the next higher gear Upshift indicator P54 32 6025 31 Current gear Upshift indicator In manual program mode M upshift indicator in the right multifunction display advises you to upshift before the engine reaches the overspeed range In addition symbol may appear instead of manual program mode symbol M in the right multifunction display Thus you can drive at the maximum engine speed for each gear without overrevving the engine gt Shift the automatic transmission from cur rent gear 1 into the next higher gear The fuel supply will otherwise be int
95. permissible axle weight The gross vehicle weight on each axle must never exceed the GAWR for the front and rear axle indicated on the certification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVW Gross Vehicle Weight The GVW comprises the weight of the vehicle including fuel tools spare wheel installed accessories passengers and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load The GVW must never exceed the GVWR indicated on the cer tification label located on the driver s door B pillar GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating This is the maximum permissible vehicle weight of the fully loaded vehicle weight of the vehicle including all options passengers fuel and cargo and if applicable trailer tongue load It is indicated on certification label located on the driver s door B pillar Kilopascal kPa The metric unit for air pressure There are 6 9 kPa to 1 psi another metric unit for air Tires and wheels pressure is bar There are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Maximum load rating The maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum loaded vehicle weight The sum of curb weight accessory weight total load limit and production options weight Maximum permissible tire inflation pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire Normal occupant weight The number of occupants the vehicle is designed to seat multiplied
96. potency of the above adverse influences More frequent washings are necessary to deal with unfavorable conditions e near the ocean e in industrial areas smoke exhaust emis sions e during winter operation You should check your vehicle from time to time for stone chipping or other damage Any damage should be repaired as soon as pos sible to prevent corrosion In doing so do not neglect the underbody of the vehicle A prerequisite for a thorough check is a washing of the underbody followed by a thorough inspection Damaged areas need to be re undercoated Your vehicle has been treated at the factory with a wax base rustproofing in the body cav ities which will last for the lifetime of the vehicle Post production treatment is neither necessary nor recommended by Mercedes Benz because of the possibility of incompati bility between materials used in the produc tion process and others applied later We have selected vehicle care products and compiled recommendations which are spe cially matched to our vehicles and which always reflect the latest technology You can obtain Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care products at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Scratches corrosive deposits corrosion or damage due to negligent or incorrect care cannot always be removed or repaired with the vehicle care products recommended here In such cases it is best to seek aid at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center The following
97. safety of you and your passengers we ask you to make a small investment of time e Please read this manual carefully then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference e Please follow the recommendations con tained in this manual They are designed to acquaint you with the operation of your Mercedes Benz e Please pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and occupants We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe pleasurable driving Mercedes Benz USA LLC A Daimler Company ABC see Active Body Control ABC ABS Antilock Brake System 64 Indicator lamp 293 Messages in the multifunction dis play isapan gd bus e 256 Accessory weight 230 Accidents 00 c0c0cceveneees ts 113 Air bag deployment 45 Distance warning function 155 Emergency calls Tele Aid 188 Active Bi Xenon headlamps Messages in the multifunction dis DAY vacant ech agar ee 286 see Headlamps Active Body Control ABC 157 Additives ENING Ollcweesacksnetaidesess 353 Gasoline bei BO eet eek eS 355 Address change 20 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitor ing System Advanced TPMS 220 Messages in the multifunction dis Play sci cidedee ee eee sees 266 291 Ait BASS oreen o eine EDENES 45 Children 25 5 o0 s4 sacra eees stews 45 Em
98. seat belt force limiter The seat belts are equipped with ETDs and seat belt force limiters The ETD is designed to activate in the follow ing cases e in frontal or rear end impacts exceeding the system s preset deployment threshold e if the restraint systems are operational and functioning correctly see B indicator lamp gt page 45 e in certain vehicle rollovers if the system determines an additional degree of protec tion Occupant safety The ETDs will only activate if the seat belts are fastened latch plate properly inserted into buckle In an impact ETDs remove slack from the seat belts in such a way that the seat belts fit more snugly against the body Seat belt force limiters when activated are employed to help reduce the peak force exerted by the seat belts on occupants during a crash ETDs do not correct an incorrect seat position or incorrectly worn seat belts ETDs do not pull occupants back toward the backrest A Warning An ETD that was activated must be replaced For your safety when disposing of the ETD allways follow our safety instructions These are available at any authorized Mer cedes Benz Center Automatic comfort fit feature seat belt The automatic comfort fit feature reduces the retracting force of the seat belts when they are in normal use Safety and security Occupant safety Correct driver seat adjustment A Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle
99. stop and reverse does not meet current U S federal safety standards When programming a garage door opener park vehicle outside the garage Do not run the engine while programming the integrated remote control Inhalation of exhaust gas is hazardous to your health All exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide CO and inhaling it can cause uncon sciousness and possible death Controls in detail Useful features Programming the integrated remote control gt Step 1 Switch on the ignition gt Step 2 If you have previously programmed a signal transmitter button and wish to retain its programming proceed to step 3 or gt If you are programming the integrated remote control for the first time press and hold the two outer signal transmitter but tons 2 and and release them only when indicator lamp begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds do not hold the button for longer than 30 seconds This procedure erases any previous set tings for all three channels and initializes the memory If you later wish to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two signal transmitter but tons do not repeat this step and begin directly with step 3 gt Step 3 Hold the end of hand held remote control 5 of the device you wish to train approximately 2 to 12 in 5 to 30 cm away from the signal transmitter button or to be programmed while keeping indicator lamp Q in view
100. strap Press release button and guide strap 1 back to holder 2 Load assist i To facilitate trunk loading after opening the trunk lid use the load assist feature to raise the retracted hardtop from its storage posi tion in the trunk A Warning To prevent injuries make sure that there is no possibility of body parts getting caught in moving parts If potential danger exists press the switch again This will immedi ately stop the movement of the hardtop H Only close the trunk if the hardtop is com pletely lowered Otherwise you could dam age the hardtop If you begin to close the trunk lid before the hardtop is completely lowered the load assist button will flash and a warning will sound Retracted hardtop Luggage cover Load assist button Hardtop 1 can only be raised or lowered when luggage cover 2 is closed and the trunk lid is completely opened gt Raising the hardtop Press button 3 Hardtop i rises a short distance Button comes on brightly You can now open luggage cover 2 gt Lowering the hardtop Close luggage cover 2 gt Press button 3 Hardtop 4 lowers Button is dimly lit Useful features A Warning In order to help prevent spilling liquids on vehicle occupants and or vehicle equip ment only use containers that fit into the cup holder Use lids on open containers and do not fill containers to a height where the contents especially hot liquid
101. the towing eye bolt Removing cover in rear bumper A Warning In order to avoid possible serious burns or injury use extreme caution when removing the rear cover because the rear exhaust pipe is extremely hot Practical hints Towing the vehicle Example illustration USA bumper in Canada differs slightly Cover gt Insert flat blunt object as a lever into upper left or right recess of cover 4 gt Loosen cover 1 using the lever gt Fold cover Q down in direction of arrow to reveal the threaded hole for the towing eye bolt Fixing towing eye bolt P88 20 3155 31 Example illustration front bumper Towing eye bolt gt Take the towing eye bolt and the wheel wrench from the vehicle tool kit gt Screw towing eye bolt 1 clockwise into threaded hole to its stop gt Insert wheel wrench into towing eye and tighten towing eye bolt Q by turning it clockwise Removing towing eye bolt gt Loosen towing eye bolt 1 counterclock wise with wheel wrench gt Unscrew towing eye bolt 4 gt Reinstalling front cover Fit locking tabs of cover 4 gt page 331 under the lower edge of the opening in the bumper gt Apply even pressure on the upper part of the cover until it snaps into place gt Reinstalling rear cover Fit cover C gt page 331 and snap it into place gt Store the towing eye bolt and wheel wrench back into the vehicle tool kit Towing with front axl
102. topics deal with the cleaning and care of your vehicle and give important how to information as well as references to Mercedes Benz approved vehicle care prod ucts Power washer H Follow the instructions provided by the power washer manufacturer on maintain ing a distance between the vehicle and the nozzle of the power washer Never use a round nozzle to power wash tires The intense jet of water can result in damage to the tire Always replace a damaged tire Always keep the jet of water moving across the surface Do not aim directly at electrical parts electrical connectors seals or other rubber parts Vehicles with KEYLESS GO If a door handle is hit by a strong jet of water and a SmartKey is within approxi mately 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle it could be inadvertently locked or unlocked Tar stains Quickly remove tar stains before they dry and become more difficult to remove A tar remover is recommended Paintwork painted body components H Affixing stickers magnets adhesive tape or similar materials to painted body com ponents may damage the paintwork Mercedes Benz approved Paint Care should be applied when water drops on the paint surface do not bead up This should nor mally be done every 3 to 5 months depending on the climate and washing detergent used Mercedes Benz approved Paint Cleaner should be applied if the paint surface shows signs of embedded dirt i e loss of gloss Do not
103. towards the rear b gt gt Clip eyelets onto side trim panels Controls in detail Loading and storing gt Close the zipper completely gt Fold back the zipper s cloth cover across the entire length of the luggage cover The sunshade protects you from excessive sunlight coming in through the panorama roof A Warning Do not operate the sunshade while driving Adjusting the sunshade while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehi cle Stop buttons Handle gt Opening Squeeze stop buttons 4 and guide the sunshade towards the rear gt Closing Using handle 2 slide the sun shade towards the front of the vehicle Loading and storing A Warning The parcel net is intended for storing light weight items only such as road maps mail etc Heavy objects objects with sharp edges or fragile objects may not be transported in the parcel net In an accident during hard braking or sudden maneuvers they could be thrown around inside the vehicle and cause injury to vehicle occupants The parcel net cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident A parcel net is located in the passenger foot well Parcel nets in the trunk There are three parcel nets available in the trunk to secure loads A parcel net on each side of the right and left trunk side walls and a trunk floor net gt Pull the trunk floor net from the trunk back wall towards the
104. transmission into park position P When parked on an incline also turn the front wheels towards the road curb Turning off with SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The immobilizer is activated The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the automatic transmis sion in park position P Turning off with KEYLESS GO gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button With the driver s door closed the starter switch is nowin position 1 With the driver s door opened the starter switch is set to position 0 same as the SmartKey removed from the starter switch gt page 87 If you hear a warning signal you have tried to turn off the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the automatic trans mission was not in park position P Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 265 Automatic transmission Introduction For information on driving with an automatic transmission see Driving and park ing gt page 109 A Warning Make sure absolutely no objects are obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obsta cles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneu vers the objects could get caught between the pedals You
105. unit 232 Push start see Tow start RACE START SL 63 AMG 156 RACETIMER 4 130 Radio Selecting stations 133 Radio transmitters 240 Rear axle oil 351 Rear fog lamp see Fog lamps Rear lamps see Tail lamps Rear window defroster 173 Recommended tire inflation pres SUPE ecee ee eee sew eee ee es 215 232 Recovery services Stolen vehicle Tele Aid 0 0 cccee ceuees teks 193 Refrigerant air conditioning 354 Refueling 201 Regular checks 202 Reminder Seat belt see Seat belts Telltale Remote control see Key SmartKey Remote door unlock Tele Aid 192 Replacing bulbs 311 Brake lamps ss 5 h 0wenese as 311 Headlamps 0 6 06 0 048005 311 High beam headlamps 311 High mounted brake lamp 311 License plate lamps 311 Low beam headlamps 311 Parking lamps 311 Side marker lamps 311 Standing lamps 311 Tail lamps 2 06605 65 6565s setae 311 Turn signal lamps 311 Reporting safety defects 22 Research Octane Number see RON Reserve fuel Messages in the multifunction dis Day ci Sie wee EE E 285 Warning lamp 33 301 Reset button Restraint systems see Occupant safety Retractable hardtop 173 LOCKING 3 42 ceeeews en
106. vehicle pressing button or will lock or unlock the vehicle accordingly If you lose your SmartKey or mechanical key you should do the following gt Have the SmartKey deactivated by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Report the loss of the SmartKey or the mechanical key to your car insurance com pany immediately gt Have the mechanical lock replaced if nec essary Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to supply you with a replacement You can open a locked door from the inside Open door only when conditions are safe to do so Locking knob Inside door handle If the vehicle has previously been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti theft alarm system To cancel the alarm see gt page 73 gt Pull on inside door handle 2 on the respec tive door If the door was locked locking knob 4 will move up Opening a door causes its window to open slightly It will fully close when the door is shut H A side window will not work if itis blocked with ice or if the vehicle battery is dis charged If you cannot shut a door do not force it or you could damage the door or side window Fix whatever is affecting the window before trying to shut the door Automatic central locking The doors and the trunk lock automatically when the vehicle is set into motion You can open a locked door from the inside Open door onl
107. vehicle in a safe distance from moving traffic on a hard flat surface when possible gt Turn on the hazard warning flasher gt Turn the steering wheel so that the front wheels are in a straight ahead position gt Engage the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door can then be closed again Open doors only when conditions are safe to do so gt Have any passenger exit the vehicle at a safe distance from the roadway Open doors only when conditions are safe to do So Mounting the spare wheel Introduction gt Prepare the vehicle as described gt page 318 gt Take the following out of the vehicle e spare wheel e jack e vehicle tool kit e wheel wrench e electric air pump For information on where to find the respec tive items see Where will find gt page 252 and gt page 253 Removing tensioning straps from spare wheel This description applies to vehicles with 19 spare wheel with collapsible tire only A 19 spare wheel with collapsible tire has two tensioning straps on it that must be removed before mounting the spare wheel The tensioning straps are shown in red for illustratio
108. vehicle may be equipped with either of Air hose with pressure gauge and vent gt Version 1 only Pull out electrical plug two versions of the electric air pump screw and air hose with pressure gauge 4 e Version 1 The air hose with pressure Union nut gt Version 2 only Pull electrical plug and gauge and the electrical plug are located behind a flap e Version 2 The pressure gauge is located in the pump housing The air hose and elec the air hose out of the pump housing bot tom gt Version 1 only Close vent screw on air hose 4 gt Remove the valve cap from the collapsible tire valve gt Screw union nut onto the collapsible tire valve gt Make sure air pump switch 2 is set to 0 gt Insert electrical plug G into the cigarette lighter socket gt page 186 or a power out let gt page 187 gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Press the KEY LESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever once Do not depress the brake pedal gt Press I on electric air pump switch 2 The electric air pump switches on and inflates the collapsible tire gt Inflate the collapsible tire to the recom mended tire inflation pressure as specified for your vehicle gt page 346 This should take approximately 5 minutes A Warning The air hose and the union nut can become hot during inflation Exercise proper cau Practical
109. vehicle with the mechani cal key and opening the driver s door or the trunk will trigger the anti theft alarm sys tem To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey in the starter switch PB0 20 3261 31 Handle Removing the mechanical ke y 1 Unlocking 2 Unlocking Mechanical key Mechanical key gt Insert mechanical key 3 into the trunk lid gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the driver s Siy lock until it stops door lock until it stops gt Turn mechanical key 3 counterclockwise gt Turn mechanical key 2 counterclockwise ba to position 2 to position 1 until the locking knob moves up gt Pull handle and lift the trunk lid The driver s door is unlocked H Always make sure there is sufficient over ps0 20283931 P Pull the door handle to open the drivers head clearance door Mechanical key locking tab gt Turn mechanical key 3 back and remove Mechanical key it from the trunk lid lock 307 Practical hints Unlocking locking manually Unlocking the glove box Lockable storage areas in the passenger compartment include e the glove box e the storage compartment under the arm rest e the rear storage compartments If these cannot be unlocked by means of the SmartKey use the mechanical key to unlock the glove box To unlock the remaining storage compart ments the cause for the malfunction of
110. via Bluetooth gt Add washer fluid gt page 208 Display messages Entry Position Do Not Drive Engine Display messages Engine Service engine USA only Canada only w Service Required Top Up Coolant See Oper Manual Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence The steering wheel has not yet moved into its stored driving position Possible cause consequence There may be a malfunction in e The fuel management system e The ignition system e The exhaust system e The fuel system Certain electronic systems are unable to relay information to the control system The coolant temperature display or the tachometer may have failed The coolant level is too low Possible solution gt Wait until the steering wheel has moved to its driving position The message disappears Possible solution gt Have the engine checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the electronic systems checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Add coolant gt page 207 gt f you have to add coolant frequently have the cooling system checked at an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display A Warning Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engi
111. visor 4 to the side Vanity mirror The mirror lamp only functions when the sun visor is engaged in mounting gt To use vanity mirror lift up vanity mirror cover 2 Vanity mirror lamp 3 comes on Z Warning Remove ashtray insert only with vehicle standing still E 1 A Cover plate Sliding knob gt Opening Briefly touch cover plate 4 gt Removing ashtray insert Secure vehicle from movement by engaging the parking brake gt Shift the automatic transmission into neu tral position N gt Press sliding knob 2 to the right The ashtray insert will eject a short dis tance gt Reinstalling ashtray insert Press ashtray insert into the frame until it snaps into place gt Closing Push down cover plate 4 A Observe Safety notes see page 60 A Warning Never touch the heating element or sides of the lighter they are extremely hot Hold the knob only Make sure any children traveling with you do not injure themselves or start a fire with the hot cigarette lighter necting or using plugs that do not fit prop erly can damage the lighter socket With the socket damaged the lighter may not function properly any longer The power outlet can be used to accommo date 12V DC electrical accessories e g air pump auxiliary lamps up to a maximum of 15 A 180 W gt Switch on the ignition DN Cigarette lighter gt Open the cover plate
112. you are uncertain about the correct reading of the information given on a tire s sidewall any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to assist you Load identification Load identification For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illus tration In addition to tire load rating special load identification may be molded into the tire sidewall following the letter designating the tire speed rating gt page 224 e No specification given absence of any text like in above example indicates a stand ard load SL tire e XL or Extra Load designates an extra load or reinforced tire e Light Load designates a light load tire C D E designates load range associated with the maximum load a tire can carry at a specified pressure DOT Tire Identification Number TIN U S tire regulations require each new tire manufacturer or tire retreader to mold a TIN into or onto a sidewall of each tire produced The TIN is a unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufactures to notify pur chasers in recall situations or other safety matters concerning tires and gives purchas ers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is comprised of Manufacturer s iden tification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Operation me 94010470081 DOT Manufactu
113. 4 8 US qt 14 0 Low temperature cooling system SL 600 approx 2 2 US qt 2 1 I MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze SL 65 AMG approx 3 4 US qt 3 2 I b gt 27 SL 63 AMG with Performance Package Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Fuel tank All models 21 1 US gal 80 0 Premium unleaded gasoline Minimum Posted Octane 91 Avg of 96 RON 86 MONJ Fuel tank reserve SE 550 2 6 US gal 10 0 I SL 600 SL 63 AMG 3 7 US gal 14 0 I SL 65 AMG Air conditioning system All models R 134a refrigerant and special PAG lubricant oil never R 12 Hydraulic system for retractable All models 0 42 US qt 0 4 I MB Hydraulic Oil hardtop Washer system and headlamp All models 7 4 US qt 7 0 I MB Windshield Washer Concen cleaning system trate2 Washer fluid mixing ratio gt page 357 3 28 Use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and water for temperatures above freezing point or MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and commercially available premixed washer solvent antifreeze for temperatures below freezing point Approved engine oils Engine oils are specifically tested for their suitability in our engines and durability for our service intervals Therefore only use approved engine oils and oil filters required for vehicles with Maintenance System Conventional petroleum based oils must not be used for vehicles with Maintenance Sys
114. 6 Function Cigarette lighter QD Cup holder Page 186 185 Lower part 4 Layout in SL 63 AMG differs G 6 Oe At a glance Function Gear selector lever Parktronic system deacti vation switch Exterior rear view mirror adjustment ABC suspension tuning but ton Tow away alarm off switch Retractable hardtop switch Roll bar buttons ABC vehicle level control button Electronic Stability Pro gram ESP switch Thumbwheel for setting fol lowing distance for Dis tronic Page 11S 162 96 159 73 173 59 158 65 147 153 Center console Function Page Distance warning function 147 switch 155 Program mode selector switch 118 At a glance Overhead control panel Overhead control panel Function Page Left reading lamp switch 104 Temperature sensor for automatic climate control Right reading lamp switch 104 Automatic interior lighting control 104 Interior rear view mirror 96 _ Reading lamp 96 _ Garage door opener 193 Tele Aid emergency call system button 189 P68 00 5168 31 Hands free microphone for Tele Aid emergency call system and telephone 187 Door control panel At a glance Function Inside door handle Power window switch Memory function Memory position buttons Memory button AIRSCARF switch Seat heating switch Seat ventilation switch Seat adjustment switch Remote trunk ope
115. 8 for the first 1000 miles 1500 km e Avoid accelerating by kickdown e Do not attempt to slow the vehicle down by shifting to a lower gear using the gear selector lever e Select gear ranges 3 2 or 1 gt page 118 only when driving at moderate speeds for hill driving After 1000 miles 1500 km you may gradu ally increase vehicle and engine speeds to the permissible maximum H Additional instructions for AMG vehicles e During the first 1000 miles 1500 km do not exceed a speed of 85 mph 140 km h e During this period avoid engine speeds above 4500 rpm in each gear e Shift gears in a timely manner All of the above instructions as may apply to your vehicle type also apply when driving the first 1000 miles 1500 km after the engine or the rear differential has been replaced Always obey applicable speed limits At the gas station Refueling A Warning Gasoline is highly flammable and poison ous It burns violently and can cause seri ous personal injury Never allow sparks flames or smoking materials near gasoline Turn off the engine before refueling Whenever you are around gasoline avoid inhaling fumes and any skin or clothing con tact Extinguish all smoking materials Direct skin contact with fuels and the inha lation of fuel vapors are damaging your health A Warning Overfilling of the fuel tank may create pres sure in the system which could cause a gas discharge This co
116. AMG ABC suspension tuning button Indicator lamp gt Start the engine Suspension for sporty driving style The setting for sporty driving is selected when the indicator lamp 2 is on gt Press button 4 Indicator lamp 2 comes on Suspension for regular driving style The setting for regular driving is selected when the indicator lamp 2 is off Driving systems gt Press button 4 Indicator lamp 2 goes out SL 65 AMG You can display the current set tings in the AMG SETUP menu gt page 130 Setting suspension tuning SL 63 AMG ABC suspension tuning button AMG button gt Start the engine Suspension for sporty driving style The suspension tuning for a sporty driving style is selected when button 1 comes on in red gt Press button 4 Button C comes on in red Controls in detail Driving systems Suspension for regular driving style The suspension tuning for a regular driving style is selected when button Q is not on in red gt Press button 4 The red illumination on button Q goes out When you have selected the suspension tun ing and the program mode gt page 118 you can store call up and display the settings using AMG button 2 when the engine is run ning Pressing AMG button 2 when the igni tion is switched on displays the current settings only You can also call up the settings via the con trol system gt page 130 gt Storing
117. Automatic interior lighting control 104 Automatic locking when driving 140 Automatic shift program 118 Automatic transmission 115 Automatic shift program 118 Emergency operation limp home MOde 23a these ba4 124 Gear range indicator 118 Gear rangeS 200 118 Gear selector lever 115 Gearshifting malfunctions 124 Hill start assist system 157 Kickdown 0 2 eee eee eee 117 Kickdown manual shift program 123 Manual shift program 121 One touch gearshifting 120 Program mode indicator 119 Program mode selector dial SL 63 AMG Program mode selector switch 118 119 122 119 121 Shifting procedure 116 Steering wheel gearshift control 120 Transmission position indicator 116 Transmission positions 116 AUX socket 000 181 Axle ONS oe cee te eee ee ee bis eee 351 So Backrest see Seats Backup lamps Messages in the multifunction dis Pla eee en raain 286 Replacing bulbs 311 Bar air pressure unit 231 BAS Brake Assist System 64 Batteries SmartKey Checking condition 80 Replacing 22ss4e0ee00808045 309 Battery Vehicle Charging c 0ceveeneenes eee ee 327 Jump starting 0 328 Messages in the multifunction dis PLAY occ pet irienna es nes 283 Bead tire 0 231
118. C A Warning In order to avoid any potentially serious burns e Use extreme caution when opening the hood if there are any signs of steam or coolant leaking from the cooling system or if the coolant temperature indicator indicates that the coolant is overheated e Do not remove pressure cap on coolant reservoir if coolant temperature is above 158 F 70 C Allow engine to cool down before removing cap The coolant reser b gt 207 Operation Engine compartment gt Using a rag turn the cap slowly approxi mately counterclockwise to release any excess pressure voir contains hot fluid and is under pres sure e Using a rag slowly open the cap approx imately turn to relieve excess pres sure If opened immediately scalding hot fluid and steam will be blown out under pressure gt Continue turning the cap counterclockwise and remove it The coolant level is correct if the level e for cold coolant is up to the upper mark on the bracing rib of the coolant expan sion tank translucent e Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts Antifreeze contains ethylene gly col which may burn if it comes into con e for warm coolant is approximately 0 6 in tact with hot engine parts 1 5 cm higher gt Add coolant as required N gt Replace and tighten cap H SL 600 and SL 65 AMG Only open the cap on the coolant expansion tank Never open the cap between the two charge air co
119. Ceaser bende ko eateries 147 Parktronic system 160 RACE START SL 63 AMG 156 Driving tips automatic transmis SION e erene ainia eea a nsi 117 Easy entry exit feature 95 140 Messages in the multifunction dis Play ae E E E E Electrical system Improper work on or modifications 21 Power outlet 4 ss54e242 55 Technical data ccieccccceses Electronic Stability Program see ESP Emergency in case of Battery jump starting 328 Firstaid Kitedai2c 0208 Seau cae aes 252 Flat tile cat cena tae oman omens 317 Hazard warning flasher 102 Roadside Assistance 20 Towing the vehicle 330 Emergency calls Tele Aidi ecim ceedd Laake bs 188 Emergency operations Limp home mode 124 Locking unlocking the vehicle 307 Remote door unlock 192 Trunk lid emergency release 86 Trunk lid unlocking 307 Emergency Tensioning Device see ETD Emission control 241 Information label 340 System warranties 19 Engine Brake in recommendations 200 CEANN dnd eciice nenni ap eee 245 Compartment 203 Malfunction indicator lamp Lente senate eneeae aes 33 302 Maximum engine speed 341 Messages in the multifunction dis Play ernrrec soene ricinus see 279 NUMBER sieneen ie sai etic aac 340 Starting mi ee eehease ca N Technical data 05s05e8s5 es TUMMINE O
120. EJ Front fog lamps Rear fog lamp wo FS a an N The exterior lamps go out automatically when you remove the SmartKey from the Controls in detail starter switch or open the driver s door with the ignition switched off When the parking lamps or the rear fog lamp are switched on and you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch or open the driver s door an acoustic signal sounds In addition the message Lights Are Still On appears in the multifunction dis play Switch off the parking lamps or the rear fog lamp manually H Failure to switch off the parking lamps when leaving the vehicle may result in a discharged battery Low beam headlamps The low beam headlamps can be switched on and off with the exterior lamp switch using the manual headlamp mode gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position E The following lamps come on e Low beam headlamps e Tail and parking lamps Lighting License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Instrument panel lamps e Green indicator lamp in the exterior lamp switch gt Switching off Turn the exterior lamp switch to position BE Automatic headlamp mode The following lamps come on and go out auto matically depending on the brightness of the ambient light e Low beam headlamps e Tail and parking lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps A War
121. Flat tire Removing wiper blades Installing wiper blades Flattire H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts gt Slide the wiper blade onto wiper arm in Safety notes They could tear opposite direction of arrow E gt Rotate the wiper blade into position parallel gt Fold the wiper arm forward until it snaps to the wiper arm The dimensions of the spare wheel are dif into place ferent from those of the road wheels As a gt Fold the wiper arm backward to reston the result the vehicle handling characteristics windshield change when driving with a spare wheel Make sure you hold on to the wiper when mounted Adapt your driving style accord folding the wiper arm back ingly The spare wheel is for temporary use only When driving with spare wheel mounted ensure proper tire inflation pressure and do not exceed a vehicle speed of 50 mph 80 km h bee Contact the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible to have the spare wheel replaced with a regular road wheel Never operate the vehicle with more than one spare wheel mounted H Make sure the wiper blades are properly installed Improperly installed wiper blades may cause windshield damage gt Turn the wiper blade at a right angle to wiper arm gt Slide the wiper blade sideways out of the retainer Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted Practical hints Flat tire Preparing the vehicle gt Park the
122. Handle gt Fold back the entire length of the zipper s cloth cover gt Open zipper 2 completely while the lug gage cover is closed gt Open luggage cover Q Closed luggage cover Tensioning clasp Retainer spring A Warning Only open the tensioning clasps when the luggage cover is opened You could other wise be injured gt Open tensioning clasps by pulling them downward gt Unhook retainer springs from holders and flip retainer springs all the way up Controls in detail Luggage cover Cloth end Cloth holder gt Carefully tilt luggage cover 7 in direction of arrow towards rear of trunk gt Roll up front end of cloth 8 in the trunk towards the front and fasten it in place in front of cloth holder 9 gt Remove luggage cover 7 from the trunk Installing H Before installing the luggage cover make sure that the cloth end is in front of the cloth holder Otherwise it could be dam aged Retractable hardtop gt Carefully place luggage cover in trunk Luggage cover Hook Guide rail gt Insert luggage cover C into guide rails on both sides using hooks 2 gt Tilt luggage cover 1 forward in direction of arrow gt Fold retainer springs of tensioning clasps downward and clip them into holders on both sides gt page 179 gt Close tensioning clasps on both sides by pressing them upward gt Pull handle of luggage cover
123. How ever the door window will exert greater force before reversing than when the door window is closed in express operation Please exer cise caution gt Immediately after the door window has stopped because it was blocked pull the respective switch upwards until the door window is fully closed If the door window is blocked again and opens slightly gt Immediately after the door window was blocked pull the respective switch upwards until the door window is fully closed A Warning Pressing and holding the switch to close the door window immediately after it had been blocked two times will cause the door win dow to close without any reversal function for as long as you hold the switch Opening and closing the rear side win dows gt Opening Open the door window gt Press switch Q or 2 again The corresponding rear side window will open completely gt Closing Close the door window gt Pull and hold switch or The corresponding rear side window will move upwards until you release the switch Closing with KEYLESS GO When locking the vehicle you can simultane ously close the windows gt Press and hold the lock button on an out side door handle gt page 79 until the win dows are completely closed gt Release the lock button on the outside door handle to interrupt the closing procedure Synchronizing power windows The windows must be synchronized after the battery has bee
124. Loading Information plac ard The combined weight of all occupants cargo luggage and trailer tongue load if applicable should never exceed the weight referenced in that statement Seating capacity The seating capacity gives you important information on the number of occupants that can be in the vehicle The Tire and Loading Information placard showing the seating capacity is located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 212 Data shown on Tire and Loading Informa tion placard example are for illustration purposes only Seating capacity data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information plac ard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle P40 00 2076 31 Seating capacity information on the Tire and Loading Information placard Operation Tires and wheels Steps for determining correct load limit The following steps have been developed as required of all manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 gt Step 1 Locate the statement The com bined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX Ibs on your vehicle s Tire and Loading Informa tion placard gt Step 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle gt Step 3 Subtra
125. Mercedes Benz approved Interior Care ona soft lint free cloth and apply with light pressure COMAND display H You must switch off the COMAND display and allow it to cool prior to cleaning H Do not use any liquids or cleaning agents These can damage or even destroy the audio display screen gt Use a standard microfiber cloth and apply with light pressure Steering wheel and gear selector lever gt Wipe with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care Carpets gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Carpet and Fabric Care for cleaning the carpets Headliner gt Use a soft bristle brush or a dry shampoo cleaner in case of excessive dirt Seat belts gt Only use clear lukewarm water and soap H The seat belts must not be treated with chemical cleaning agents Do not dry the seat belts at temperatures above 176 F 80 C or in direct sunlight A Warning Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Operation Upholstery Using aftermarket seat covers or wearing clothing that have the tendency to give off coloring e g when wet etc may cause the upholstery to become permanently discol ored By lining the seats with a proper inter mediate cover contact discoloration will be prevented Leather upholstery Please note that leather upholstery is a natu ral product and is the
126. P40 00 2077 31 Tire and Loading Information placard with recommended cold tire inflation pres sures The Tire and Loading Information placard lists the recommended cold tire inflation pres sures for maximum loaded vehicle weight The tire inflation pressures listed apply to the tires installed as original equipment Important notes on tire inflation pres sure Z Warning If the tire inflation pressure drops repeat edly check the tires for punctures from foreign objects and or whether air is leak ing from the valves or from around the rim Tire temperature and tire inflation pressure are also increased while driving depending on the driving speed and the tire load If you will be driving your vehicle at high speeds of 100 mph 160 km h or higher where it is legal and conditions allow consult the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap if available on how to adjust the cold tire inflation pressure If you do not adjust the tire inflation pressure excessive heat can build up and result in sud den tire failure If your vehicle is not equipped with the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap contact an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center for proper tire inflation pressure Driving comfort may be reduced when the tire inflation pressure is adjusted to the value for speeds above 100 mph 160 km h as specified on the tire inflation pressure label located on th
127. Press and hold AMG button until an acoustic signal sounds The current setting is stored and appears in the multifunction display gt Calling up and displaying Press AMG button 2 The stores suspension tuning and program mode are in effect and the settings appear in the multifunction display gt Displaying Tap AMG button 2 The stored and or currently active settings appear in the multifunction display Parktronic system Parking assist The Parktronic system is an electronic park ing aid with ultrasonic sensors designed to assist the driver during parking maneuvers It visually and audibly indicates the relative dis tance between the vehicle and an obstacle The Parktronic system is automatically acti vated when you switch on the ignition release the parking brake and the automatic trans mission is in drive position D reverse gear R or neutral position N The Parktronic system deactivates at speeds over approximately 11 mph 18 km h At lower speeds the Parktronic system turns on again The Parktronic system also deactivates when you shift the automatic transmission into park position P or engage the parking brake The Parktronic system monitors the sur roundings of your vehicle with six sensors in the front bumper and four sensors in the rear bumper e w gt P54 65 3561 31 Sensors in the front bumper To function properly the sensors must be free of dirt ice snow and slush Clean
128. RF neck gt Press one button MMH until the desired leveliieatineatheiainisteamineimonitne setting for the respective side of the pas senger compartment appears in air distri bution display or gt page 164 Adjusting air volume gt Decrease increase Turn air volume con trol 0 gt page 164 clockwise or counter clockwise Front defroster You can use this setting to defrost the wind shield for example if it is iced up You can also defog the windshield and the side windows Keep this setting selected only until the windshield or the side windows are clear again gt Activating Press button J The indicator lamp in the button comes on The climate control switches to the following functions automatically e cooling on to dehumidify e most efficient blower speed and heating power depending on outside temperature Controls in detail e air flows onto the windshield and the front side windows e the air recirculation mode is switched off gt Deactivating Press button again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The previous settings are once again in effect The cooling remains switched on The air recirculation remains switched off or gt Press button Mg The indicator lamp in button goes out Air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically or gt Turn temperature controls 7 and 12 gt page 164 clockwise or counterclock wise or gt Turn air
129. Service No network is available e Bluetooth Ready The telephone has not been connected to the COMAND sys tem via Bluetooth yet gt Connect the telephone to the COMAND system via Bluetooth e Ready or name of the network provider if available The telephone has found a network and is ready for use You can operate it using the control system Answering a call When your telephone is ready to receive calls you can answer a Call at any time In the right Controls in detail multifunction display you will then see the message or if available the caller ID number and name i Cp CallFrom Unknown P54 32 599331 gt Press button Pal You have answered the call Ending a call or rejecting an incoming call gt Press button AN Dialing a number from the phone book If your telephone is ready to receive calls you may select and dial a number from the phone book You can add new numbers to the phone book with the telephone see separate oper ating instructions gt Press button or on the multi function steering wheel repeatedly until the Control system message TEL appears in the left multifunc tion display gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the desired name appears in the right mul tifunction display If you press and hold button PAN or E for longer than 1 second the system scrolls rapidly through the list of names until you release the button again The stor
130. a jump start gt page 328 Controls in detail If the engine will not start despite a jump start gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The starter has been exposed to excessive temperatures gt Let the starter cool for about two minutes gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several start ing attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Driving off A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of loss of control H Do not run cold engine at high engine speeds Running a cold engine at high engine speeds may shorten the service life Driving and parking of the engine This is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty SL 63 AMG At engine temperatures below 68 F 20 C the engine s maximum speed is restricted in order to protect it from dam age Avoid driving your vehicle at full speed when the engine is cold to prevent prema ture engine wear and or diminished com fort H If you hear a warning signal and the mes sage Release Parking Brake appears in the multifunction display when driving off you have forgotten to release the parking brake Release the parking brake H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel This may
131. act able hardtop switch gt page 174 forward until the retractable hardtop is fully closed or gt To lock the retractable hardtop in its fully opened position pull up on the retractable hardtop switch gt page 174 until the retractable hardtop is fully opened Wind screen A Warning The wind screen can restrict the driver s vision to the rear of the vehicle To prevent a possible accident when visibility is limited e g in darkness the upper part of the wind screen should be folded back The wind screen deflects drafts away from the driver and passenger when the retractable hardtop is lowered The wind screen is stored in the trunk Installing gt Leave the wind screen folded and place it on the roll bar gt Make sure the fastening straps are unbuck led Controls in detail Retractable hardtop Guide tabs gt Slide the wind screen into the roll bar until guide tabs C on each side latch under neath the roll bar Make sure the fastening straps do not get caught gt Adjust the roll bar to a height gt page 59 that allows you to reach easily underneath it Buckle gt Guide the fastening straps around the top of the roll bar and close buckles 2 gt Tighten the fastening straps if necessary gt Lower the roll bar gt page 59 gt Fold the upper section of the wind screen up towards the head restraints until it stops Removing gt Fold the upper section
132. acti vated and will be deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e independently of the head thorax air bag If the passenger front air bag is deployed the rate of inflation will be influenced by e the rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit e the passenger s weight category as iden tified by the OCS Safety and security For information about air bag display mes sages gt page 258 A Warning Children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appro priate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be prop erly secured with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat man ufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along Occupant safety with th
133. ad and neck injuries The seat belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder it should not touch the neck Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdo men If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen it could cause serious injuries in a crash Never wear seat belts over rigid or break able objects in or on your clothing such as eyeglasses pens keys etc as these might cause injuries e Make sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing e Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time Do not fasten a seat belt around a person and another person or other objects at the same time e Seat belts should not be worn twisted In acrash you would not have the full width of the seat belt to distribute impact forces The twisted seat belt against your body could cause injuries e Pregnant women should also always use a lap shoulder belt The lap belt portion should be positioned as low as possible on the hips to avoid any possible pres sure on the abdomen e Place the seat backrest in a position that is as upright as possible e Check your seat belt during t
134. adiator and supports e Towing of the vehicle should only be done using the properly installed towing eye bolt Never attach a tow cable tow rope or tow rod to the vehicle chassis frame or suspension parts If the battery is disconnected or dis charged e the SmartKey will not turn in the starter switch e the automatic transmission will remain in park position P e For more information see Bat tery gt page 326 or Jump start ing gt page 328 Installing towing eye bolt Depending on whether you are towing a vehi cle or you are being towed the towing eye bolt can be screwed into threaded holes which are located behind covers on each bumper The towing eye bolt is supplied with the vehi cle tool kit located in the compartment underneath the trunk floor gt page 252 gt Take the vehicle tool kit out of the trunk Removing cover in front bumper gt Press mark on cover 1 as indicated by the arrow gt Lift cover C off to reveal the threaded hole for the towing eye bolt Practical hints USA only 7 SSeS P00 60 2095 31 Cover gt Press mark on cover 1 as indicated by the arrow gt Lift cover off to reveal the threaded hole for the towing eye bolt Towing the vehicle Canada only Cover gt Press mark on cover 1 as indicated by the arrow and pull on lower edge simultane ously gt Lift cover off to reveal the threaded hole for
135. aking y A 5 maneuvers To save fuel you should Drinking and driving and or taking drugs and driving are very dangerous combina e Keep tires at the recommended inflation fone Bena amel emnet e alcohol or PiSeguk S drugs can affect your reflexes perceptions e Remove unnecessary loads and judgment Allow engine to warm up under low load The possibility of a serious or even fatal use accident are greatly increased when you drink or take drugs and drive Do not drink or take drugs and drive or allow i anyone to drive who has been drinking or e Have all maintenance work performed at taking drugs the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet and as required by the Mainte nance system Contact an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center e Avoid frequent acceleration and decelera tion Pedals Fuel consumption is also increased by driving A Warning in cold weather in stop and go traffic on Make sure absolutely no objects are short trips and in mountanous areas obstructing the pedals range of movement Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obsta cles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure that the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneu vers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury Power assistance A Warning There is no power assistance
136. ally the readings issued by the control system are more precise gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or on the multi function steering wheel repeatedly until the Tires and wheels standard display appears in the multifunc tion display gt page 129 gt Press button PA or R until the current inflation pressures for each tire appear in the multifunction display 31 34 Tire Pressure psi D OD 31 34 P54 32 5901 31 When the vehicle has been parked for lon ger than 20 minutes the message appears in the multifunction display A Warning It is the driver s responsibility to calibrate the TPMS on the recommended cold infla tion pressure Underinflated tires affect the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You might lose control over the vehicle With a spare wheel mounted the system may still indicate the tire inflation pressure of the removed road wheel for some minutes If this happens keep in mind that the indicated value where the spare wheel b gt Operation Tires and wheels is mounted does not reflect the actual spare tire inflation pressure Operating radio transmission equipment e g wireless headsets two way radios in or near the vehicle could cause the TPMS to malfunction Tire inflation pressure warnings If the system detects a significant loss of tire inflation pressure in one or more than one tire a message appears in the multifunction display
137. amental moldings gt For regular cleaning and care of ornamental moldings use a damp cloth H Do not use chrome cleaner on ornamental moldings Although ornamental moldings may have chrome appearance they could be made of anodized aluminum that will be damaged when cleaned with chrome cleaner Instead use a damp cloth to clean those ornamental moldings For very dirty ornamental moldings of which you are sure are chrome plated use a chrome cleaner If in doubt whether an ornamental molding is chrome plated con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Headlamps brake lamps tail lamps side markers turn signal lenses gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water H Only use window cleaning solutions that are suitable for plastic lamp lenses Win dow cleaning solutions which are not suit able may damage the plastic lamp lenses of the headlamps Therefore do not use abrasives solvents or cleaners that contain solvents Cleaning the Distronic system sensor cover Distronic system sensor cover gt Switch off the ignition gt Only clean sensor cover 4 by hand gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water and a non scratching cloth to clean sensor cover Q gt Restart the engine after cleaning sensor cover Q Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors Parktronic system sensors a
138. an Official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist Use of such parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety performance or reliability of your vehicle Please do not use them Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts and pre approved conversion parts and accessories are available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center In addition you will receive com prehensive information on permissible tech nical modifications and expert installations Operator s Manual Notes This Operator s Manual contains a great deal of useful information We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving For your own Safety and longer service life of the vehicle we urge you to follow the instruc tions and warnings contained in this Opera tor s Manual Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others Vehicle damage caused by fail ure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty We continuously strive to improve our prod uct and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illus trations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Vehicle equipment Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual There fore you may find explanations for optional equipment not
139. an be closed again Fuse box in passenger compartment The fuse box is located under the rear pas senger side storage compartment a i P54 10 2719 31 Clips Storage compartment floor gt Opening Open the passenger door gt Open the rear passenger side storage com partment gt page 182 gt Lift both clips Q gt Remove storage compartment floor 2 in direction of arrow gt Closing To reinstall storage compartment floor 2 after checking or replacing fuses follow the procedure in reverse order H The fuse box cover must be properly posi tioned as described to prevent moisture or dirt from entering the fuse box and possibly impairing fuse operation Fuse box in trunk The fuse in the trunk is located on the right hand side of the trunk gt Lift up the trunk floor cover P54 10 2715 31_ Fuse box in engine compartment The fuse boxes are located on the driver s and passenger side in front of the bulkhead wall separating the engine and passenger com partment gt Opening Open the hood Fuse box on driver s side Fuse box cover Locking Unlocking Practical hints Fuses Fuse box on passenger side Fuse box cover Locking Unlocking gt With a dry cloth remove any moisture from the fuse box Q gt Move slide to position and lift fuse box cover 1 gt Closing Make sure the sealing rubber is properly positioned gt Hoo
140. and refuel gt Only fill your tank until the filler nozzle unit cuts out do not top off or overfill gt Closing Turn fuel filler cap 2 clockwise until it audibly engages gt Close fuel filler flap Check regularly and before a long trip For information on quantities and require ments of operating agents see Fuels cool ants lubricants etc gt page 350 Check the following e Engine oil level gt page 204 e Tire inflation pressure gt page 217 e Coolant level gt page 207 e Vehicle lighting gt page 98 gt page 311 e Washer system and headlamp cleaning sys tem gt page 208 e Brake fluid gt page 237 gt page 269 and gt page 293 Engine compartment Hood A Warning Do not pull the release lever while the vehi cle is in motion Otherwise the hood could be forced open by passing air flow This could cause the hood to come loose and injure you and or others Opening A Warning If you see flames or smoke coming from the engine compartment or if the coolant tem perature gauge indicates that the engine is overheated do not open the hood Move away from vehicle and do not open the hood until the engine has cooled If neces sary call the fire department A Warning You could be injured when the hood is open even when the engine is turned off Parts of the engine can become very hot To prevent burns let the engine cool off completely before touch
141. at belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as Seat belt outlet Latch plate Buckle Seat belt release button gt With a smooth motion pull the seat belt out of seat belt housing gt Place the shoulder portion of the seat belt gt Push latch plate 2 into buckle 3 until it clicks gt If necessary tighten the lap portion to a snug fit by pulling shoulder portion up Releasing the seat belts gt Press the seat belt release button gt page 56 Allow the retractor to completely rewind the seat belt by guiding the latch plate H Make sure the seat belt retracts fully so that the seat belt and or latch plate cannot get caught or pinched in the door or in the seat mechanism This can damage the seat belt and impair its effectiveness and or cause damage to the door and or door trim panel Such damage is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Damaged seat belts must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Enhanced seat belt reminder system When the engine is started the seat belt tell across the top of your shoulderand the lap tale will always illuminate for 6 seconds upright as possible and the seat belt is portion across your hips properly positioned on the body to remind you and your passenger to fasten your seat belts If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the engine is started an additional warning ch
142. ate in two stages This allows the air bags to have different rates of inflation that are based on the vehicle deceleration rate as assessed by the air bag control unit On the passenger side the front air bag deployment is additionally influenced by the passenger s weight category as identified by the Occupant Classification System OCS gt page 50 The lighter the passenger side occupant the higher the vehicle deceleration rate required for second stage inflation of the air bag The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system s preset deploy ment thresholds You will then be protected by the fastened seat belts The front air bags will not deployed in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle s rate of longitudinal deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the front air bags The passenger air bag 2 will only be deployed if e the system based on OCS weight sensor readings detects that the passenger seat is occupied the EA EE indicator lamp in the center console is not lit gt page 52 e the impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold Knee bag The knee bag 3 is located on the driver side lower instrument panel It is designed to oper ate together with the driver front air bag in certain frontal impacts exceeding a preset deployment threshold The knee bag 3 oper ates best in conjunction with a properly posi tioned and fastened seat b
143. ation gt Select next or previous station in wave band Only if no station list is available Press and hold B or PAW to select a station You can only store new stations using the corresponding feature on the radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instruc tions Additional optional satellite radio equipment and a subscription to satellite radio service provider are required for satellite radio oper ation Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for details and availability for your vehicle For more information refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions Operating audio devices audio media gt Turn on the COMAND system and select the audio device or audio media Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until Audio DVD menu appears in the multi function display Controls in detail Example illustration Disc number Current track gt Selecting previous or next track Press button R or EAN briefly gt Selecting a track from the track list quick search Press and hold button ESA o E The current track does not appear during Audio AUX mode operation Operating video DVD gt Turn on the COMAND system and select DVD Video Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until Audio DVD menu appears in the multi function display Controls in detail Control system 72 O
144. ation mode In such a case the red brake warning lamp comes on and warning messages appear in the multifunc tion display while driving To brake the driver must then apply significantly greater brake pedal pressure and depress the pedal much further to obtain the expected brak ing effect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes are only applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is increased For more information see Elec tro hydraulic brake system in this in this Operator s Manual If there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system we recommend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment If circumstances do not permit the recom mended towing methods the vehicle may be towed with all wheels on the ground or front axle raised only so far as necessary to have the vehicle moved to a safe location where the recommended towing methods can be employed gt Switch off the tow away alarm before tow ing the vehicle with all wheels off the ground or front axle raised gt page 72 H Before towing the vehicle observe the fol lowing instructions e Do not tow start the vehicle You could otherwise seriously damage the auto matic transmission which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty e Do not tow with sling type equipment Towing with sling type equipment over bumpy roads will damage r
145. ator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illu Suggested solutions What to do if minated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to con tinue to function properly gt Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Read and observe messages in the multifunction display and follow corrective steps gt page 255 Practical hints What to do if A Warning If the indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weight of Problem Possible cause consequence Bior The system is malfunctioning The indicator lamp does not illu minate and or does not remain illuminated with the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or less on the passenger seat
146. attempts Mer cedes Benz USA LLC and or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18000 miles approximately 29000 km on the odometer of the vehicle whichever occurs first a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs 1 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven that defect or malfunc tion has been subject to repair two or more times and you have directly noti fied Mercedes Benz USA LLC in writing of the need for its repair 2 the same substantial defect or malfunc tion of a less serious nature than cate Operator s Manual gory 1 has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly noti fied us in writing of the need for its repair or 3 the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days Written notification should not be sent toa dealer it should be addressed to Mercedes Benz USA LLC Customer Assistance Center One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 Maintenance The Maintenance Bookle
147. aust emission standards When ordering parts please specify vehi cle identification and engine number Passenger side rear storage compartment Compartment lid Compartment trim VIN gt Open compartment lid gt Remove compartment trim VIN is now visible Technical data Engine Model Engine type Mode of operation No of cylinders Bore Stroke Total piston displacement Compression ratio Output acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum torque acc to SAE J 1349 Maximum engine speed Firing order Poly V belt SL 550 230 471 4 DUS 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 8 3 86 in 98 00 mm 3 56 in 90 50 mm 333 2 cu in 5461 cm 10 7 1 382 hp 6000 rpm 285 kW 6000 rpm 391 lb ft 2 800 rpm 4800 rpm 530 Nm 2800 rpm 4800 rpm 6500 rpm 1 5 4 2 6 3 7 8 2398 mm SL 600 230 477 4 275 4 stroke engine gasoline injection 12 3 23 in 82 00 mm 3 43 in 87 00 mm 336 4 cu in 5513 cm 9 1 510 hp 5000 rpm 380 kW 5000 rpm 612 lb ft 1900 rpm 3500 rpm 830 Nm 1900 rpm 3500 rpm 5950 rpm 1 12 5 8 3 10 6 7 2 1 1 4 9 2335 mm 14 The quoted data apply only to the standard vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for the corresponding data of all special bodies and special equipment 15 Premium fuel required Performance may vary with fuel octane rating Technical data Engine Model Engine type Mode of operation No
148. authorities If the extent of the damage cannot be deter mined gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance If no damage can be determined on the e major assemblies e fuel system e engine mount gt Start the engine in the usual manner Parking A Warning Do not park this vehicle in areas where combustible materials such as grass hay or leaves can come into contact with the hot exhaust system as these materials could be ignited and cause a vehicle fire To reduce the risk of serious personal injury or damage to the vehicle or the vehi cle drivetrain as a result of vehicle move ment always do the following before turning off the engine and leaving the vehi cle e Keep right foot on the brake pedal e Engage the parking brake e Shift the automatic transmission into park position P e Slowly release the brake pedal e When parked on an incline always turn the front wheels towards the road curb e Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and remove the SmartKey Controls in detail Driving and parking from the starter switch or press the KEY LESS GO start stop button e Take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle when leaving Parking brake A Warning Engaging the parking brake while the vehi cle is in motion can cause the rear wheels to lock up You could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident In addition the vehicle s b
149. be seriously burned 272 Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Brake Service There are malfunctions but the electro gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Required hydraulic brake system is operating nor as soon as possible USA only S Pa r Canada only Brakes Overheated The brake system is overheated due to an Relieve the load on the brake system USA only Drive on but with excessive load on the brakes gt Drive more smoothly and think ahead to avoid even greater care unnecessary braking 9 Canada only gt When driving down steep grades shift into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power gt page 120 gt Cautiously continue driving so that the air stream will cool down the brakes BRAKE Release Parking You are driving with the parking brake gt Release the parking brake USA only Brake engaged Canada only Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Safety systems Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Raise Roll over The roll bar is malfunctioning For safety reasons always have the roll bar raised Bar when driving with the retractable hardt
150. by 68 kilograms 150 Ib Occupant distribution The distribution of occupants in a vehicle at their designated seating positions Operation Tires and wheels Production options weight The combined weight of those installed reg ular production options weighing over 5 Ibs 2 3 kilograms in excess of those standard items which they replace not previously con sidered in curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim PSI Pounds per square inch A standard unit of measure for air pressure Recommended tire inflation pressure The recommended tire inflation pressure for normal driving conditions is listed on the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar and provides best handling tread life and riding comfort If so equipped supplemental information pertain ing to special driving situations can be found on the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap Rim A metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated Sidewall The portion of a tire between the tread and the bead TIN Tire Identification Number Unique identifier which facilitates efforts by tire manufacturers to notify purchasers in recall situations or other safety matters con cerning tires and gives purchasers the means to easily identify such tires The TIN is com
151. care Vehicle care nance service indicator display with the service symbol or appears in the left multifunction display and the main tenance service deadline appears in the right multifunction display Resetting the maintenance service indicator Cleaning and care of the vehicle In the event that the maintenance service on your vehicle is not carried out at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center you can have the maintenance service indicator reset The automotive maintenance facility carrying out the maintenance service will find the information for resetting the maintenance service indicator in the maintenance relevant literature for your vehicle Such literature is available from any author ized Mercedes Benz Center or directly from Mercedes Benz Notes Regular and proper care will help to maintain the value of your vehicle A Warning Many cleaning products can be hazardous Some are poisonous others are flammable Always follow the instructions on the par ticular container Always open your vehi cle s doors or windows when cleaning the inside Never use fluids or solvents that are not Ifthe battery is disconnected the days of disconnection will not be included in the count shown by the maintenance service indicator To arrive at the true maintenance service deadline you will need to subtract these days from the days shown in the maintenance service indicator message or maintenance service indicator di
152. cator lamp comes on when the engine is running Possible cause consequence Suggested solutions gt Have the vehicle checked as soon as possible at an authorized There may be a malfunction in Mercedes Benz Center e The fuel management system Some states may by law require you to visit a workshop as soon as the engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on Check local requirements e The ignition system e The emission control system e Systems which affect emis sions Such malfunctions may result in excessive emissions values and may switch the engine to limp home emergency operation mode gt Check the fuel cap gt page 201 gt If it is not closed properly Close the fuel cap gt If it is closed properly Have the fuel system checked by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A loss of pressure has been detected in the fuel system The fuel cap may not be closed prop erly or the fuel system may be leaky Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solutions The red coolant tempera There is insufficient coolantinthe gt Immediately add coolant to prevent engine from overheating ture warning lamp comes reservoir gt page 207 on when the engine is run f this warning lamp comes on fre Have the cooling system checked ning quently there is aleak in the cool gt If the coolant temperature is below 248 F 120 C you can con ing system f om 3
153. cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H Simultaneously depressing the accelera tor pedal and applying the brakes reduces engine performance and causes premature brake and drivetrain wear which is not cov ered by the Mercedes Benz Limited War ranty Controls in detail Driving and parking Once the vehicle is in motion the auto matic central locking system engages and the locking knobs in the doors move down The automatic door lock feature can be deactivated gt page 140 Automatic transmission A Warning It is dangerous to shift the automatic trans mission out of park position P or neutral position N if the engine speed is higher than idle speed If your foot is not firmly on the brake pedal the vehicle could accelerate quickly forward or in reverse You could lose control of the vehicle and hit someone or something Only shift into gear when the engine is idling normally and when your right foot is firmly on the brake pedal H Only shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R or park position P when the vehicle is stopped Otherwise the auto matic transmission could be damaged gt Depress the brake pedal The gear selector lever lock is released gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D or reverse gear R Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed
154. causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Your vehicle is equipped with the Tire and Loading Information placard located on the driver s door B pillar gt page 212 Tires and wheels The tire inflation pressure should be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires The tires can be considered cold if the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km Follow recommended cold tire inflation pres sures listed on Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Keeping the tires properly inflated provides the best handling tread life and riding com fort In addition to the Tire and Loading Informa tion placard on the driver s door B pillar also consult the tire inflation pressure label if available on the inside of the filler flap for any additional information pertaining to special driving situations For more information see Important notes on tire inflation pres sure gt page 216 Data shown on Tire and Loading Informa tion placard example are for illustration purposes only Tire data are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in the following illustration Refer to Tire and Loading Information placard on vehicle for actual data specific to your vehicle Operation Tires and wheels i m o bh e i i wet oi lt i a a m i
155. cedes Benz Original equip ment tires e MO1 Mercedes Benz Original equip ment tires applicable to selected tire sizes only e MOE Mercedes Benz Original Extended tires with limited run flat characteris tics original equipment tires Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz may result in damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Lim ited Warranty Technical data H Using tires other than those approved by Mercedes Benz can have detrimental effects such as e poor handling characteristics e increased noise e increased fuel consumption Moreover tires and rims not approved by Mercedes Benz may under load exhibit dimensional variations and different tire deformation characteristics that could cause them to come into contact with the vehicle body or axle parts Damage to the tires or the vehicle may be the result Further information on tires and rims is available at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center A placard with the recommended tire inflation pressures is located on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such informa tion is provided it can be found on the placard located on the inside of the fuel filler flap The tire inflation pressure should Rims and tires facturer s maintenance recommendation included with the
156. ch on the ignition e press reset button 1 e switch on the exterior lamps gt page 99 Opening a door activates the instrument cluster illumination only for about 30 sec onds For information on changing the instrument cluster settings e g the language see gt page 136 Adjusting the instrument cluster illu mination Use reset button 4 to adjust the illumination brightness for the instrument cluster and the switches on the center console The instrument cluster illumination is dim med or brightened automatically to suit ambient light conditions gt To brighten illumination Turn reset but ton Q clockwise until the desired level of illumination is reached gt To dim illumination Turn reset button Q counterclockwise until the desired level of illumination is reached Coolant temperature gauge The coolant temperature gauge is on the left side in the instrument cluster gt page 30 A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just Controls in detail by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it Stop the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the
157. cks Always adapt your speed and driv ing to the prevailing road and weather con ditions Conditions for activation RACE START can be activated when e the doors are closed e the engine is running and has reached its operating temperature of approximately 80 C This is the case when the engine oil temperature indicator in the multifunction display stops flashing ESP SPORT is switched on gt page 67 e the multifunction steering wheel is in the straight ahead position e the vehicle is standing still and the brake pedal is depressed left foot e the automatic transmission is in drive posi tion D Activating RACE START gt Depress the brake pedal with your left foot and keep it depressed gt Turn the program mode selector dial coun terclockwise gt page 118 until the RS lamp on the dial comes on The message RACE START Cancel Pad dle DOWN appears in left multifunction dis play and the message RACE START Con firm Paddle UP appears in the right multifunction display gt To cancel Pull left steering wheel gearshift control gt page 120 or gt To confirm Pull right steering wheel gear shift control gt page 120 The message RACE START appears in left multifunction display and the message Available Depress Gas Pedal appears in the right multifunction display gt Depress the accelerator pedal fully The engine speed rises to approximately 4000 rpm The message RACE START appears in
158. cle interior Activate the air condi tioning cooling function when the outside temperature is high Otherwise tempera ture sensitive items stored in the glove box could be damaged Controls in detail Climate control system openings may be very hot When in close E djusting air di proximity to the openings you could be seriously burned To help avoid serious per The air distrib tion canbe adjusted sepa j h side of th sonal injuries switch the AIRSCARF to a rately n each side f th passenger com artment with buttons MIB lower heating level p The symbols on the controls represent the following functions Symbol Function Directs air through the defroster air vents to the wind shield and side windows P83 40 4014 31 Thumbwheel Air vent Directs air through the center You should keep air vent 2 closed when and side air vents outside temperatures are low i Directs air to the footwells gt Opening the air vent Make sure air vent AIRSCARF vent 2 is unobstructed f E T eee ved Directs air through the center ou can switch on the neck leve side air vents and to the foot gt Turn thumbwheel Q upwards heating with the AIRSCARF switch Mane gt Closing the air vent Turn thumbwheel gt page 94 downwards Directs air through the defroster air vents to the wind i A AIRSCARF vent shield side windows and foot wells Z Warning When switching on the AIRSCA
159. cm Corners approx 32 in 80 cm Minimum distance Center approx 8 in 20 cm Corners approx 6 in 15 cm If the Parktronic system detects an obstacle in this range all the distance warning seg ments illuminate and you hear a warning sig nal If the obstacle is closer than the minimum distance the actual distance may no longer be indicated by the Parktronic system Warning indicators Visual signals indicate to the driver the rela tive distance between the sensors and an obstacle b gt Controls in detail Driving systems IF P 4 05 3531 31 Front area warning indicator Left side of the vehicle Right side of the vehicle E D OE P 4 65 3532 31 Rear area warning indicator Left side of the vehicle Right side of the vehicle Each warning indicator is divided into six yel low and two red distance segments for either side of the vehicle The Parktronic system is ready to measure when the border around the indicator is illuminated The current transmission position determines which warning indicator will be activated Current transmis Warning indicator sion position D Front area activated RorN Front and rear area activated As your vehicle approaches an object one or more distance segments will illuminate depending on the distance When the eighth distance segment illuminates you have reached the minimum distance e Front area An intermittent acoustic warn ing will sound a
160. control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake oper ation Controls in detail P54 25 6693 31 Setting current or higher speed Setting current or lower speed Canceling the cruise control Activating the cruise control or resuming to last set speed Activating cruise control You can activate the cruise control at vehicle speeds above 20 mph 30 km h You cannot activate the cruise control e when you brake e when you have engaged the parking brake Driving systems e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral posi tion N e the ESP is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction The vehicle speed displayed in the speedom eter can briefly vary from the speed setting for the cruise control system Setting current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in direc tion of arrow C or depress in direction of arrow 2 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal On uphill grades the cruise control may not be able to maintain the set speed Once the grade eases the set speed will be resumed On downhill grades the cruise control maintains the set speed by braking with the vehicle s brake system In addition on lon ger downhill grades t
161. ct the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilo grams or XXX lbs gt Step 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 Ibs passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs gt Step 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the b gt Operation Tires and wheels vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in step 4 gt Step 6 if applicable If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle gt page 215 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and num ber and size of occupants The following examples use a load limit of 1500 Ibs This is for illustration purposes only Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle s Tire and Load ing Information placard gt page 213 Example Combined weight Number of Occupants weight Combined Available cargo luggage and limit of occupants and occupants weight of all trailer tongue weight t
162. cular Radar System The radar sensor is intended for use in an automotive radar system only Removal tampering or altering of the device will void any warran ties and is not permitted by the FCC Do not tamper with alter or use in any non approved way Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Controls in detail Driving systems Removal tampering or altering of the If the Distronic is activated the set speed to the vehicle ahead and your vehicle s cur device will void any warranties and is not 2 and distance warning lamp appear in rent speed indicate that the Distronic will permitted Do not tamper with alter oruse the speedometer not be capable of slowing the vehicle suffi in any non approved way The vehicle speed displayed on the speed ciently to maintain the preset following dis Any unauthorized modification to this ometer can briefly vary from the speed setting tance which creates a danger of a collision device could void the user s authority to on the Distronic system Immediately brake the vehicle to increase operate the equipment If t
163. d by Distronic There will be insufficient dis tance to the preceding vehicle Lane changing C wl nP o PS4 70 2406 31 Distronic has not yet detected the vehicle changing lanes There will be insufficient dis tance to the lane changing vehicle Narrow vehicles PS4 70 2409 31 Because of their narrow profile the vehicles traveling near the outer edges of the lane have not yet been detected by Distronic There will be insufficient distance to the pre ceding vehicles Controls in detail Driving systems Distance warning function When the Distronic is deactivated this func tion will continue to warn you when recogniz ing a stationary obstacle or a slower vehicle moving in your vehicle s path and the danger of a collision exists e The distance warning lamp in the speedometer comes on red e An intermittent warning will sound if nec essary If these warnings are issued you must brake manually to maintain a safe distance and avoid a collision with the preceding vehicle When depressing the brake pedal the warn ing sound ceases The warning sound will also cease when the distance to the preceding vehicle is sufficient again without applying the brakes In this case the distance warning lamp will also go out A Warning If the distance warning lamp red in the speedometer comes on while driving and or an intermittent warning sounds immediate attention on the part of the d
164. d steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly Do not run the engine in confined areas such as a garage which are not properly ventilated If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driv ing have the cause determined and cor rected immediately If you must drive under these conditions drive only with at least one window fully open at all times Controls in detail Driving and parking Automatic transmission Gearshift pattern for automatic transmission P Park position with gear selector lever lock R Reverse gear N Neutral position D Drive position For more information see Automatic trans mission gt page 115 gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P Starting with the SmartKey gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 3 gt page 87 and release it The engine starts automatically Starting with KEYLESS GO A Warning As long as the SmartKey is in your vehicle the vehicle can be started Therefore never leave children unattended in the vehicle as they could otherwise accidentally start the engine When leaving the vehicle always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehi cle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accide
165. d a call e to reject an incoming call Page 127 127 142 142 142 142 142 Function Press button or E to select submenus in the Settings menu to set values to operate the RACE TIMER to set the volume Press button or mz to select next previous menu Page 136 130 126 Function Press button Mj or RA briefly to move within a menu to select previous or next track scene or stored station within Audio DVD menu to switch to the phone book and select a name or number within Tele phone menu Page 132 142 Function Press and hold button E o a to select previous or next track with quick search or to select pre vious or next station in station list or wave band within Audio DVD menu to start the quick search in the phone book within Telephone menu Page 132 142 At a glance Multifunction steering wheel At a glance Center console Center console Upper part 2 SO 1 Ol I Function Central locking switch Alarm system indicator lamp Hazard warning flasher switch Central locking switch Passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Center and side air vent adjustment COMAND system see sep arate operating instruc tions Cup holder KEYLESS GO start stop button Automatic climate control panel Ashtray Page 81 71 102 81 50 168 185 88 164 18
166. d hold button until the retractable hardtop is completely closed All currently open windows also close gt Release button to interrupt the clos ing procedure Controls in detail Retractable hardtop Locking A Observe Safety notes see page 173 The retractable hardtop is not fully closed and locked or not fully opened and locked if e the message Retractable Roof In Operation appears in the multifunction display e a warning sounds for 10 seconds when driving off or while driving If the retractable hardtop is not properly locked lock it as follows Unlocked status noticed when stopped gt Switch on the ignition gt To lock the retractable hardtop in its fully closed position press down on the retract able hardtop switch gt page 174 forward until the retractable hardtop is fully closed or gt To lock the retractable hardtop in its fully opened position pull up on the retractable hardtop switch gt page 174 until the retractable hardtop is fully opened Unlocked status noticed while driving A Warning Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so and lock the retractable hardtop before continuing to drive You could otherwise endanger your self and others gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Leave the ignition switched on gt To lock the retractable hardtop in its fully closed position press down on the retr
167. d in a forward facing child restraint on the passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recom mended for the age size and weight of the child and secure child restraint with the vehicle s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer s instructions For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the passenger front air bag may or may not be activated Z Warning Infants and small children should never share a seat belt with another occupant During an accident they could be crushed between the occupant and seat belt A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint Children too big for a toddler restraint must ride in seats using regular seat belts Posi tion shoulder belt across chest and shoulder not face or neck A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over 41 Ibs until they reach a height where a lap shoulder belt fits properly without a boos ter When the child restraint is not in use remove it from the vehicle or secure it with the seat belt to prevent the child restraint from becoming a projectile in the event of an accident Panic alarm P80 00 2114 31 GW button USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subj
168. d or increasing speed in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments Activating Distronic You can activate the Distronic when the vehi cle speed is between 20 mph 30 km h and 110 mph 180 km h When the Distronic is activated the left mul tifunction display will show a message such as DTR 55 MPH Canada DIR 90 Km h If the Distronic is not activated after the cruise control lever is pulled in direction of arrow 4 gt page 150 you will see the mes sage DIR MPH Canada DIR Km h in the left multifunction display In the following cases you cannot activate the Distronic e up to 2 minutes after starting the engine e when you brake e when you have engaged the parking brake e when the automatic transmission is in park position P reverse gear R or neutral posi tion N e when the ESP is switched off or has switched off due to a malfunction P54 70 2480 31 White Distronic indicator lamp Set speed The vehicle speed displayed on the speed ometer can briefly vary from the speed setting on the Distronic system Controls in detail Driving systems Setting the current speed gt Accelerate or decelerate to the desired speed gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever in direc tion of arrow Q or depress in direction of arrow 2 gt page 150 gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal If you do not take your foot off of the accelerator pedal and continue to acceler ate past
169. driving off Do not continue driving if the hood can no longer engage after an accident for example The hood could oth erwise come loose while the vehicle is in motion and injure you and or others gt Let the hood drop from a height of approx imately 1 ft 30 cm gt Check to make sure the hood is fully closed If you can raise the hood at a point above the headlamps then it is not properly closed Open it again and let it drop with somewhat greater force Engine oil The amount of oil your engine needs will depend on a number of factors including driv ing style Increased oil consumption can occur when the vehicle is new or the vehicle is driven frequently at higher engine speeds Engine oil consumption checks should only be made after the vehicle break in period H Do not use any special lubricant additives as these may damage the drive assemblies Using special additives not approved by Mercedes Benz may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For further information contact an author ized Mercedes Benz Center Notes on checking engine oil level When checking the oil level e the vehicle must be parked on level ground e with the engine at operating temperature the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 5 minutes with the engine turned off e with the engine not at operating tempera ture the vehicle must have been stationary for at least 30 minutes with the engine tur
170. e SL 63 AMG SL 63 AMG Performance Package SL 65 AMG O39 Jo 1 lal 1 22 in 31 mm 285 30 ZR19 98Y XL Extra Load MO1 Technical data Rims and tires Spare wheel If the tire inflation pressure on the yellow label on the spare wheel rim differs from H Compare the recommended tire inflation the values given in this Operator s Manual pressure for your vehicle with the tire infla inflate the tire to the recommended tire tion pressure on the yellow label located on inflation pressure given on the yellow label the spare wheel rim on the spare wheel rim Please note that the tire inflation pressure of the spare wheel differs from the tire inflation pressure of the road tires Model SL 550 SL 600 SL 63 AMG Performance Package SL 550 Sport Package SL 600 Sport Package SL 65 AMG SL 63 AMG Rim 6Bx 17 H2 6Bx 18 H2 6 5 13x 19 RA Wheel offset 0 98 in 25 mm 0 98 in 25 mm 0 55 in 14 mm Collapsible tire 185 60 17 93P 175 55 18 95P 175 50 19 97P Recommended tire infla 41 psi 2 8 bar 51 psi 3 5 bar 51 psi 3 5 bar tion pressure 26 Must not be used with snow chains Technical data Electrical system Electrical system Model SL 550 SL 600 SL 63 AMG SL 65 AMG Alternator 14V 180A 14V 180A 14V 180A 14V 180A Starter motor 12V 1 7 kW 12V 2 0 kW 12V 2 1kW 12V 1 7 kw Starter battery 12 V 35 Ah 12 V 35 Ah 12 V 35 Ah 12V 35 Ah Battery for electri 12V 70Ah 12V 70Ah 12V 70Ah 12V 70Ah ca
171. e Lert is malfunctioning gt page 311 or Cornering Lamp Right w Turn Signal Rear The left or right rear turn signal lamp is gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible Left malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being gt page 311 Auxiliary Bulb On used or Turn Signal Rear Right Auxiliary Bulb On b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution W Turn Signal Front The left or right front turn signal lampis gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible i Left malfunctioning A substitute bulb is being gt page 313 Auxiliary Bulb On used or Turn Signal Front Right Auxiliary Bulb On XW Turn Signal Left The turn signal in the left or right exterior Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Mirror rear view mirror is malfunctioning This as soon as possible or message will only appear if all LEDs have Turn Signal Right stopped working Mirror Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Tires Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Please correct the The tire pressure is too low in one or more gt Check and correct tire inflation pressure as tire pressure tires required gt page 217 or The tire pressure of the individual tires dif fer from each other significantly Tire Pressure One or more tires are deflating gt Carefully bring the vehic
172. e battery will be damaged Even though VRLA batteries do not require topping up of the electrolyte level and can not be opened to check the electrolyte level the battery condition must be checked periodically by performing a bat tery conductance test Refer to Mainte nance Booklet for battery condition testing intervals The factory equipped VRLA battery is leak proofed Only use a battery as replacement that has the same security features and is of identical size voltage and capacity as the factory equipped battery H As with any other battery have the bat tery disconnect at a qualified workshop or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center if you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time to prevent battery discharge You may also connect an acces sory battery charge unit expressly approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehi cle model to maintain the battery charge Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further information Practical hints The battery the battery ventilation hose and the lateral plug must always be securely installed when the vehicle is in operation H Never loosen or detach battery terminal clamps while the engine is running or the SmartKey is in the starter switch or KEY LESS GO button is in position 1 Otherwise the alternator and other electronic compo nents could be severely damaged Have the battery checked regularly at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Ref
173. e cooling function switches off after a short delay Activating Moist air can fog up the windows You can dehumidify the interior air with the air condi tioning gt Press button again The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air conditioning uses the refrigerant R134A This refrigerant is free of CFCs which are harmful to the ozone layer Controls in detail Climate control system Automatic mode Air distribution and air volume can be adjusted automatically by the climate control system You can also adjust the settings for air distribution and air volume manually When operating the climate control system in automatic mode the interior air temperature air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically In automatic mode cooling with dehumidifi cation is switched on This function can be switched off if necessary A Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and oth ers gt Activating Press button M The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically gt Deactivating Press button M The indicator lamp in the button goes out The blower will run at speed setting 3 The air flows through the center and side air vents or gt Press one button MH The indicator lamp
174. e electro hydraulic brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunc tion the ABS the BAS the ESP and the hill start assist system SL 63 AMG only are unavailable The self diagnosis may not be completed yet The electro hydraulic brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunc tion the ABS the BAS the ESP and the hill start assist system SL 63 AMG only are unavailable Possible solution gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steer ing capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident The display will clear after driving a short distance at a vehicle speed of above 12 mph 20 km h gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steer ing capability gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Display messages ESP ESP ESP Inoperative See Oper Manual ESP Unavailable See Oper Manual Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence The electro hydraulic brake system is still functioning normally but due to a malfunc tion the ESP and the hill start assist system SL 63 AMG only
175. e inside of the fuel filler flap Make sure to readjust the tire inflation pres sure for normal driving speeds You should wait until the tires are cold before adjusting the tire inflation pressure Some vehicles may have supplemental tire inflation pressure information for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehicle condition If such information is provided it can be found on the tire inflation pressure label located on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt page 201 Tire inflation pressure changes by approxi mately 1 5 psi 0 1 bar per 18 F 10 C of air temperature change Keep this in mind when checking tire inflation pressure where the temperature is different from the outside temperature Potential problems associated with underinflated and overinflated tires Underinflated tires A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pres sures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel econ omy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Underinflated tires can e cause excessive and uneven tire wear e adversely affect fuel economy e lead to tire failure from being overheated e adversely affect handling characteristics Overinflated tires A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pres sures Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride com fort wear unevenly increase sto
176. e maintain a greater distance to the vehicle ahead and drive with particular care carefully apply the brakes at the end of a trip and immediately after commencing a new trip so that salt residues are removed from the brake disc A Warning If other than recommended brake pads are installed or other than recommended brake fluid is used the braking properties of the vehicle can be degraded to an extent that safe braking is substantially impaired This could result in an accident H Because the ESP operates automati advisable to brake the vehicle with consider cally the engine and ignition must be shut able force prior to parking The heat gener ated serves to dry the brakes Salt covered roads A Warning A layer of salt on the brake discs and the brake linings may cause a delay in the brak ing effect resulting in a significantly increased braking distance which could lead to an accident To avoid this danger you should e occasionally brake carefully when you are driving on salt covered roads so that any layer of salt that may have built up on the brake discs and the brake linings Brake service H The brake fluid level in the reservoir may be too low or the electro hydraulic brake system may be malfunctioning if the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on and an acoustic warning sounds although the parking brake is released Observe additional messages in the multi function display that may
177. e oils con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only H Engine oil level warnings should not be ignored Extended driving with the symbol displayed could result in serious engine Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display damage that is not covered by the Mer cedes Benz Limited Warranty Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Ea Engine 0il Level Vehicles with engine oil measuring system gt Have the measuring system checked at an Cannot measure only authorized Mercedes Benz Center eng oi level The measuring system is malfunctioning ez Engine 0il Level Vehicles with engine oil measuring system Have oil siphoned or drained off Observe all Reduce 0il Level only legal requirements with respect to its disposal You have added too much engine oil There is a risk of damaging the engine or the catalytic converter EA Engine 0il Level There is no oil in the engine Thereisa gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon Stop car switch danger of engine damage as it is safe to do so engine off gt Turn off the engine gt Engage the parking brake gt Add engine oil gt page 206 and check the engine oil level gt page 204 The fuel level has dropped below the gt Refuel at the next gas station reserve mark Reserve Fuel The fuel level has dropped below the gt Refuel at the next gas station reserve mark i li
178. e raised When towing the vehicle with the front axle raised the wheels on the ground have to move freely gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into neu tral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch off the automatic central locking gt page 140 gt Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart Key in the starter switch gt Switch on the hazard warning flasher gt page 102 H Make sure that the ignition is switched off If the starter switch is in position 2 active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system H The vehicle may be towed only for distan ces up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Towing with all wheels on the ground A Warning If circumstances require towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground always tow with a tow bar if e the engine will not run e there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system e there is a malfunction in the power sup ply or in the vehicle s electrical system Practical hints This is necessary to adequately control the towed vehicle Prior to towing the vehicle with all wheels on the ground make sure the SmartKey is in starter switch position 2 A Warning With the engine n
179. e safely Only operate the COMAND Cockpit Man agement and Data system radio or tele phone if road weather and traffic condi tions permit Otherwise you may not be able to observe traffic conditions and could endanger yourself and others Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approxi mately 14 m every second Telephones and two way radios A Warning Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna such as a portable telephone or a citizens band unit from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunc tion of the vehicle s electronic system pos sibly resulting in an accident and or serious personal injury Radio transmitters should only be used inside the vehicle if they are connected to an antenna that is installed on the outside of the vehicle A Warning Please do not forget that your primary responsibility is to drive the vehicle A driver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the telephone when road weather and traffic conditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a
180. e seat belt prop erly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with their back against the seat backrest and feet on the floor to be correctly classified If the occupant s weight is trans ferred to another object in the vehicle e g by leaning on armrests the OCS may not be able to properly approximate the occupant s weight category If your seat including the trim cover and cushion needs to be serviced in any way take the vehicle to an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center Only seat accessories approved by Mer cedes Benz may be used Both the driver and the passenger should always use the indicator lamp as an indication of whether or not the passenger is properly positioned A Warning If the Ey indicator lamp illuminates when an adult or someone larger than a small individual is in the passenger seat have the passenger re position himself or herself in the seat until the IEA orr cator lamp goes out In the event of a collision the air bag control unit will not allow passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS has classified the passenger seat occupant as weighting as much as or less than a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint or if the passenger seat is classified as being empty When the OCS senses that the passenger seat occupant is classified as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12 month old child in a standard child restraint the IEA i
181. e steering angle and vehicle speed The corner illuminating lamps temporarily come on on both sides of the vehicle if you turn the steering wheel in one direction and then again in the other direction shortly there after The corner illuminating lamp remains lit for a maximum of 3 minutes Afterward it goes out even if the turn signal is still switched on Controls in detail Lighting Switching off gt Switch off the left or right turn signal or gt Steer straight ahead The corner illuminating lamp goes out There may be a brief delay before the cor ner illuminating lamps go out Interior lighting 7 The interior lighting controls are located in the overhead control panel Left reading lamp on off Right reading lamp on off Interior lighting on off Slide switch for automatic control Automatic control gt Activating Slide switch to the left The interior lighting and the entry exit lamps come on in darkness when you e unlock the vehicle e remove the SmartKey from the starter switch e open a door e open the trunk gt Deactivating Slide switch to the right The interior lighting goes out after a preset time gt page 140 if a door remains open the interior lamps go out automatically after approximately 5 minutes Manual control H An interior lamp switched on manually does not go out automatically Leaving an interior lamp switch in the ON position f
182. e vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will automat ically brake the vehicle if the engine s brak ing power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments gt Briefly press the cruise control lever down in direction of arrow 2 gt page 150 The new speed is set and the vehicle will decelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Setting stored speed Resume function A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road condi tions and legal speed limits permit Possi ble acceleration or deceleration differen ces arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or seri ous injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direc tion of arrow gt page 150 If no speed is stored the current speed is set and stored gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal Deactivating Distronic gt Depress the brake pedal or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 8 gt page 150 The following message appears briefly in the multifunction display DTR Off The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored set speed is deleted when the engine is turned off The Distronic switches off au
183. e vehicle placard or the tire inflation pres sure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure moni toring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire fail ure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Please Lamp in center console Problem AES The indicator lamp illuminates and remains illuminated with the weight of a typical adult or some one larger than a small individual on the passenger seat Possible cause consequence The system is malfunctioning Practical hints note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale USA only Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indic
184. e weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the passenger seat A child in a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle If you install a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat make sure the i indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the a indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed please check installation Periodically check the g indicator lamp while driving to make sure the EAE indicator lamp is illuminated If the or remains out do not transport a child on the passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat will be seriously b gt Safety and security Occupant safety injured or even killed if the passenger weight of a typical 12 month old child in a passenger front air bag will be deactivated front air bag inflates standard child restraint both of which are in this case Have the system checked as instances where the system may suppress soon as possible by qualified technicians deployment of the passenger front airbag Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen eventhough the impact metthecriteriaand ter was of sufficient
185. ear axle have the loaded vehicle including driver pas sengers and all cargo and if applicable trailer fully loaded weighed on a suitable commer cial scale Trailer tongue load The tongue load of any trailer is an important weight to measure because it affects the load you can Carry in your vehicle If a trailer is towed the tongue load must be added to the weight of all occupants riding and any cargo you are carrying in the vehicle The tongue load typically is 10 of the trailer weight and everything loaded in it Your Mercedes Benz has been designed pri marily to carry passengers and their cargo Mercedes Benz does not recommend trailer towing with your vehicle Operation Recommended tire inflation pressure A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pres sures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel econ omy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride com fort wear unevenly increase stopping dis tance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly
186. eat may make the system sense supplemen tal weight Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Open the passenger door gt Remove child and child restraint from passen ger seat gt Make sure no objects which apply forces to the seat are present The system may recognize such forces as supplemental weight and sense that an occupant on the passenger seat is of a greater weight than actually present gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the FA E indicator lamp gt page 52 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 30 for the following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on e the By indicator lamp in the center con sole should illuminate and remain illuminated Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution indicating that the OCS gt page 50 has deac tivated the passenger front air bag e the message Front Passeng Airbag Ena bled See Oper Manual or the message Front Passeng Airbag Disabled See Oper Manual should not appear in the multi function display at any time the seat is unoc cupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appea
187. eck has detected a malfunction For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not deploy when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury In addition improper work on the SRS cre ates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If itis necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter or call our Customer Assistance Center at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 for details Safety and security Occupant safety Air bags A Warning Air bags are designed to reduce the poten tial of injury and fatality in certain frontal impacts front air bags driver side knee bags or side impacts head thorax air bags However no system available today can completely eliminate injuries and fatal ities The deployment of the air bags temporarily releases a small amount of dust from the air bags This dust however is neither inju rious to your health nor does it indicate a fire in the vehicle The dust might cause some temporary breathing difficulty for people with asthma or other breath
188. ect to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt Activating Press and hold button Q for at least 1 second An audible alarm and flashing exterior lamps will operate briefly gt Deactivating Press button Q again or gt Insert the SmartKey in the starter switch or gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be inside the vehicle Safety and security Driving safety systems Introduction This section contains information about the following driving safety systems e ABS Antilock Brake System e BAS Brake Assist System ESP Electronic Stability Program e Electro hydraulic brake system In winter operation the maximum effec tiveness of most of the driving systems described in this s
189. ection is only achieved with winter tires or snow chains as required Safety notes A Warning The following factors increase the risk of accidents e Excessive speed especially in turns e Wet and slippery road surfaces e Following another vehicle too closely The driving safety systems described in this section cannot reduce these risks or pre Driving safety systems vent the natural laws of physics from acting on the vehicle They cannot increase brak ing or steering efficiency beyond that afforded by the condition of the vehicle brakes and tires or the traction afforded Only a safe attentive and skillful driver can prevent accidents The capabilities of a vehicle equipped with the driving safety systems described in this section must never be exploited in a reck less or dangerous manner which could jeopardize the user s safety or the safety of others Always adjust your driving style to the pre vailing road and weather conditions and keep a safe distance to other road users and objects on the street If a driving system malfunctions other driv ing safety systems may also switch off Observe indicator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages in the multifunction display that may appear Safety and security Driving safety systems ABS A Observe Safety notes see page 63 A Warning Do not pump the brake pedal Use firm steady brake pedal pressure instead Pumping the brake pedal d
190. ed a visual and audible alarm will be triggered when someone attempts to raise the vehicle To cancel the alarm after it has been trig gered see Canceling the alarm gt page 73 If the alarm stays on for more than 30 sec onds a Call to the Response Center is ini tiated automatically by the Tele Aid system provided that you have subscribed to the Tele Aid service and that it has been acti vated properly and that the necessary mobile phone power supply and GPS cov erage are available gt Arming Lock the vehicle with the Smart Key or with KEYLESS GO The tow away alarm is armed automatically after about 30 seconds gt Disarming Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The tow away alarm remains disarmed until you lock the vehicle again Disabling tow away alarm To prevent triggering the tow away alarm dis able the tow away alarm feature before tow ing the vehicle or when parking on a surface subject to movement such as a ferry or auto train Tow away alarm off switch Indicator lamp gt Switch off the ignition gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch You cannot disable the tow away alarm feature with the ignition switched on Safety and security Anti theft systems gt Press switch C Indicator lamp 2 comes on briefly gt Exit and lock the vehicle The tow away alarm remains disabled until you lock the vehicle again To cancel the alarm
191. ed names are displayed in ascend ing or descending alphabetical order gt Press button Pal The control system dials the selected phone number If the connection is successful and this fea ture is supported by your network provider the name of the party if stored in your phone book you are calling will appear in the multifunction display The control system stores the dialed num ber in the redial memory or gt Press button if you do not want to make the call Controls in detail Driving systems Redialing The control system stores the most recently dialed phone numbers This eliminates the need to search through your entire phone book gt Press button or on the multi function steering wheel repeatedly until the message TEL appears in the left multifunc tion display gt Press button Pal The first number in the redial memory appears in the right multifunction display gt Press button PAN or Rv repeatedly until the desired number or name appears in the multifunction display gt Press button Pal The control system dials the selected phone number Driving systems This section describes the following driving systems of your vehicle e Cruise control and Distronic e Distance warning function is only available with Distronic e Active Body Control ABC e Parktronic system e Hill start assist system SL 63 AMG e RACE START SL 63 AMG The ABS BAS ESP and the electro hydra
192. edes Benz Parts to service your vehicle properly For expert advice and quality service contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If you are interested in obtaining service lit erature for your vehicle please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We consider this the best way for you to obtain accurate information for your vehicle For further information you can find us on the Mercedes Benz web site www mbusa com USA only or www mercedes benz ca Can ada only A Warning To help avoid personal injury be extremely careful when performing any service work or repairs Improper or incomplete service or the use of incorrect or inappropriate parts or materials may damage the vehicle or its equipment which may in turn result in personal injury If you have any questions about carrying out any type of service turn to the advice of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center We reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment Therefore information illustrations and descriptions in this Operator s Manual might differ from your vehicle Reprinting translation and copying even of excerpts is not permitted without our prior authorization in writing Press time February 07 2008 GSP TID Printed in U S A
193. ee Fuel requirements gt page 354 or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter or visit www mbusa com USA only The fuel filler flap is located on the right hand side of the vehicle towards the rear Locking unlocking the vehicle with the SmartKey automatically locks unlocks the fuel filler flap Incase that the central locking system does not release the fuel filler flap or the opening mechanism is clamping contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center Operation At the gas station Fuel filler flap Fuel filler cap Holder gt Turn off the engine Leaving the engine running and the fuel filler cap open can cause the yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp to flash and the malfunction indicator lamp USA only or Canada only to illuminate For more information see also Practical hints gt page 302 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then can be closed again gt Opening Push fuel filler flap C at the point indicated by the arrow gt Turn fuel filler cap 2 counterclockwise gt Take off fuel filler cap gt Place fuel filler cap 2 in direction of arrow into holder 3 located on the inside of fuel filler flap gt Fully insert filler nozzle unit
194. efeats the pur pose of the ABS and significantly reduces braking effectiveness The Antilock Brake System ABS regulates the brake pressure so that the wheels do not lock during braking This allows you to main tain the ability to steer your vehicle The ABS is functional above a speed of approximately 5 mph 8 km h independent of road surface conditions On slippery road surfaces the ABS will respond even to light brake pressure The indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when you switch on the ignition It goes out when the engine is run ning Braking If the ABS activates during braking the ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes Because of the electro hydraulic brake system you will not feel any pulsation in the brake pedal gt Keep firm and steady pressure on the brake pedal Continuous steady brake pedal pressure yields the advantages provided by the ABS namely braking power and the ability to steer the vehicle The ABS ESP warning lamp flashes whenever the ABS is activated It can be an indication for hazardous road conditions and functions as a reminder to take extra care while driving Emergency brake maneuver gt Keep continuous full pressure on the brake pedal A Warning If the ABS malfunctions other driving safety systems such as the BAS or the ESP are also switched off Observe indi cator and warning lamps that may come on as well as messages
195. eft The left rear fog lamp is malfunctioning Possible solution gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 311 gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible gt page 311 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible To switch off the headlamps U S vehicles only gt In the control system set daytime running lamp mode to manual gt page 138 gt Switch off the headlamps using the exterior lamp switch gt page 99 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution w Lights Are still On You have removed the SmartKey fromthe Turn the exterior lamp switch to Rj or starter switch opened the driver s door gt page 99 and left the headlamps on or removed the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO from the vehicle and left the headlamps on or gt With the rear fog lamp switched on Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop z Tail Lamp Left The left or right tail lamp is malfunction Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Auxiliary Bulb On ing A substitute bulb is being used as soon as possible or Tail Lamp Right Auxiliary Bulb On X Cornering Lamp The left or right corner illuminating lamp Replace the bulb as soon as possibl
196. egars 176 Luggage cover 178 Messages in the multifunction dis Play ose hans seen 276 SUNSNAdE s 2 acca saw deneewe es 180 Wind screen sc66 ec eee seas 176 RIMS eo 2 c en a cgenae otek ees 232 343 Roadside Assistance 20 190 ROW Dabis 5 c00eo es eee etek oat 59 LOWEN wos cee os ee setat eee mret 59 Messages in the multifunction dis DAV gab E E EE 274 RAISING sncno ds terpe doosan erk e 59 Warning lamp 0 RON Research Octane Number Roof see Retractable hardtop Route guidance see Navigation system Rubber parts cleaning Run flat tires see MOExtended tires Safety Driving safety systems 63 Occupant safety 44 Reporting defects 22 Safety belts see Seat belts Seat belt force limiter 57 Seat belts 2 o s0cccpes cu ceew ae danes 53 Automatic comfort fit feature 57 Children in the vehicle 60 Cleaning iosia eie 249 Fastening seare kreere saminik 55 Proper use of 005 54 Safety guidelines 47 Safety notes 0005 53 Telltale saamea eee eee 33 296 Warning lamp 296 Seating capacity 213 Seats eerrerire taana n cee 89 AdjUSIINS oseoiesedeiri panes 90 Easy entry exit feature 95 Heating e ennienni 93 Memory function 97 Multicontour seat 92 Ventilation 0000 92 Select
197. ehicle submenu to set the automatic locking Setting automatic locking Use this function to activate or deactivate the automatic central locking With the automatic central locking system activated the vehicle is centrally locked at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Vehicle submenu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Automatic Door Lock appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current set ting gt Press button or B to switch the automatic central locking On or Off Convenience submenu Access the Convenience submenu via the Settings menu Use the Convenience sub menu to activate the easy entry exit feature Activating easy entry exit feature Use this function to activate and deactivate the easy entry exit feature gt page 95 A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement move steering wheel adjustment stalk or press one of the memory position buttons or memory button M Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehi cle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury gt Move the selection marker with butto
198. elt Safety and security Occupant safety Head thorax air bags A Observe Safety notes see page 47 aS ee _ f 87 31 Head thorax air bag When deployed the head thorax air bags are designed to provide increased protection for the head and thorax but not for the arms on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs The head thorax air bags are deployed e on the impacted side of the vehicle e in side impacts exceeding a preset deploy ment threshold e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt b gt Safety and security Occupant safety e depending on whether the seat belt is in use e independently of the front air bags e independently of the ETDs The passenger head thorax air bag Q will only deploy if the OCS senses that the pas senger seat is occupied and the impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold The head thorax air bags are not deployed in side impacts which do not exceed the sys tem s deployment threshold Occupant Classification System The Occupant Classification System OCS automatically turns the passenger front air bag on or off based on the classified occupant weight category determined by weight sensor readings from the passenger seat The system does not deactivate the passen ger head thorax air bag and the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs Occupants must sit with th
199. elt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected fromit Youcan be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts A Warning Children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appro priately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for Safety and security Occupant safety the size and weight of the child For addi tional information see section Children in the vehicle A child s risk of serious or fatal injuries is significantly increased if the child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle and or the child is not properly secured in the child restraint A Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is cor rectly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat back rest and se
200. ements of the Rubber Manu facturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow condi tions Use of winter tires is the only way to achieve the maximum effectiveness of your vehicle s driving safety systems such as the ABS and the ESP in winter operation For safe handling make sure all mounted winter tires are of the same make and have the same tread design Always observe the speed rating of the winter tires installed on your vehicle If the maximum speed for which your tires are rated is below the speed rating of your vehicle you must place a notice to this effect where it will be seen by the driver Such notices are available at your tire dealer or any authorized Mer cedes Benz Center Snow chains H When driving with snow chains always select setting 1 of the vehicle level control Other settings may result in damage to your vehicle H Some tire sizes do not leave adequate clearance for snow chains To help avoid serious damage to your vehicle or tires make sure the use of snow chains is per missible as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual Snow chains should only be driven on snow covered roads at speeds not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Remove chains as soon as possible when driving on roads without snow Observe the following guidelines when using snow chains e Use of snow chains is not permissible wi
201. ent e the engine output is limited but only to the extent that allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the ETS will still apply the brakes to a spin ning wheel e the ESP continues to operate when you are braking hard e you cannot activate the cruise control or the Distronic system e the cruise control or the Distronic system switch off if activated When ESP SPORT is switched on and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes However the ESP will then stabilize the vehicle only to a limited extent Safety and security Driving safety systems gt ESP SPORT switch gt Switching on With the engine running press ESP SPORT switch briefly The ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster comes on The message ESP SPORT appears in the multifunction display gt Switching off With the engine running press ESP SPORT switch 1 briefly The ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster goes out The message ESP ON appears in the multifunction dis play ESP SPORT switches off automatically when you turn off the engine When starting the engine the ESP is activated automatically Switching the ESP off or on Z Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving Disabling of the system will result in the following e no restriction to engine torque e los
202. enter or visit www mbusa com USA only Model Capacity Engine with oil filter SIL B50 9 0 US qt 8 5 I SL 600 8 5 US qt 8 0 SL 63 AMG SL 65 AMG Automatic transmission SL 550 9 5 US qt 9 0 I SL 63 AMG 9 3 US qt 8 8 I SL 600 8 0 US qt 7 5 SL 65 AMG A Warning Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling storing and disposing of service fluids Otherwise you could endanger persons or the environment Keep service fluids out of the reach of chil dren For health reasons you should prevent service fluids from coming into direct con tact with your skin or clothing If a service fluid is swallowed contact a physician immediately Fuels coolants lubricants etc Approved engine oils MB Automatic Transmission Fluid A Val Cer Me ELE Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Capacity Fuels coolants lubricants etc Rear axle SL 550 1 3 US qt 1 2 1 MB Hypoid Gear Oil SAE 85W 90 SL 600 SL 63 AMG Fuchs Titan EG 5010 D SL 63 AMG Castrol SAF XJ SAE 75W 140 SL 65 AMG Hydraulic system for active body All models 4 0 US qt 3 8 MB ABC Fluid control ABC Power steering All models 1 1 US qt 1 0 1 MB Power Steering Fluid Chevron Texaco PSF 9109 Brake system All models 1 1 US qt 1 05 MB Brake Fluid DOT 4 Cooling system S550 approx 12 3 US qt 11 6 MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze SL 600 approx 13 6 US gt 12 9 l SL 63 AMG approx 11 9 US qt 11 3 I SL 65 AMG approx 1
203. ents Storage compartments are located in the seat base of each seat The passenger seat storage compartment contains the first aid kit see First aid kit gt page 252 D Ze Driver s seat storage compartment Handle Storage compartment lid gt Opening Pull handle C up gt Fold lid 2 forward Luggage compartment in the rear A Warning Secure all pieces of luggage in the rear with the luggage straps Unsecured pieces of luggage can otherwise cause injury during Controls in detail a braking maneuver and can increase the risk of injury in an accident Never allow anyone to ride in the rear The luggage straps can only secure light luggage items Carry heavy pieces of lug gage in the trunk The rear compartment area is not designed or intended to accommodate occupants Severe personal injury or death may be the result in an accident A Warning The shelf below the rear window should not be used to carry objects This will avoid such objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during an acci dent or sudden maneuver The trunk is the preferred place to carry objects Loading and storing Strap Holder Latch Release button Controls in detail Loading and storing gt Securing luggage Pull strap C out of holder gt Secure the luggage with the strap so that it cannot move gt Insert strap into latch gt Releasing
204. enu to scan malfunction and warning mes sages that may be stored in the memory Such messages appear in the multifunction display and are based on conditions or sys tem status the vehicle s system has recorded The Vehicle status message memory menu only appears if messages have been stored A Warning Malfunction and warning messages are only indicated for certain systems and are intentionally not very detailed The mal function and warning messages are simply a reminder with respect to the operation of certain systems They do not replace the owner s and or driver s responsibility to maintain the vehicle s operating safety Have all required maintenance and safety checks performed on the vehicle Bring the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages gt Press button or repeatedly until the Vehicle status message memory menu appears in the multifunction display If conditions have occurred causing status messages to be recorded the number of messages appears in the right multifunc tion display Number of recorded status messages gt Press button PAM or EA The stored messages will now be displayed in the order in which they have occurred For malfunction and warning messages see Vehicle status messages in the multi function display gt page 255 After you have scrolled through all recorded status messages the first recorded message appears agai
205. er est POls that can be downloaded to your vehicle s navigation system If you know the destination the address can be downloaded or can be provided with points of interests near your location The Response Center can transmit destina tion data to the COMAND system during the connection with the Roadside Assistance or Customer Assistance Center The transmitted data can contain address details for a Mercedes Benz Center or POls Route guidance A prompt appears for confirmation if route guidance to the address is to be started gt Select Yes using button IEJ or DJ gt Press button to confirm The system starts the route calculation and subsequently the route guidance to the defined address 0 if you select No you can save the address in your address book The destination download feature is avail able if the relevant mobile phone network is available and data connection is possi ble Remote door unlock In case you have locked your vehicle uninten tionally e g SmartKey inside vehicle and the reserve SmartKey is not available gt Contact the Mercedes Benz Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada You will be asked to provide your password gt Then return to your vehicle at the time arranged with the Response Center and pull the trunk recessed handle for a mini mum of 20 seconds until the SOS button is flashing The message Connecting Call appears in
206. er rupted to prevent the engine from overrev ving Downshifting A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of loss of control gt Briefly press the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or gt Briefly pull left gearshift control gt page 120 The automatic transmission shifts into the next lower gear For maximum acceleration press and hold the gear selector lever to the left in the D direction or pull and hold the left gear shift control Depending on the engine speed the automatic transmission selects Controls in detail Automatic transmission the optimal gear for maximum accelera tion When you brake or stop the automatic transmission shifts down into a gear from which you can easily accelerate or take off Kickdown Using the kickdown when driving in manual program mode M is not possible Deactivating manual shift program gt All models except SL 63 AMG Press the program mode selector switch repeatedly until C or S appears in the right multifunc tion display gt SL 63 AMG Turn the program mode selec tor dial until C or S appears in the right multifunction display or gt Restart the engine The automatic transmission will go to auto matic program mode C or S Manual program mode M is not st
207. er La Left or arker La Right arker La Left or arker La Right Left Auxiliary or Parking La Right Auxiliary amp Left amp jp Front jp Front p Rear p Rear Parking Lamp Front Bulb On p Front Bulb On Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence Possible solution The left or right front fog lamp is malfunc gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center tioning as soon as possible The front left side or right side marker gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center lamp is malfunctioning as soon as possible The rear left side or right side marker lamp Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center is malfunctioning as soon as possible The left or right front parking lamp is mal gt Replace the bulb as soon as possible functioning A substitute bulb is being gt page 311 used b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence High Beam Left The left or right high beam lamp is mal or functioning High Beam Right License Plate Lamp The left or right license plate lamp is mal Left functioning or License Plate Lamp Right AUTO Light The light sensor is malfunctioning The Inoperative headlamps come on automatically Low Beam Left The left or right low beam lamp is mal or functioning Low Beam Right Rear Foglamp L
208. er and headlamp cleaning SYSLEM ss reese nienie eee 352 Fog lamps s is isis css ccaee ace erene ass 101 Messages in the multifunction dis play ieir ebudubatir ead diet 287 288 Replacing bulbs 311 Front air bags see Air bags Front lamps see Headlamps AGGILIVES son cacdodnie eh Sieweee 355 Capacities fuel tank 352 Fuel consumption statistics 141 Fuel filler flap and cap 201 Fuel tank reserve warning lamp ee ee ee 33 301 Premium unleaded gasoline 201 352 354 Requirements 22 2 006 354 Fuel filler flap 201 Locking unlocking 201 OPENING se cseccn seeeee eds ee 202 Fuels coolants lubricants etc Capacities 0 350 Fuel tank Capaltys o6 604 e282 stents 352 Filer flap s0csesc3 dos oaohene 201 FUSES ead edness 334 C Garage door opener 40 193 Gasoline see Fuel GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating 231 Gear range Automatic transmission INndiGatOr ee oceans UMIE gt Canine ndaceek aah eos Shifting into optimal Gear selector lever 115 ClOANINGias cnrew eau da wee 249 Gearshift pattern 115 LOCK E hoes hats 110 115 Messages in the multifunction dis Play ss saeenena dee eeeyn ees 265 Shifting procedure 116 Transmission position indicator 116 Transmission positions 116 Generator see Alternator Global locking unlocking see Key Sma
209. er fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary If a lamp in the instrument cluster remains on after start ing the engine or comes on while driving refer to Lamps in instrument clus ter gt page 293 If you now press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once the power supply is again switched off Safety notes A Warning In order to avoid possible loss of vehicle control all seat head restraint steering wheel and rear view mirror adjustments as well as fastening of seat belts must be done before the vehicle is put into motion A Warning Do not adjust the driver s seat while driving Adjusting the seat while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or fatal injuries The seat backrest and seat belts provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and seat belts are prop erly positioned on the body Controls in detail Seats A Warning Your seat must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt Observe the following points e Adjust the seat backrest until your arms are slightly angled when holding the
210. er to Maintenance Booklet for mainte nance intervals or contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for further informa tion Only replace a discharged battery with a battery recommended by Mercedes Benz After battery power was interrupted do the following e Synchronize the ESP gt page 257 e Synchronize the power windows gt page 108 Battery Charging the battery A Warning Never charge a battery while still installed in the vehicle unless the accessory battery charge unit approved by Mercedes Benz is being used Gases may escape during charging and cause explosions that may result in paint damage corrosion or per sonal injury An accessory battery charge unit specially adapted for Mercedes Benz vehicles and tested and approved by Mercedes Benz is available permitting the charging of the battery in its installed position Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for infor mation and availability Charge battery in accordance with the sep arate instructions for the accessory battery charger Have batteries charged at an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center If you charge the batter ies yourself follow the operating instructions for your charging device Only use a battery charge unit with a maxi mum charging voltage of 14 8 V b gt Practical hints Jump starting gt Charge battery in accordance with the instructions of the battery charger manu facturer Jump starting
211. eration Tire labeling Besides tire name sales designation and manufacturer name a number of markings can be found on a tire Following are some explanations for the markings on your vehicle s tires P40 10 4705 31 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards gt page 229 DOT Tire Identification Number gt page 227 Maximum tire load gt page 228 Maximum tire inflation pressure gt page 228 Tires and wheels Manufacturer Tire ply material gt page 230 Tire size designation load and speed rat ing gt page 224 Load identification gt page 226 Tire name For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illus tration For more information see Rims and tires gt page 343 Operation Tires and wheels Tire size designation load and speed rating Tire width Aspect ratio in Radial tire code Rim diameter Tire load rating Tire speed rating For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illus tration General Depending on the design standards used the tire size molded into the sidewall may have no letter or a letter preceding the tire size designation No letter preceding the size designation as illustrated above Passenger car tire based on European design standards
212. ergency call upon deployment 188 Front Griver s lt iwcacue toes anek 48 Front passenger 48 H ad thoraxis 02 5 poh cane dee ees 49 Kee bag re ba ba ie es 49 Messages in the multifunction dis Play cc ctitoed iadenin rekemen 258 Passenger front air bag off indica tor lampe cese eee ces 38 52 305 Safety guidelines 47 Air conditioning refrigerant and lubri nt o euras nnee 354 Air distribution 170 Air pressure see Tire inflation pressure Air pressure tires 230 Air pump electric 322 Air recirculation mode 172 AIRSCARF neck level heating 94 Air vents 00000 ee 168 Air volume 5 171 Alarm system see Anti theft systems Alignment bolt vehicle tool kit ERE mnle acters heared 252 321 Alternator 4 348 Messages in the multifunction dis DIA see siebeueb eiiae dae ternie 283 AMG menu 130 Anticorrosion antifreeze 356 Antilock Brake System see ABS Anti theft systems 71 Anti theft alarm system 71 IMMODIIZE PF eset eee ee 71 Tow away alarm 24 72 Aquaplaning see Hydroplaning Ashtray 0 02 ee eee 186 Aspect ratio tires 230 Audio DVD menu 132 Auto dimming rear view mirrors 97 Automatic central locking 81 140 Automatic headlamp mode 99
213. ering wheel must be at least 10 inches 25 cm or more You should be able to accomplish this by adjusting the seat and steering wheel If you have any difficulties please contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not lean your head or chest close to the steering wheel or dashboard Keep hands on the outside of the steering wheel rim Placing hands and arms inside the rim can increase the risk and poten tial severity of hand arm injury when the driver s front air bag inflates Adjust the passenger seat as far as pos sible rearward from the dashboard when the seat is occupied Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the head thorax air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the head thorax air bag be deployed Always sit as upright as possible wear the seat belt properly and use an appro priately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants If you sell your vehicle it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information Be sure to give the buyer this Operator s Manual A Warning There is a possibility of a head thorax air bag related injury if occupants especially children are not properly seated or restrained when next to a head
214. es described in this manual Parts service All authorized Mercedes Benz Centers main tain a stock of Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts required for maintenance and repair work In addition strategically located parts distribu tion centers provide quick and reliable parts service More than 300 000 different parts for Mer cedes Benz models are available Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts are subjected to stringent quality inspections Each part has been specifically developed manufactured or selected for and adapted to Mercedes Benz vehicles Therefore Genuine Mercedes Benz Parts should be installed H Do not use non genuine Mercedes Benz parts and accessories not authorized by Mercedes Benz Doing so could damage the vehicle which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Also it could compromise the vehicle s durability or Safety Warranty coverage Your vehicle is covered under the terms of the warranties printed in the Service and War ranty Information booklet Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center will exchange or repair any defective parts origi nally installed in the vehicle in accordance with the terms of the following warranties e New Car Limited Warranty e Emission System Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty e California Connecticut Maine Massachu setts New York Pennsylvania Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Sys tems Warranty e State Warranty Enforcement Laws Lemon Laws
215. es driving b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Please correct Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Canada gt Check and correct tire inflation pressure as the tire pres only required gt page 217 sure The tire pressure is too low in one or more tires or The tire pressures of the individual tires differ from each other significantly The tire pressure values are shown in the multifunction display Caution Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Canada gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding Tire defect only abrupt steering and braking maneuvers One or more tires are deflating gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 318 The respective tire is indicated in the mul tifunction display Check Tires Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Canada Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding only abrupt steering and braking maneuvers The tire pressure in one or more tires is Check and adjust tire pressure as required already below the minimum value The respective tire is indicated in the mul tifunction display gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 318 A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Practical hints
216. eweease as 284 ENZine SErVICE serores ct gsssnds 279 ESP eise EES A 257 Fog lamps eenei 287 288 Gas Cap acu gens kong nee enana 286 Gear selector lever 265 High beam lamps 288 OO gigi hare atest tech ome atvdes 275 License plate lamps 288 Light sensor 04 288 Low beam lamps 288 Parking brake 273 Parking lamps 287 Passenger front airbag 258 Reserve Tel seuss eee ee es 285 Retractable hardtop 276 Reverse laMp 0s5005 405 286 Roll bat eae ee ia 59 274 Side marker lamps 287 SmartKey eiriecirricresreieri 277 SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 277 SRS ertrini raie ede ke Bx os 274 TaillaMPS 2 0c8 ed esas Ba ke ee 289 Tele Aid ananena 274 Tire PreSSUre 0 055 rereke 266 291 Tire pressure monitor 266 TIES 5255 5 oid bedeas de 266 291 IPMS seuit epean ieena 266 291 TONK e EE EE 275 TUM SISNalS s 2 2 soe cee ver aienns 290 Washer fluid 278 Multifunction steering wheel Adjusting 0 0 0 eee eee eee 95 BULLONS censere etane eieo 126 Cleaning ecce cr en ecene sheen 249 Easy entry exit feature 95 140 Gearshift control 120 Memory function 97 Overview 2 0 0 2 eee eee 36 Navigation menu 134 Nets parcel 180 Night security illumination 101 139 Normal occupant weight 231
217. f rotation Unidirectional tires offer added advantages such as better hydroplaning performance To benefit however you must make sure the tires rotate in the direction specified An arrow on the sidewall indicates the intended direction of rotation spinning of the tire Spare wheels may be mounted against the direction of rotation spinning even with a unidirectional tire for temporary use only until the regular drive wheel has been repaired or replaced Always observe and follow applica ble temporary use restrictions and speed lim itations indicated on the spare wheel Loading the vehicle Two labels on your vehicle show how much weight it may properly carry 1 The Tire and Loading Information placard can be found on the driver s door B pillar This placard tells you important information about the number of people that can be in the vehicle and the total weight that can be carried in the vehicle It also contains information on the proper size and recommended tire inflation pres sures for the original equipment tires on your vehicle 2 The certification label also found on the driver s door B pillar It tells you about the gross weight capacity of your vehicle called the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle all occupants fuel and cargo The certification label also tells you about the front and rear axle weight capacity called the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR
218. f the rim gt Close the buckle gt Pull the loose end of the tensioning strap The tensioning strap must be pulled as tight as possible Vehicle status messages in the multi function display Notes Warning and malfunction messages appear in the multifunction display located in the instru ment cluster Certain warning and malfunction messages are accompanied by an audible signal Address these messages accordingly and fol low the additional instructions given in this Operator s Manual Selecting the Vehicle status message memory menu in the control system gt page 134 displays both cleared and uncleared messages High priority messages appear in the multi function display in red color Certain messages of high priority cannot be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button gt page 124 or button E Ra or on the multifunc tion steering wheel Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Other messages of high priority and mes sages of less immediate priority can be cleared from the multifunction display using the reset button gt page 124 or button Es Wea or on the multifunc tion steering wheel They are then stored in the Vehicle status message memory menu gt page 134 Remember that clearing a mes sage will only make the message disappear Clearing a message will not correct the con dition that caused the message to appear A Warnin
219. ff eis Se estes decodes cae cadre Engine coolant see Coolant Engine oil AIA Bs eono rore sete KERERE ACdILIVES Ssainccn ce pag deen Checking level ssec ceresc re CONSUMPLION sssr crersessnress Messages in the multifunction dis DIA esc bcdrbueecans ade iae Oil dipstick w 26 ce enc sesaees Recommended engine oils and oil filt r eee enecek Pie swree by dace ds ESP Electronic Stability Program ENS eae niastiaeaes pihan EN Messages in the multifunction dis Pliye opi oere menna rie eent EEs Warning lamp 6 ETD Emergency Tensioning Device 2 cic aies cosets ees cans Safety guidelines ETS Electronic Traction System Express operation Power windows Exterior lamp switch Exterior rear view mirrors Exterior view of vehicle Fo Ree 201 236 Fastening the seat belts 55 First aid kit 252 Flat tine cciaaain eed ecicece cabs 317 Lowering the vehicle 324 Mounting the spare wheel 318 Preparing the vehicle 318 Spare wheel 318 347 Floormats io054444 00004054506 197 Fluids ABC PUIG ee cherc Seccecede teve 207 351 Automatic transmission fluid 350 BraketUld s cccscec ey eendenear 351 Capacities 350 Engine coolant 351 ENSINCOl sod oetin R 350 Hydraulic fluid 352 Power steering fluid 351 Wash
220. flashes twice The SmartKey will then function as follows gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Press button once gt Global unlocking Press button twice gt Global locking Press button J Controls in detail Locking and unlocking KEYLESS GO Vehicles equipped with KEYLESS GO come with two SmartKeys with KEYLESS GO each with remote control and a removable mechanical key The KEYLESS GO function is integrated into the SmartKey On these vehicles the validity of the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is checked every time you grasp an outside door handle If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is valid your vehicle unlocks the doors e the fuel filler flap e the trunk lid e the glove box e the storage compartment under the arm rest e the rear storage compartments USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received includ
221. for the steer ing and the service brake when the engine is not running Steering and braking requires significantly more effort and you could lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident as a result Do not turn off the engine while the vehicle is in motion A Warning The brake system requires electrical energy for operation A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency operation mode In such a case the red brake warning lamp and warning mes sages in the instrument cluster come on while driving To brake the driver must then apply significantly greater brake pedal Operation pressure and depress the pedal much fur ther to obtain the expected brake effect If necessary apply full pressure to the brake pedal Brakes are only applied to the front wheels Stopping distance is increased If there is a malfunction in the electro hydraulic brake system we recommend that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment Brakes Downhill grades H When driving down long and steep grades relieve the load on the brakes by shifting into a lower gear to use the engine s braking power This helps prevent overheating of the brakes and reduces wear When using the engine s braking power a drive wheel may not spin for an extended period of time e g on slip
222. free of ice The road may still be icy especially in wooded areas or on bridges A Warning On slippery road surfaces never downshift in order to obtain braking action This could result in drive wheel slip and reduced vehi Operation Winter driving cle control Your vehicle s ABS will not pre vent this type of loss of control The most important rule for slippery or icy roads is to drive sensibly and to avoid abrupt acceleration braking and steering maneu vers Do not use the cruise control system under such conditions When the vehicle is in danger of skidding shift the automatic transmission to neutral posi tion N Try to keep the vehicle under control by corrective steering action For information on driving with snow chains see Snow chains gt page 234 Road salts and chemicals can adversely affect braking efficiency Increased pedal force may become necessary to produce the normal brake effect Depressing the brake pedal periodically when traveling at length on salt strewn roads can bring road salt impaired braking efficiency back to normal If the vehicle is parked after being driven on salt treated roads the braking efficiency should be tested as soon as possible after driving is resumed b gt Operation Driving instructions A Warning Drinking and driving Make sure not to endanger any other road Dri P gt rive sensibly save fuel Warning users when carrying out these br
223. front over the luggage gt Hang the hooks of the net on the eyes on the trunk floor aaa storage compartments A Warning To help avoid personal injury during a col lision or sudden maneuver exercise care when storing objects in the vehicle Put lug gage or cargo in the trunk if possible Do not pile luggage or cargo higher than the seat backs Do not place anything on shelf behind the roll bar Parcel nets cannot secure hard or heavy objects Keep compartment lids closed This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occu pants during e braking e vehicle maneuvers e an accident Glove box Depending on vehicle equipment an AUX socket is located in the glove box For infor mation on AUX operation see separate COMAND system operating instructions Controls in detail Glove box lid release Glove box lid gt Opening Press glove box lid release 4 gt Closing Push glove box lid 2 up until it engages Storage compartment under armrest Depending on vehicle equipment a media interface is located in the storage compart ment For information on media interface see separate COMAND system operating instruc tions Loading and storing F j J 7 P68 00 5023 31 Armrest Storage compartment release button The Roadside Assistance button gt page 190 and the Information button gt page 191 are located in the stor age com
224. froster 173 Wiper blades cleaning 247 Rear towing eye 331 Fuel filler flap 201 Hood 203 Fuel requirements 354 Engine oil 204 Doors Coolant 207 Locking and unlocking 76 Front lamps 311 Opening 80 Headlamp cleaning system 103 Locking and unlocking manually 308 Front towing eye 331 _ Exterior rear view mirrors 96 Cockpit Oo Oo Function Exterior lamp switch Headlamp cleaning button Cruise control lever e Cruise control e Distronic Left gearshift control Instrument cluster Multifunction steering wheel Right gearshift control Lever for Voice Control Sys tem see separate operat ing instructions Front Parktronic warning indicators Digital clock Page 99 103 145 150 120 30 124 36 126 120 161 0600 8 At a glance Function Page Interior storage compart ments locking unlocking 182 Overhead control panel 40 Glove box 169 181 Center console 38 Starter switch 87 Horn Steering wheel adjustment stalk 95 Combination switch e Turn signals 102 e Wipers 105 e High beam 101 Parking brake pedal ils On board diagnostics OBD socket Cockpit Function Page Hood lock release lever 203 Parking brake release 113 Door control panel 41 At a glance Instrument cluster PS4 32 5899 31 At a glance Instrument cluster Function Page Function Page Coola
225. g All categories of messages contain impor tant information which should be taken note of and where a malfunction is indi cated addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Failure to repair condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or result in property dam age or personal injury A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see infor mation about your driving conditions such as speed or outside temperature warning indicator lamps malfunction warning messages or the failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive please do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible On the pages that follow you will find a com pilation of the most important warning and malfunction messages that may appear in the multifunction display For your convenience the messages are div ided into text messages gt page 256 and Symbol messages gt page 269 Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Text messages Safety systems Display messages ABS ABS ABS ABS ESP Inopera tive See Oper Manual ABS ESP Unavaila ble See Oper Manual ABS ESP Unavaila ble See Oper Manual Possible cause consequence Th
226. g you and others gt Deactivating Press button jaa The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Reactivating Press button again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The previous settings are once again in effect or gt Turn temperature controls 7 or 2 gt page 164 clockwise or counterclock wise The indicator lamp in button goes out or Controls in detail gt Press button Mg The indicator lamp in button MA comes on The air volume and air distribution are adjusted automatically or gt Press button fa The indicator lamp in button goes out Air conditioning The air conditioning is operational while the engine is running and cools the interior air to the temperature set by the operator In addi tion the air conditioning dehumidifies the interior air and helps prevent window fogging A Warning If you switch off the cooling function the vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm The windows can fog up more quickly Window fogging may impair visibility and endanger you and oth ers Condensation may drip out from under neath the vehicle This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction Climate control system Deactivating It is possible to deactivate the cooling func tion of the climate control system The inte rior air will then no longer be cooled or dehumidified gt Press button IRJ The indicator lamp in the button goes out Th
227. gnificant vibration or ride disturbance or you suspect that pos sible damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on the hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe dis tance from the road Inspect the tires and the vehicle underbody for possible damage If the vehicle or tires appear unsafe have the vehicle towed to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or tire dealer for repairs A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You could lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire or driving at high speed with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire Important guidelines e Only use sets of tires and rims of the same type and make e Tires must be of the correct size for the rim e Break in new tires for approximately 60 miles 100 km at moderate speeds e Regularly check the tires and rims for dam age Dented or bent rims can cause tire inflation pressure loss and damage to the tire beads e If vehicle is heavily loaded check tire infla tion pressure and correct as required e Do not allow your tires to wear down too far Adhesion properties on wet roads are sharply reduced at tread depths of less than in 3 mm e When replacing individual tires you should mount new tires on the front wheels first on vehicles with same sized wheels al
228. h the mechanical key e a door is opened from the inside e the trunk is opened with the emergency release button To cancel the alarm after it has been trig gered see Canceling the alarm gt page 73 E Safety and security Anti theft systems Ifthe alarm stays on for more than 30 sec onds a Call to the Response Center is ini tiated automatically by the Tele Aid system provided that you have subscribed to the Tele Aid service and that it has been acti vated properly and that the necessary mobile phone power supply and GPS cov erage are available Indicator lamp gt Arming Lock the vehicle with the Smart Key or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash three times and an acoustic warning sounds three times to indicate that the vehicle is locked Indicator lamp Q flashes to indicate that the alarm system is armed If the turn signal lamps do not flash three times and the acoustic warning does not sound three times a door or the trunk may not be properly closed Close the respective element and lock the vehicle again gt Disarming Unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO The turn signal lamps flash once and an acoustic warning sounds once to indicate that the alarm system is disarmed The vehicle will lock and the alarm system will rearm automatically again after approx imately 40 seconds unless you open a door or the trunk Once the tow away alarm is arm
229. have the brake sys tem checked immediately A Warning Have brake pad replacement and other work on the electro hydraulic brake system carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter for further information The electro hydraulic brake system must be deactivated prior to working on the sys tem High pressure is intermittently built up in the system as part of its automatic self test In addition the system is automatically activated when the vehicle is unlocked by remote control when the driver or passen ger door is opened when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop button is pressed once when the brake pedal is depressed or when the parking brake is released Failure to deactivate the system prior to maintenance will cause brake pis tons to extend and brake fluid to leak which may result in injuries contusions and acid burns Extended brake pistons may also cause injury The electro hydraulic brake system switches off automatically e approximately 2 minutes after you turned the SmartKey in the starter switch to posi tion O or removed the SmartKey e approximately 2 minutes after you pressed the KEYLESS GO start stop button to turn off the engine or power supply and opened the driver s door with driver s door open the starter switch is set to position 0 same as SmartKey removed from starter switch e approximately 20 seconds
230. he Distronic detects a vehicle directly your distance to the preceding vehicle The ahead the Distronic indicator lamp in warning sound is intended as a final caution Distronic displays in the speedometer the speedometer dial comes on white in which you should intercede with your own braking inputs to avoid a potentially dangerous situation Do not wait for the operation of the warning signal to intercede with your own braking This will result in potentially dangerous emergency braking which will not always result in an impact being avoided Tailgating increases the risk of an accident If the Distronic calculates that there is a dan ger of collision the distance warning lamp in the speedometer comes on red and an intermittent warning sounds gt Immediately apply the brakes to avoid a collision Under no circumstances should the driver await the intermittent warning sound before braking A Warning The intermittent warning sound ceases and The Distronic brakes your vehicle with a the red distance warning lamp goes maximum deceleration of 6 5 ft s out when the necessary distance to the 2 m s2 This corresponds to approxi vehicle ahead is established again mately 20 of the maximum deceleration AN Warning of your vehicle Egs 70 247231 An intermittent warning sounds and the The Distronic brakes the vehicle in an effort Red distance warning lamp distance warning lamp red in the to restore the preset distance or to main
231. he SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center e For your protection and the protection of others when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD our safety instructions must be followed These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Given the considerable deployment speed required inflation volume and the material of the air bags there is the pos sibility of abrasions or other potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment If you sell your vehicle we strongly recom mend that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS and refer them to the applicable section in the Operator s Manual Front air bags N Observe Safety notes see page 47 Driver air bag Passenger air bag Knee bag The front air bags are designed to provide increased protection for the driver and pas senger against the risk of injuries to the head and thorax Driver and passenger air bags and driver s side knee bag are deployed e in the event of certain frontal impacts e if impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold e if the system determines that air bag deployment can offer additional protection to that provided by the seat belt e depending on whether the seat belt is in use e independently of the head thorax air bags The front air bags in this vehicle have been designed to infl
232. he automatic trans mission will automatically downshift Controls in detail Driving systems Canceling cruise control gt Depress the brake pedal or gt Briefly push the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 3 The last set speed is stored for later use The last stored set speed is canceled when the engine is turned off The cruise control switches off automatically when you depress the brake pedal or you engage the parking brake The cruise control also switches off automat ically when e the vehicle speed falls below 20 mph 30 km h the ESP is in operation the ESP is switched off with the ESP switch e the ESP has switched off due to a mal function e you shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving An acoustic warning will sound Observe addi tional messages in the multifunction display that may appear Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the cruise control After a brief acceleration e g for passing the cruise con trol will resume the last set speed Changing the set speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the nec essary adjustments Increase or decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road condi tions and legal speed limits permit Other wise sudden and unexpected acceleration or deceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious inj
233. he coolant temperature gauge in the sasz tioning instrument cluster If the coolant temperature is under 248 F 120 C you may continue driving to an author ized Mercedes Benz Center gt Avoid placing heavy loads on the engine e g by driving uphill as well as stop and go traffic gt Have the fan replaced as soon as possible The battery is no longer charging gt Stop immediately in a safe location or as soon Possible causes as it is safe to do so and check the poly V belt e alternator malfunctioning gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Oth erwise the engine will overheat due to an inop erative water pump which may result in e a malfunction in the electronic system damage to the engine Contact an authorized e broken poly V belt Do not forget that the brake system Mercedes Benz Center requires electrical energy and may be gt If it is intact Drive to the nearest authorized operating with restricted capability Con Mercedes Benz Center immediately Adjust siderably greater brake pedal force is driving to be consistent with reduced braking required and the stopping distance is responsiveness increased b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Battery Alternator Stop Car H Engine 0il Level Check Level Add 1 qt engine oil at next refueling USA only Add 1 liter engine oil at next refuel ing Canada only If the me
234. he engine is not at operating tempera ture yet you must wait 30 minutes before checking oil If you see the message Engine 0il Level Not With Engine Running gt Turn off the engine gt If the engine is at operating temperature wait 5 minutes before checking oil gt If the engine is not at operating tempera ture yet you must wait 30 minutes before checking oil If there is excess engine oil with the engine at normal operating temperature the following message appears in the multifunction dis play Engine 0il Level Reduce 011 Level gt Have excess oil siphoned or drained off Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center H Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and emission control system not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty For information on messages in the multi function display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 285 Adding engine oil H Only use approved engine oils and oil fil ters required for vehicles with Maintenance System For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only Using engine oils and oil filters of specifi cation other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System will result in engine
235. he following With the seat unoccupied and the ignition switched on e the tg indicator lamp should illuminate and remain illuminated indicating that the OCS gt page 50 has deactivated the front passen ger front air bag Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution e the message Front Passeng Airbag Ena bled See Oper Manual or the message Front Passeng Airbag Disabled See Oper Manual should not appear in the multi function display at any time the seat is unoc cupied Wait at least 60 seconds for the system to complete the necessary check cycles and to make sure neither message appears in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the passenger seat again Depending on the passen ger classification sensed by the OCS the EAE indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning If the indicator lamp remains illuminated with an adult occupant on the passenger seat even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any passenger use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Driving systems Display messages ABC ABC ABC
236. hecked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident When the voltage is above the required value again the ABS is opera tional again and the ABS indicator lamp should go out gt If the ABS indicator lamp does not go out Have the alternator and the battery checked Practical hints What to do if Problem Possible cause consequence Suggested solutions USA only You are driving with the parking gt Release the parking brake OJ Canada only brake engaged The red brake warning lamp comes on while driving and you hear a warning sound USA only There is a malfunction in the elec Risk of accident Do not drive any further Stop the vehicle in a safe O Canada only tro hydraulic brake system location as soon as it is safe to do so The red brake warning lamp There is insufficient brake fluidin Engage the parking brake comes on while the engine is run the reservoir ning and you hear a warning sound gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 255 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Do not add brake fluid This will not solve the problem A Warning Driving with the brake warning lamp illuminated can result in an accident Have your brake system checked immediately if the brake warning lamp stays on Do not add brake fluid before checking the brake system Overf
237. heel is spinning When you switch off the ESP the ESP will not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the ETS will still apply the brakes to a spin ning wheel e the ESP continues to operate when you are braking e you cannot activate the cruise control or the Distronic system e the cruise control or the Distronic system switch off if activated When the ESP is switched off and one or more drive wheels are spinning the ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster flashes However the ESP will then not stabilize the vehicle ESP switch gt Switching off With the engine running press ESP switch C until the ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument clus ter comes on The ESP is switched off A Warning When the ABS ESP warning lamp is illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off or is not operational due to a malfunction Vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the pre vailing road conditions and to the non oper ating status of the ESP H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mer cedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Switching on Press ESP switch until the ABS ESP warning lamp in the
238. hesis Example 275 40 ZR 18 99Y The Y speed rating in parenthesis designates the maximum speed capability of the tire as being above 186 mph 300 km h Consult the tire manufacturer for the actual maxi mum permissible speed of the tire All season and winter tires Index Speed rating QM S upto 100 mph 160 km h TM S upto 118 mph 190 km h H M S upto 130 mph 210 km h V M S upto 149 mph 240 km h Not all M S rated tires provide special winter performance Make sure the tires you use show M S and the mountain snowflake 3 marking on the tire side wall These tires meet specific snow trac tion performance requirements of the Rubber Manufacturers Association RMA and the Rubber Association of Canada 9 or M S 4 for winter tires RAC and have been designed specifically for use in snow conditions An electronic speed limiter prevents your vehicle from exceeding a speed of e 155 mph 250 km h SL 550 SL 550 Sport Package SL 600 SL 600 Sport Package SL 63 AMG SL 65 AMG e 186 mph 300 km h SL 63 AMG Performance Package SL 65 AMG with increased top speed The factory equipped tires on your vehicle may have a tire speed rating above the max imum speed permitted by the electronic speed limiter Make sure your tires have the required tire speed rating as specified for your vehicle in the Technical data section gt page 343 for example when purchasing new tires If
239. hic due kds 154 Last stored speed 152 MeNU tote ie ern eee kbc ahes 150 Messages in the multifunction dis Plae e o e e eats 263 Resume function 152 Sensor COVER 202 2 doedoeeees 246 Warning and indicator lamps 149 300 Door control panel 41 Doors Locking unlocking SmartKey 76 Locking unlocking SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 78 Locking unlocking from outside 76 Messages in the multifunction dis Play rarere aasa i 275 Opening from inside 80 Remote door unlock Tele Aid 192 Unlocking Mechanical key 307 DOT Department of Transporta TOM ie o 5 ola 2 ee pooh on s4 rarei EE 231 Drinking and driving 236 Driving ADroad ws da oh ee ee eee ees 240 Hydroplaning 240 Instructions 6 109 236 In Winter 3 22260 c05e arte ede 235 Problems 5 25 25 ois us iene ig euete ee acdiecet 112 RACE START SL 63 AMG 156 Safety systems 4 63 SYSEMS ap dhs pe heen ed hes 144 Through standing water 240 With Distronic 154 Driving and parking Safety noteS 109 Driving off 111 239 Driving safety systems 63 ABS ysa ogee eee Rae we 64 BAS bce seated besa ee acer 64 EG Pe eee hn E eit ae eee 65 EMSS neaihats dees aaa eae Meets 65 Driving systems Active Body Control ABC 157 Cruise control 144 DISON
240. hout the seat head restraints Head restraints are intended to help reduce injuries during an accident You can move the seats forward and back ward to facilitate loading and unloading A Warning When moving the seats make sure no one can be caught by them Never place hands under seat or near any moving parts during a seat adjustment procedure To stop the seat from moving when potential danger exists e Press the switch once more e Move the seat adjustment switch on the door H When moving the seats make sure there are no items in the footwell or behind the Controls in detail seats Otherwise you could damage the seats Seat forward Seat backward gt Moving the seat forward Press switch at and release The seat moves forward automatically gt Moving the seat backward Press switch at 2 and release The seat moves backwards to its previous position automatically Seats You can adjust the contour of the seat s lum bar support to help enhance support to your spine Thumbwheel gt Switch on the ignition gt Set the lumbar support between 0 and 5 Controls in detail The multicontour seat backrest has inflatable air cushions built into the seat backrest to provide additional lumbar and side support The seat backrest cushion height and curva ture can be continuously varied with switches on the lower left side driver s seat or the lower right side
241. i cle must be unlocked If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 86 Vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem gt Press and hold button on the Smart Key until trunk unlocks and begins to open or gt Pull on handle In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The vehi cle must be unlocked If the trunk does not open it is still locked separately gt page 86 gt Stopping the opening procedure Press button on the SmartKey or pull the trunk lid handle Opening the trunk from the inside Vehicles without trunk opening closing system y Remote trunk opening switch Indicator lamp gt Pull switch Q until the trunk unlocks and opens slightly Indicator lamp 2 comes on and remains lit until the trunk is closed gt Lift the trunk lid Vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem Remote trunk opening closing switch Indicator lamp gt Pull and hold switch C until the trunk unlocks and begins to open Indicator lamp 2 comes on and remains lit until the trunk is closed gt Release switch 4 gt To interrupt the opening procedure Press or pull switch Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Closing the trunk A Warning Make sure the trunk is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death A Warning T
242. ice practices and differences in road charac teristics and climate Operation Tires and wheels Traction A Warning The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on straight ahead braking traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C Those grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance A Warning If ice has formed on the road tire traction will be substantially reduced Under such weather conditions drive steer and brake with extreme caution The safe speed on a wet snow covered or icy road is always lower than on a dry road You should pay particular attention to the condition of the road whenever the outside temperature is close to the freezing point Mercedes Benz recommends winter tires gt page 234 with a minimum tread depth of approximately in 4mm on all four wheels b gt Operation Tires and wheels for the winter season to ensure normal bal anced handling characteristics On packed snow they can reduce your stopping distance compared to summer tires Stopping dis tance however is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with snow or ice Exercise appropriate caution
243. icle or driv ing for any other reason with the automatic transmission in neu tral position N can result in transmission damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Drive position Automatic transmission Effect The automatic transmission shifts automatically All forward gears are available Driving tips Kickdown Use the kickdown when you want maximum acceleration gt Fully depress the accelerator pedal Depending on the engine speed the auto matic transmission shifts into a lower gear You may encounter a resistance point If so depress the accelerator pedal past this resist ance point Working on the vehicle A Warning When working on the vehicle engage the parking brake and shift the automatic transmission into park position P Other wise the vehicle could roll away which could b gt Controls in detail Automatic transmission result in an accident and or serious per sonal injury With the automatic transmission in drive posi tion D and driving in automatic program mode C or S you can limit or extend the gear range see One touch gearshifting gt page 120 The current gear range appears in the right multifunction display ZA p 3 149 8Me Gear range indicator g w Effect With this selection you can use the braking effect of the engine Allows the use of engine s braking power when driving on steep downgrades e in mounta
244. id ovis eecce ce eee eee 293 Unlocking locking manually 307 Replacing SmartKey batteries 309 Replacing bulbs 0 0 0 0 eee eeeeeseeeee 311 Replacing wiper blades 316 FER UO 100 317 SELES oc eee eee eee 326 JuUmpistaning ae 328 Towing the vehicle eee 330 Practical hints Where will I find Vehicle equipment Where will I find Vehicle tool kit First aid kit The vehicle tool kit is located in the space This Operator s Manual describes all fea ridern athithetrunk Hack tures standard or optional potentially Check expiration dates and contents for f fue The vehicle tool kit includes available for your vehicle at the time of pur completeness at least once a year and chase Please be aware that your vehicle replace missing expired items e 2 open end wrenches might not be equipped with all features Alignment bolt described in this manual e Electric air pump e Fuse chart e Hex socket wrench e Interchangeable slot Phillips screwdriver e Jack e Pair of universal pliers s9139327831 Protective wrap if available Handle e Towing eye bolt Lid e Valve extractor gt Pull handle upward e Wheel wrench gt Fold lid down gt Removing Open the trunk gt page 82 gt Remove the first aid kit gt Lift the trunk floor P58 10 2169 31 Electric air pump Tool bag Storage well ca
245. ild window cleaning solution on all outside and inside glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recom mended H Fold the windshield wiper arms back onto the windshield before turning the SmartKey in the starter switch or pressing the KEY LESS GO start stop button vehicles with KEYLESS GO Hold on to the wiper when folding the wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield H To clean the window interior do not use a dry cloth abrasives solvents or cleaners containing solvents Do not touch the inside of the front rear or side windows with hard objects such as an ice scraper or ring Doing so may damage the windows Operation Vehicle care Rear window cleaning Clean the rear window with the hardtop fully raised and closed A Warning Do not clean the rear window with the hard top in a position other than the fully raised and closed position Otherwise the hard top may move unexpectedly which may result in personal injury to you or others gt Use a soft clean cloth and a mild window cleaning solution on all outside and inside glass surfaces An automotive glass cleaner is recom mended Light alloy wheels If possible clean wheels once a week gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Wheel Care a soft bristle brush and a strong spray of water for cleaning the light alloy wheels H Only use acid free cleaning materials Acid may cause co
246. illing the brake fluid reservoir can result in spilling brake fluid on hot engine parts and the brake fluid catching fire You can be seriously burned H If you find that the brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir has fallen to the minimum mark or below have the brake system checked for brake pad thickness and leaks Practical hints What to do if Safety systems Problem The red seat belt telltale comes on for a maximum of 6 seconds after starting the engine You hear a warning chime for a maximum of 6 sec onds after starting the engine The red seat belt telltale comes on while the vehicle is standing still and the engine is running or during driving Possible cause consequence The seat belt telltale reminds you and your passenger to fasten your seat belts before driving off You have forgotten to fasten your seat belt You and or your passenger have forgotten to fasten your seat belts There are items placed on the passenger seat and therefore the system senses the passenger seat as being occupied Suggested solutions gt Fasten your seat belts Regardless of whether the seat belts are fastened or not the seat belt telltale always comes on and remains lit for 6 seconds after starting the engine gt Fasten your seat belt The warning chime stops sounding gt Fasten your seat belts The seat belt telltale goes out gt Remove the items from the front passenger seat and put them
247. ily move the driver s seat or passenger seat as far to the rear as possible Controls in detail Useful features Eyelet Retainer pin gt Removing Pull floormat off of retainer pins gt Installing Press floormat eyelets 1 onto retainer pins 2 Operation Vehicle equipment 200 The first 1000 miles 1500 km 200 At the gas station 0 0 0 0 eee 201 Engine compartment 5 203 Tires and wheels eeceseeeees 209 Wintendriving s s cceencceeeeee 234 Driving instructions 0 236 Maintenance m eiere 241 Vehicleicare TERRE essere 243 Operation The first 1000 miles 1500 km Vehicle equipment The first 1000 miles 1500 km This Operator s Manual describes all fea tures standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of pur chase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual The more cautiously you treat your vehicle during the break in period the more satisfied you will be with its performance later on e Drive your vehicle during the first 1000 miles 1500 km at varying but mod erate vehicle and engine speeds e During this period avoid heavy loads full throttle driving and excessive engine speeds no more than 2 3 of maximum rpm in each gear e Select C as the preferred shift program gt page 11
248. ime will also sound for a maximum of 6 sec onds or until the driver s seat belt is fastened If after these 6 seconds the driver s or the passenger s seat belt with the passenger seat occupied is not fastened with both doors closed e the seat belt telltale remains illumi nated for as long as either the driver s or passenger s seat belt is not fastened e and if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h the seat belt telltale starts flashing and a warning chime sounds with increasing intensity for a max imum of 60 seconds or until the driver s and passenger s seat belt are fastened If you and or your passenger release the seat belt during driving the seat belt tell tale starts flashing and the warning chime sounds as described before If the driver s or the passenger s seat belt remains unfastened after 60 seconds the warning chime stops sounding the seat belt telltale stops flashing but contin ues to be illuminated Safety and security After a vehicle standstill the warning chime is reactivated and the seat belt telltale is flashing again if the vehicle speed once exceeds 15 mph 25 km h The seat belt telltale will only go out if both the driver s and the passenger s seat belt with the passenger seat occupied are fastened or the vehicle is standing still and a door is opened For more information see Practical hints gt page 296 Emergency Tensioning Device ETD
249. in Intermittent wiping Only switch on intermittent wiping under wet weather conditions or in the presence of pre cipitation H Do not leave windshield wipers on an intermittent setting when the vehicle is taken to an automatic car wash or during windshield cleaning Windshield wipers will operate in the presence of water sprayed on the windshield and windshield wipers may be damaged as a result Wipers H If you have set intermittent wiping dirt on the surface of the rain sensor or optical effects may cause the windshield wipers to wipe in an undesired fashion This could then damage the windshield wiper blades or scratch the windshield You should therefore switch off the windshield wipers when weather conditions are dry Intermittent wiping interval is dependent on wetness of windshield After the initial wipe pauses between wipes are automatically con trolled by the rain sensor gt Turn the combination switch to position I Intermittent wiping is interrupted when the vehicle is at a standstill and a door is opened This protects persons getting into or out of the vehicle from being sprayed Intermittent wiping will be continued when all doors are closed and e the automatic transmission is in drive posi tion D or reverse gear R or e the wiper setting is changed using the com bination switch Controls in detail Wipers Single wipe gt Press the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow
250. in button MA goes out The climate control settings for the respec tive side of the passenger compartment is adjusted manually or gt Turn air volume control clockwise or counterclockwise The indicator lamp in button EG goes out Automatic air volume is switched off and is controlled according to the desired posi tion The automatic air distribution remains switched on Setting the temperature You can adjust the air temperature on each side of the passenger compartment You should raise or lower the temperature setting in small increments preferably starting at 72 F 22 C gt Increasing decreasing Turn tempera ture control 7 and or gt page 164 slightly clockwise or counterclockwise Adjusting air vents A Warning When operating the climate control the air that enters the passenger compartment through the air vents can be very hot or very cold depending on the set temperature This may cause burns or frostbite to unpro tected skin in the immediate area of the air vents Always keep sufficient distance between unprotected parts of the body and the air vents If necessary use the air distribution adjustment to direct the air to air vents in the vehicle interior that are not in the imme diate area of unprotected skin Please comply with the following instructions in order for the climate control to function optimally gt Keep the air intake grille in front of the windshield free of sn
251. in injury Vehicle Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution The trunk is open gt Close the trunk You are driving with the hood open gt Close the hood gt page 204 You are driving with the hood and the tail gt Close the hood and the tailgate gate open You are driving with at least one door gt Close the door s open Check Doors Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Close the door s AALL You are pressing the lock button on the door handle and at least one door is open b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Retract Roof Oper Please Wait See Oper Manual Retractable Roof Lowering Retractable Roof Operation Only At Standstill Possible cause consequence The on board voltage is too low The hardtop drive system was shut down for safety reasons after multiple consec utive attempts to raise or lower the hard top The retractable hardtop is not completely opened or closed The roof hydraulics will start to lose pressure You have attempted to open the retracta ble hardtop while driving Possible solution gt Repeat the opening or closing procedure gt Start the engine After about 10 minutes you can open or close the retractable hardtop gt Switch on the ignition gt Repeat the opening or closing procedure gt If the retractable hardtop still does not open or close properly have the
252. in the multifunction display that may appear If the ABS malfunctions the wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability and extending the braking dis tance For more information see What to do if 2 gt page 293 BAS A Observe Safety notes see page 63 The Brake Assist System BAS operates in emergency situations If you apply the brakes very quickly the BAS automatically provides full brake boost thereby potentially reducing the braking distance gt Apply continuous full braking pressure until the emergency braking situation is over The ABS will prevent the wheels from lock ing When you release the brake pedal the brakes function again as normal The BAS is then deactivated A Warning If the BAS malfunctions the brake system still functions but without the additional brake boost available that the BAS would normally provide in an emergency braking Safety and security maneuver Therefore the braking distance The ABS ESP warning lamp in the may increase instrument cluster flashes when the ESP is engaged A Warning ESP Never switch off the ESP when you see the A Observe Safety notes see ABS ESP warning lamp flashing in page 63 the instrument cluster In this case proceed as follows The Electronic Stability Program ESP is operational as soon as the engine is running e When driving off apply as little throttle and monitors the vehicle s tract
253. ince too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heating switches off automatically Seats The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available Vehicles with seat ventilation Seat heating switch The red indicator lamps in the switch come on to show which heating level you have selected The seat heating switches from level 2 rapid seat heating to level 1 normal seat heating after approximately 8 minutes The seat heating automatically switches off after approximately 30 minutes b gt Controls in detail Seats gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on seat heating Press switch Both red indicator lamps in switch come on gt Switching off seat heating Press switch repeatedly until all red indicator lamps go out If one or both of the indicator lamps in the seat heating switch are flashing there is insufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat heating switches off automatically The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available The AIRSCARF neck level heating provides the area surrounding the occupants necks with a heated air stream flowing from open ings in the head restraints A Warning When switching on the AIRSCARF neck level heating the air streaming from the openings may be very hot When in close proxim
254. ing If the indicator lamps in the SOS button in the Roadside Assistance button and or in the Information button do not come on during the system self test or if any of these indicators remain illuminated constantly in red and or the message Tele Aid Inoperative is displayed in the mul tifunction display after the system self test a malfunction in the system has been detected If a malfunction is indicated as outlined above the system may not operate as expected In case of an emergency help will have to be summoned by other means have to be summoned by other means Have the system checked at the nearest Mercedes Benz Center or contact the Response Center at 1 800 756 9018 in the USA or 1 888 923 8367 in Canada as soon as possible Emergency calls An emergency call is initiated automatically following an accident in which the Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs or air bags deploy An emergency call can also be initiated man ually gt page 189 Once the emergency call is in progress the indicator lamp in the SOS button will begin to flash The message Connecting Call appears in the multifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the con nection is established the message Cal Connected appears in the multifunction dis play All information relevant to the emergency such as the location of the vehicle deter mined by the GPS satellite location system vehicle model identification number and col
255. ing any compo nents on the vehicle Comply with all rele vant safety precautions A Warning To help prevent personal injury stay clear of moving parts when the hood is open and the engine is running The radiator fan may continue to run for approximately 30 seconds or may even restart after the engine has been turned off Stay clear of fan blades A Warning The engine is equipped with a transistorized ignition system Because of the high volt age it is dangerous to touch any compo nents ignition coils spark plug sockets diagnostic socket of the ignition system e with the engine running e while starting the engine e when the ignition is switched on and the engine is turned manually Operation Engine compartment y e a P88 40 2723 31 Hood lock release lever gt Pull release lever Q The hood is unlocked H To avoid damage to the windshield wipers or hood never open the hood if the wiper arms are folded forward away from the windshield Operation Engine compartment Handle for opening the hood gt Push handle 2 under the hood upwards gt Pull up on the hood and then release it The hood will be automatically held open at shoulder height by gas filled struts Closing A Warning When closing the hood use extreme cau tion not to catch hands or fingers Be care ful that you do not close the hood on anyone Make sure the hood is securely engaged before
256. ing bulbs for front lamps A Warning Do not remove the cover for the Bi Xenon headlamp Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair the lamp and its components We recommend that you have such work done by a qualified technician Before you start to replace a bulb for a front lamp do the following first gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position EJ gt Open the hood gt page 203 Practical hints P82 10498331 Housing cover for high beam headlamp parking and standing lamp corner illumi nating lamp P82 10 4985 31 Bulb socket for parking and standing lamp bulb Bulb socket for high beam bulb Cable outlet for high beam bulb Replacing bulbs Bulb socket for corner illuminating lamp bulb High beam and high beam flasher bulb gt Turn housing cover 1 counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull out bulb socket 2 gt Turn bulb socket G with the bulb counter clockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket 3 gt Press the new bulb gently into bulb socket gt Insert bulb socket 3 into the guide in the headlamp gt Turn bulb socket 3 clockwise until it engages Driver s side headlamp Cable outlet 4 of bulb socket 3 must point towards the lower right Passenger side headlamp Cable outlet of bulb socket 3 must point towards the lower left gt Place b
257. ing interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Important notes on using KEYLESS GO e You can also use the SmartKey with KEY LESS GO like a normal SmartKey gt page 76 e You can combine KEYLESS GO functions with normal SmartKey functions e g unlocking with KEYLESS GO and locking with button Jy e Always carry the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you e Never store the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO together with Electronic items such as a mobile phone or another SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Metallic objects such as coins or metal foil Doing so could impair the function of the KEYLESS GO system To lock or unlock the vehicle the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO must be located outside the vehicle within approximately 3 ft 1 m of a door or the trunk e If the vehicle has been parked for more than 72 hours you must pull an outside door handle in order to activate the KEY LESS GO function e If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is posi tioned farther away from the vehicle the system may no longer recognize the Smart Key with KEYLESS GO The vehicle cannot be locked or the engine started via the KEY LESS GO system If the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is removed from the vehicle while the engine is running e g if a passenger exits the vehicle with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO the message Key No
258. ing on the ignition have the respective bulb checked and replaced if necessary When you switch on the ignition all lamps except high beam headlamp indicator lamp and turn signal indicator lamps unless acti vated in the instrument cluster come on If a lamp in the instrument cluster fails to come on when the ignition is switched on have it checked and replaced if necessary b gt Practical hints What to do if Brake Problem The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running The yellow ABS indicator lamp comes on while the engine is running Possible cause consequence The ABS has detected a malfunc tion and switched off The BAS the ESP and the hill start assist system SL 63 AMG only are also switched off see messages in multifunction display The electro hydraulic brake sys tem is still functioning normally but without the systems specified above available If the ABS control unit is malfunc tioning other systems such as the navigation system or the automatic transmission may also be malfunctioning The ABS has switched off due to insufficient power supply The battery might not be charged sufficiently Suggested solutions gt Continue driving with added caution Wheels may lock during hard braking reducing steering capability gt Read and observe messages that may appear in the multifunction display gt page 255 gt Have the system c
259. ing trou ble To avoid this you may wish to get out of the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so If you have any breathing difficulty but can not get out of the vehicle after the air bag inflates then get fresh air by opening a win dow or door A Warning To reduce the risk of injury when the front air bags inflate it is very important for the driver and passenger to always be in a prop b gt Safety and security Occupant safety erly seated position and to wear their seat belts For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated posi tion with your back against the seat back rest Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instan taneously e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest e Move the driver seat as far back as pos sible still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls The distance from the center of the driver s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the ste
260. inous regions e under extreme operating condi tions For maximum use of engine s brak ing effect on very steep or lengthy downgrades Program mode selector switch C Comfort For comfort driving S Sport For standard driving Program mode selector dial on SL 63 AMG C Comfort For standard driving S Sport For sporty driving S Sport Plus For sporty driving with shorter shift times M Manual For manual gearshifting gt page 121 RS RACE START For optimum accelera tion from a standing start Program mode RS cannot be selected while driving For more information see RACE START SL 63 AMG gt page 156 MANUAL k 1 gt lt an N N bs k od Program mode selector switch on SL 65 AMG C Comfort For comfort driving S Sport For standard driving M MANUAL For manual gearshifting gt page 121 Controls in detail Automatic transmission The current program mode appears in the right multifunction display P54 32 6024 31 Program mode indicator SL 63 AMG In addition the currently selected program mode is indicated in red on the program mode selector dial H Never change the program mode when the automatic transmission is out of park position P This could result in a change of driving characteristics for which you may not be prepared The last selected automatic program mode C or S is switched on when the engine is restarted SL 63 AMG Aut
261. ion force of as possible adhesive friction between the tires and the e While driving ease up on the accelerator road surface and handling pedal The ESP recognizes when a wheel is spin ning or if the vehicle starts to skid By applying brakes to the appropriate wheel and by limit ing the engine output the ESP works to stabilize the vehicle The ESP is especially useful while driving off and on wet or slippery road surfaces The ESP also stabilizes the vehicle during braking and steering maneu vers H Because the ESP operates automati The ABS ESP warning lamp inthe cally the engine and ignition must be shut f off SmartKey in starter switch position 0 instrument cluster comes on when you switch are or 1 or KEYLESS GO start stop button in on the ignition It goes out when the engine is running position O or 1 when the parking brake is being tested on a brake test dynamometer or when the vehicle is being towed with the front axle raised e Adapt your speed and driving style to the prevailing road conditions Failure to observe these guidelines could cause the vehicle to skid The ESP cannot prevent accidents resulting from excessive speed Driving safety systems Active braking action through the ESP may otherwise seriously damage the brake system which is not covered by the Mer cedes Benz Limited Warranty H The ESP will only function properly if you use wheels of the recommended tire
262. ires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Maximum tire load rating For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illus tration The maximum tire load is the maximum weight the tires are designed to support For more information on tire load rating see gt page 224 For information on calculating total and cargo load capacities see gt page 213 A Warning Never exceed the maximum tire inflation pressure Follow recommended tire infla tion pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel econ omy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride com fort wear unevenly increase stopping dis tance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc dh Maximum permissible tire inflation pres sure For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illus tration This is the maximum permissible tire inflation pressure for the tire Always follow the recommended tire inflation pressure gt page 215 for
263. is standing and where you place the jack is solid level and not slippery If nec essary use a large underlay On slippery surfaces such as tiled floors you should use a non slip underlay for example a rub ber mat Practical hints Do not use wooden blocks or similar objects to support the jack Otherwise the jack may not be able to achieve its load bearing capacity if it is not at its full height Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised Also observe the notes on the jack gt Prevent the vehicle from rolling away by blocking wheels with wheel chocks not included or other sizeable objects When changing wheel on a level surface gt Place one wheel chock or other sizeable object in front of and another wheel chock or other sizeable object behind the wheel that is diagonally opposite to the wheel being changed Always try lifting the vehicle using the jack on a level surface However should circumstan ces require you to do so on a hill place a wheel chock or other sizeable object and the other wheel chock or sizeable object as fol lows gt Place wheel chocks or other sizeable objects on the downhill side blocking both wheels of the axle not being worked on Flat tire A Warning Only jack up the vehicle on level ground or on slight inclines declines Otherwise the vehicle could fall off the jack and injure you or others PIR P40 10 5147 31 Wheel wrench gt On wheel t
264. isplay The multifunction display consists of the dis play fields in the speedometer and the tach ometer In its default state the left multifunc tion display shows the main odometer and the outside temperature while the trip odometer appears in the right multifunction display This default setting is referred to as the stand ard display 26753 Niles oem a Outside temperature indicator Transmission position gear range indica tor Trip odometer Automatic transmission program mode indicator Main odometer P54 32 5994 31 For more information on menus displayed in the multifunction display see Menus and submenus gt page 127 Controls in detail Control system Menus and submenus Call From Unknown P54 32 6108 31 The headings used in the menus table are designed to facilitate navigation within the system and are not necessarily identical to those shown in the multifunction display The first function displayed in each menu will automatically show you which part of the system you are in Function Standard display menu gt page 129 AMG menu gt page 130 Audio DVD menu gt page 132 Navigation menu gt page 134 Distronic menu gt page 134 Vehicle status message memory menu gt page 134 SO ee Settings menu gt page 135 7 AMG vehicles only Controls in detail Function Trip computer menu gt page 141
265. ission could be damaged Shifting the automatic transmission out of park position P is only possible with the brake pedal depressed Only depressing the brake pedal releases the gear selector lever lock The current gear selector lever position corresponds with the current transmission position The current transmission position P R N or D appears in the right multifunction dis play gt page 116 Controls in detail Automatic transmission There are additional indicators on the cover of the shifting gate showing the current gear selector lever position The indicators come on when you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch and go out when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Shifting procedure The automatic transmission selects individual gears automatically depending on e drive position D gt page 117 with gear ranges gt page 118 e the selected program mode C S gt page 118 or M SL 63 AMG and SL 65 AMG only gt page 121 e the position of the accelerator pedal e the vehicle speed With drive position D selected you can influ ence transmission shifting by e limiting the gear range e extending the gear range e changing the gears manually SL 63 AMG and SL 65 AMG only Transmission positions The current transmission position appears in the right multifunction display 72 F pe Ae 26753 Miles 149 8 Miles gt P54 32 6022 31 Tran
266. itiating an emergency call man UANY wisi srece cee betes dasa 189 Messages in the multifunction dis DAY soe ee ed dats ented Soon 274 Remote door unlock 192 Roadside Assistance button 190 SOS button edessa iese 189 Stolen Vehicle Recovery services 193 System self test 188 Telephone 0 4 36 Answering ending acall 143 Hands free microphone 40 MG RUE de r a ihe ire 142 Optat es esesaisasan mrret eke 142 Phone book eusnenenenena 143 R dialing es cssasenerrir itini 144 Temperature COON ac0 ene erate awn eae 125 Interior temperature 168 OUSIA Eae f o6 eet ena a i 129 Tightening torque Spark plugSicecs ssc hesvonewes 348 Wheels 0000 eee eee 324 TIN Tire Identification Number 232 Tire and Loading Information Plac ONG isc ihG aoa dredd eee daca sae eae 212 Tire and loading terminology 230 Tire Identification Number see TIN Tire inflation pressure CHECKING sie eee a eae eaees 217 Important notes on 216 Placard on driver s door B pillar 212 Tire labeling 223 Tire load rating 232 Tire ply composition and material USEC 5 hb ceed ce chloe ana 232 Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS ei sence batsdasecsae tas ds 218 Messages in the multifunction dis eae ae ee a 266 291 Til See 5640000 00g ebeee Reds 209 343 Advanced Tire Pressure Monitor ing System Advanced TPMS
267. ity to the openings you could be seriously burned To help avoid serious per sonal injuries switch the AIRSCARF to a lower heating level AIRSCARF switch gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press AIRSCARF switch for the desired side All three indicator lamps on respective AIR SCARF switch Q come on After a pre heating time of approximately 10 seconds the blower starts gt Press AIRSCARF switch C repeatedly until the desired AIRSCARF heating level for the corresponding seat is reached gt Switching off Press AIRSCARF switch repeatedly until all indicator lamps on AIRSCARF switch C go out After switching off the AIRSCARF neck level heating the AIRSCARF fan continues to oper ate for approximately 7 seconds to cool down the heater elements Multifunction steering wheel Safety notes A Warning Do not adjust the steering wheel while driv ing Adjusting the steering wheel while driv ing could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle The electrical steering wheel adjustment feature can be operated at any time There fore do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Make sure e you can reach the steering wheel with your arms slightly bent at the elbows e you can move your legs freely e all displays including malfunctio
268. ive setting see Key SmartKey Selector lever see Gear selector lever Self test OCS eiee a E EESTE ENES 52 Tele Aid 0 0 eee eee ee 188 Service see Maintenance Service parts 338 Service and warranty information 19 Service intervals see Maintenance System Service indicator Service life tires 211 Settings Control system menus and sub MENUS ice tre daures EEDA 128 Factory setting SmartKey 77 79 Individual vehicle 135 Memory function 97 METU ea een guasane crete 135 Selective setting SmartKey 77 79 Side marker lamps Cleaning lenses 5 5 4 246 Messages in the multifunction dis DAY oan gsmreew saad eae SE 287 Replacing bulbs 311 Sidewall tires 232 Side windows see Power windows SmartKey see Key SmartKey SmartKey with KEYLESS GO see Key SmartKey Snow chains 234 Snow tires see Winter tires Spare wheel 253 343 MOUNDS ws nace aw ace aie ales 318 Speedometer 149 Speed settings DIStHONIG aeeie eaters 151 Resume function 152 SRS 2 0 5 he eit SR ech 45 Indicator lamp 33 297 Messages in the multifunction dis play sw eoreeind alte oe whee 274 Standing water driving through 240 Starter switch positions 87 88 Starting difficulties engine Starting the engine Steeri
269. k fuse box cover 1 onto tabs and close it gt Move slide to position 2 H The fuse box cover must be properly posi tioned with the slide at the symbol to b gt Practical hints Fuses prevent moisture and or dirt from entering the fuse box and possibly impairing fuse operation gt Close the hood after checking or replacing fuses Emergency engine shut down If the engine cannot be turned off as descri bed gt page 114 you may use the following emergency procedure gt Take the fuse chart from the vehicle tool kit gt page 252 gt Find row Engine emergency stop in the fuse chart table to identify the fuses that have to removed as well as their locations gt Remove the respective fuses Technical data Vehicle equipment 000 338 Parts service nan e eee 338 Warranty coverage c 338 Identification labels 0 339 Engineer en cee te eres 340 Rims and tires 22s 343 Electrical system cceeeee 348 Main dimensions cesses 349 UV ISIE Ie ean ccc cccscancesensecenssssdeneces 350 Fuels coolants lubricants etc 350 Technical data Warranty coverage Vehicle equipment This Operator s Manual describes all fea tures standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of pur chase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all featur
270. k is not available The message Cal Controls in detail Useful features Failed appears in the multifunction dis play gt Terminating calls Press button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system headunit Call priority If other service calls such as a Roadside Assistance call or Information call are active an emergency call is still possible In this case the emergency call will take priority and override all other active calls The indicator lamp in the respective button flashes until the call is concluded Emergency calls can only be terminated by a Response Center or Customer Assistance Center rep resentative All other calls can be terminated by pressing button on the multifunction steering wheel or the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND sys tem headunit When a Tele Aid call has been initiated the COMAND system audio is muted The mobile phone is no longer connected to the b gt Controls in detail Useful features headunit If you must use this phone we recommend that you use it only with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Destination Download to the COMAND system The components and operating principles of the COMAND system can be found in the separate COMAND operating instructions Destination Download allows you access to a database of over 10 000 000 points of int
271. kage SL 65 AMG 8 5Jx 19 H2 1 18 in 30 mm 255 35 R19 96V XL Extra Load M S AA 20 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System U S vehicles or Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Canada vehicles only Technical data Rims and tires Front axle Model Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires 21 Radial ply tires SL 550 8 5Jx 18 H2 1 38 in 35 mm 255 40 R18 95W or 255 40 R18 95Y MOEx tended22 SL 600 8 5 x 18 H2 1 38 in 35 mm 255 40 R18 95Y or 255 40 R18 95Y MOEx tended 2 SL 550 Sport Package SL 600 Sport Package SL 63 AMG SL 63 AMG Performance Package SL 65 AMG 8 5Jx 19 H2 1 18 in 30 mm 255 35 ZR19 96Y XL Extra Load MO1 22 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System U S vehicles or Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Canada vehicles only Technical data Rims and tires Rear axle Model Rims light alloy Wheel offset Summer tires2 24 23 Radial ply tires SL 550 9 5Jx 18 H2 1 57 in 40 mm 285 35 R18 97W or 285 35 R18 97Y MOEx tended 24 Must not be used with snow chains 25 Must be used in conjunction with Tire Pressure Monitoring System U S vehicles or Advanced Tire Pressure Monitoring System Canada vehicles only SL 600 O15 S56 e lal 1 57 in 40 mm 285 35 R18 97Y or 285 35 R18 97Y MOEx tended SL 550 Sport Package SL 600 Sport Packag
272. key Q back into the SmartKey gt Check the operation of the SmartKey as well as the KEYLESS GO function Replacing bulbs Safety notes Safe vehicle operation depends to a large degree on proper exterior lighting and signal ing Correct headlamp adjustment is extremely important Have headlamps checked and readjusted at regular intervals and when a bulb has been replaced Contact an author ized Mercedes Benz Center for headlamp adjustment A Warning Bulbs and bulb sockets can be very hot Allow the lamp to cool down before chang ing a bulb Keep bulbs out of reach of children Halogen lamps contain pressurized gas A bulb can explode if you e touch or move it when hot e drop the bulb e scratch the bulb Wear eye and hand protection Because of high voltage in Xenon lamps it is dangerous to replace the bulb or repair Practical hints the lamp and its components We recom mend that you have such work done by a qualified technician If the headlamps or front fog lamps are fogged up on the inside as a result of high humidity driving the vehicle a distance with the lights on should clear up the fogging Replacing bulbs P54 00 2651 31 Practical hints Replacing bulbs Front lamps Oro Lamp Additional turn signal lamp Turn signal lamp Low and high beam headlamp High beam high beam flasher lamp Parking and standing lamp Corner illuminating lamp Front f
273. l around Tire care and maintenance A Warning Regularly check the tires for damage Dam aged tires can cause tire inflation pressure loss As a result you could lose control of your vehicle Worn old tires can cause accidents If the tire tread is worn to minimum tread depth or if the tires have sustained damage replace them Check the tire inflation pressure at least every other week For more information on check ing tire inflation pressure see Recom mended tire inflation pres sure gt page 215 Tire inspection Every time you check the tire inflation pres sure you should also inspect your tires for the following e excessive treadwear gt page 211 e cord or fabric showing through the tire s rubber e bumps bulges cuts cracks or splits in the tread or side of the tire Replace the tire if you find any of the above conditions Make sure you also inspect the spare tire periodically for condition and inflation Spare tires willage and become worn over time even if never used and thus should be inspected and replaced when necessary Life of tire A Warning Tires and spare tire should be replaced after 6 years regardless of the remaining tread The service life of a tire is dependent upon varying factors including but not limited to e Driving style e Tire inflation pressure e Distance driven Tread depth A Warning Although the applicable federal motor vehi cle safety
274. l consumers Spark plugs Type NGK PLKR 7A NGK IFR 6Q G NGK ILZKAR 7A10 NGK IFR 6Q G Electrode gap 0 031 in 0 8 mm 0 028 in 0 7 mm 0 039 in 1 0 mm 0 028 in 0 7 mm Tightening torque 15 lb ft 18 Ib ft 20 Nm 25 Nm 18 lb ft 22 b ft 25 Nm 30 Nm 15 lb ft 18 lb ft 20 Nm 25 Nm 18 lb ft 22 b ft 25 Nm 30 Nm Technical data Main dimensions Main dimensions Model Overall vehicle length Overall vehicle length when opening closing hardtop Overall vehicle width exterior rear view mirrors folded out Overall vehicle height Overall vehicle height when opening closing hardtop Wheelbase Track front Track rear Turning circle SL 550 SL 600 179 8 in 4566 mm 185 6 in 4713 mm 81 5 in 2069 mm 51 0 in 1295 mm 65 9 in 1674 mm 100 8 in 2560 mm 61 4 in 1559 mm 60 5 in 1537 mm 36 2 ft 11 04 m SL 63 AMG SL 65 AMG 181 0 in 4598 mm 187 9 in 4772 mm 81 5 in 2069 mm 51 1 in 1298 mm 66 1 in 1680 mm 100 8 in 2560 mm 61 8 in 1569 mm 61 2 in 1555 mm 36 3 ft 11 05 m Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Weights Fuels coolants lubricants etc Trunk load max 220 Ib 100 kg Capacities Vehicle components and their respective lubricants must match Therefore only use products tested and approved by Mercedes Benz For information on tested and approved prod ucts contact an authorized Mercedes Benz C
275. l level is measured via the oil dipstick gt page 204 Engine compartment gt Switch on the ignition The standard display appears in the multi function display gt page 129 gt Press button R or PJ on the multi function steering wheel repeatedly until the following message appears in the multi function displays P54 32 4966 31 gt After about 3 seconds the following mes sage appears in the left multifunction dis play Engine 011 Measuring Now One of the following messages will subse quently appear in the right multifunction dis play e Engine Oil OK e Add 1 0 qt to reach max oil level Canada 1 0 liter e Add 1 5 qts Level Operation Engine compartment to reach max oil level Canada 1 5 liters e Add 2 0 qts to reach max oil level Canada 2 0 liters if you want to interrupt the checking pro cedure press button R or PAN on the multifunction steering wheel gt If necessary add engine oil For more information on engine oil see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 350 Other display messages If the ignition is not switched on the following message appears in the multifunction dis play Turn ignition on to measure engine oil level gt Switch on the ignition If you see the message Observe Waiting Time gt If the engine is at operating temperature wait 5 minutes before repeating check pro cedure gt If t
276. lable A voice connection between the Roadside Assistance dispatcher and the occupants of the vehicle will be established gt Describe the nature of the need for assis tance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance dis patcher will either dispatch a qualified Mer cedes Benz technician or arrange to tow your vehicle to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center For services such as labor and or towing charges may apply Refer to the Roadside Assistance manual for more infor mation The following is only available in the USA Sign and Drive services Services such as a jump start a few gallons of fuel or the replace ment of a flat tire with the vehicle spare tire are obtainable at no charge If the indicator lamp in the Roadside Assistance button is flashing contin uously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate a Roadside Assistance call e g the relevant cellular phone network is not available The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display gt Terminating calls Press button on the multifunction steering wheel or gt Press the respective button for ending a telephone call on the COMAND system headunit Information button The Information button is located in the storage compartment P62 95 2746 31 Information button gt Open the storage compartment gt Press and hold button for longer than 2 second
277. ld only be adjusted on cold tires Observe the recom mended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Some vehicles may have supplemental tire pressure informa tion for driving at high speeds or for vehicle loads less than the maximum loaded vehi cle condition If such information is pro vided it can be found on the inside of the fuel filler flap gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or on the multi function steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display appears in the multifunc tion display gt page 129 gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until you see the current inflation pressures for each tire appear in the display or the fol lowing message appears in the display Tire Pressure Monitor Active Menu R Button The following message will appear in the multifunction display Restart tire pressure monitor gt If you wish to confirm Press button EJ The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Monitor Restarted After driving a few minutes the system veri fies that the current tire inflation pressures are within the system s specified range Afterwards the current tire inflation pres sures are accepted as reference values and then monitored gt If you wish to cancel Press button tem Advanced TPMS Canada only This device complies with RSS 2 10 of Industry Canada Operation is
278. ld seat e g pillow since it reduces the effectiveness of the OCS The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion An incor rectly mounted child seat could cause inju ries to the child in case of an accident Safety and security instead of increasing protection for the child Follow the manufacturer s instructions for installation of child seats Seat belts Safety notes The use of seat belts and infant and child restraint systems is required by law in all 50 states the District of Columbia the U S ter ritories and all Canadian provinces Even where this is not the case all vehicle occupants should have their seat belts fas tened whenever the vehicle is in motion For information on infants and children trav eling with you in the vehicle and restraint systems for infants and children see Chil dren in the vehicle gt page 60 A Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passenger is properly restrained You and your passen ger should always wear seat belts Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases Occupant safety your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat belt buckled you are much more likely to hit the interior of the
279. le hardtop Children in the vehicle Safety notes If an infant or child is traveling with you in the vehicle gt Secure the child using an infant or child restraint appropriate to the age and size of the child gt Make sure the infant or child is properly secured at all times while the vehicle is in motion A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unat tended in the vehicle even if they are secured in a child restraint system or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious per sonal injury The children could e injure themselves on parts of the vehicle e be seriously or fatally injured through excessive exposure to extreme heat or cold e injure themselves or cause an accident with vehicle equipment that can be oper ated even if the SmartKey is removed from the starter switch or removed from the vehicle such as seat adjustment steering wheel adjustment or the mem ory function If children open a door they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure themselves or be injured by following traffic Do not expose the child restraint system to direct sunlight The child restraint system s metal parts for example could become very hot and the child could be burned on these parts
280. le to a halt avoiding Caution abrupt steering and braking maneuvers ire Defect gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 318 Tire Pressure The tire pressure in one or more tiresis gt Carefully bring the vehicle to a halt avoiding Chee euinines already below the minimum value abrupt steering and braking maneuvers gt Check and adjust tire pressure as required gt If necessary change the wheel gt page 318 A Warning Do not drive with a flat tire A flat tire affects the ability to steer or brake the vehicle You may lose control of the vehicle Continued driving with a flat tire will cause excessive heat build up and possibly a fire A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pressures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel economy and are more likely to fail from being overheated b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort wear unevenly increase stopping distance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc What to do if Lamps in instrument cluster Notes If any of the following lamps in the instrument cluster fails to come on during the bulb self Practical hints What to do if check when switch
281. lent to freeze protec tion to approximately 35 F 37 C If you use a solution that is more than 55 anticorrosion antifreeze freeze protection to approximately 49 F 45 C the engine temperature will increase due to the lower heat transfer capability of the solution There fore do not use more than this amount of anticorrosion antifreeze If the coolant level is low water and MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze should be used to bring it up to the proper level have cooling system checked for signs of leakage Please make sure the mixture is in accordance with label instructions The water in the cooling system must meet minimum requirements which are usually satisfied by normal drinking water If you are not sure about the water quality contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter Anticorrosion antifreeze Your vehicle contains a number of aluminum parts The use of aluminum components in motor vehicle engines necessitates that anti corrosion antifreeze coolant used in such engines be specifically formulated to protect the aluminum parts Failure to use such anti corrosion antifreeze coolant will result in a significantly shortened service life Therefore the following product is strongly recommended for use in your vehicle MB 325 0 Anticorrosion Antifreeze agent Before the start of the winter season or once a year in hot southern regions you should have the anticorrosion antifreeze concentra ti
282. ll Canadian prov inces Infants and small children should be seated in an appropriate infant or child restraint sys tem which is properly secured by a lap shoulder belt in accordance with the manu facturer s instructions for the child restraint Safety and security that complies with U S Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 225 and Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards 213 and 210 2 A statement by the child restraint manufac turer of compliance with these standards can be found on the instruction label on the restraint and in the instruction manual pro vided with the restraint When using any infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat make sure to care fully read and follow all manufacturer s instructions for installation and use Please read and observe warning labels affixed to the inside of the vehicle and to infant or child restraints A Warning Children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appro priate infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child The infant or child restraint must be prop erly secured with the vehicle s seat belt fully in accordance with the child seat man ufacturer s instructions Occupants especially children should always sit as upright as possible wear the Occupant safety seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or bo
283. lso the steering wheel and If you drive in countries where vehicles exterior rear view mirrors have completely drive on the other side of the road than the moved to the stored positions country where the vehicle is registered you must have the headlamps modified for Releasing the memory position button symmetrical low beams Relevant informa stops movement to the stored positions tion can be obtained at any authorized Mer immediately cedes Benz Center Memory position button Memory button M The active Bi Xenon headlamps monitor the vehicle s steering angle and speed then automatically shift their beams to Storing positions into memory either side to better follow the curvature of the road ahead increasing usable illumina gt Adjust the seats on the driver s side also tion over conventional headlamps the steering wheel and exterior rear view mirrors to the desired positions gt Press memory button M gt Release memory button M and press mem ory position button 1 2 or 3 within 3 sec onds When the settings are stored to the selected position an acknowledgement signal sounds Exterior lamp switch 1 Standing lamps left N Standing lamps right EJ Off Daytime running lamp mode EGE Automatic headlamp mode Daytime running lamp mode Parking lamps also tail lamps license plate lamps side marker lamps and instrument panel lamps Low beam headlamps or high beam headlamps
284. ly Retractable hardtop Retractable hardtop Safety notes For safety reasons the retractable hardtop can only be opened and closed when the vehi cle is standing still Observe Safety notes see page 60 A Warning To prevent possible accidents only drive the vehicle with the retractable hardtop either completely closed and locked or fully lowered into its storage compartment If the retractable hardtop does not com pletely open or close the roof hydraulics will lose pressure and the retractable hard top is lowered e after approximately 7 minutes when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 15 seconds when the ignition is switched off Shortly before the retractable hardtop is lowered a warning will sound In the multi function display you will see and the message Retractable Roof Lowering b gt Controls in detail Retractable hardtop Properly lock the retractable hardtop before continuing to drive Otherwise the unlocked hardtop could open while the vehicle is in motion and cause you to lose control of the vehicle You or others could be injured as a result Z Warning Before operating the retractable hardtop make sure there is no danger of anyone being injured by the moving parts retract able hardtop roof frame and trunk lid Hands must never be placed near the roof frame upper windshield area hardtop shelf behind roll bars or trunk lid while the retractable hardtop i
285. m the SmartKey gt page 307 gt Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid lock gt Turn the mechanical key clockwise to posi tion 2 and remove the mechanical key in that position to lock the trunk The trunk remains locked even when the vehi cle is centrally unlocked You can only cancel the separate trunk lock ing mode by means of the mechanical key gt Insert the mechanical key in the trunk lid lock gt Turn the mechanical key counterclockwise to neutral position 1 and remove the mechanical key in that position to unlock the trunk You can now open the trunk Power closing assist for trunk lid It is not necessary to slam the trunk lid closed An electrical power assisted mecha nism draws the trunk lid closed quietly and automatically once the trunk lid has been latched When the electrical power assisted mechanism has stopped the trunk can be re opened A Warning To prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around In case of danger pull the inside or outside door handle or press the trunk lid lock To prevent personal injury never actuate the closing assist mechanism by tampering with the door or trunk lid latch A Warning Make sure the trunk is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide
286. marker with button or E to the Instr Cluster sub menu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Language appears in the mul tifunction display The selection marker is on the current set ting PS4 32 5892 31 gt Press button or B to select the language to be used for the multifunction display messages Control system Setting standard display gt Move the selection marker with button or E tothe Instr Cluster sub menu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Select Display appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current set ting lt gt Press button or B to select the desired setting The selected display appears in the left multifunction display The other display now appears in the right multifunction display when scrolling through the Standard display menu gt page 129 Controls in detail Control system Lighting submenu Access the Lighting submenu via the Set tings menu Use the Lighting submenu to change the lamp and lighting settings on your vehicle The following functions are available e Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 138 e Setting locator lighting gt page 138 e Setting night security illumination gt page 139 e Setting interior lighting delayed shut off gt page 140 Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt Move the selection marker with button or E
287. mmended towing methods and the vehicle requires towing with all four wheels on the ground Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on the ground is only permissible for distances up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more information see the Towing the vehicle section in this Operator s Manual The electro hydraulic brake system is auto matically activated when you e unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO e open the driver s or passenger door e turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 e press the start stop button on the gear selector lever once vehicles with KEY LESS GO e depress the brake pedal e release the parking brake If the electro hydraulic brake system is acti vated as the brake pedal is first depressed you may feel a reduced pedal resistance and longer pedal travel than normal When releas ing the pedal you may also feel the brake pedal pulsate and you may hear a sound which is caused by the activation of the elec tro hydraulic brake system pump This is nor mal and not an indication of a malfunction Pedal travel returns to normal when you release the brake pedal and the sound soon ceases If you experience the above while driving and the red brake warning lamp illuminates and or warning messages appear in the mul tifunction display the brake system is mal functioning Follow the instructions of the warning message s and
288. n Should the vehicle s system record any con ditions while driving the number of messages will reappear in the multifunction display Controls in detail when the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or removed from the starter switch With KEYLESS GO the number of messages will reappear when you turn off the engine by pressing the KEYLESS GO start stop button and open the driver s door Except for high priority messages the vehicle status message memory will be cleared when you turn off the ignition Introduction In the Settings menu there are two func tions The function To reset press reset button for 3 seconds with which you can reset all the settings to the original factory settings and a collection of submenus with which you can make individual settings for your vehicle The following settings and submenus are available in the Settings menu e Resetting to factory settings gt page 135 e Submenus in the Settings menu gt page 136 e Instrument cluster submenu gt page 136 Control system e Lighting submenu gt page 138 e Vehicle submenu gt page 140 e Convenience submenu gt page 140 Resetting to factory settings You can reset the functions of all submenus to the factory settings For safety reasons the function Light Cir cuit Headlamp Mode in the Lighting sub menu cannot be reset while driving gt Press button or repeatedly until the Settings menu
289. n or E to the Convenience sub menu gt Press button PAN or RJ repeatedly until the message Easy entry Function appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current set ting P54 32 6069 31 gt Press button or B to switch the easy entry feature On or Off Controls in detail Trip computer menu gt Use the Trip computer menu to call up stat istical data on your vehicle The following information is available e Fuel consumption statistics since start gt page 141 e Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt page 141 e Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt page 142 e Distance to empty gt page 142 The last function called up will reappear the next time you enter the trip computer menu Fuel consumption statistics since start gt Press button or repeatedly until the first function of the Trip computer menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message From Start appears in the left multifunction display Control system Distance driven since start Average speed since start Time elapsed since start Average fuel consumption since start All statistics stored since the last engine start will be reset approximately 4 hours after the SmartKey in the starter switch is turned to position O or removed from the starter switch Resetting will not occur if you turn the Smart Key back to positi
290. n 30 seconds a call to the Response Center is initiated automatically by the Tele Aid system pro vided Tele Aid service was subscribed to and properly activated and that necessary cellular service and GPS coverage are avail able See Anti theft alarm sys tem gt page 71 and Tow away alarm gt page 72 Controls in detail Garage door opener The integrated remote control can operate up to three separately controlled devices com patible with HomeLink or some other sys tems See the following instructions for program ming information P68 05 2167 31 Interior rear view mirror with integrated remote control Indicator lamp Signal transmitter button Hand held remote control not part of vehicle equipment Hand held remote control button Useful features A Warning Before programming the integrated remote control to a garage door opener or gate operator make sure people and objects are out of the way of the device to prevent potential harm or damage When program ming a garage door opener the door moves up or down When programming a gate operator the gate opens or closes Do not use the integrated remote control with any garage door opener that lacks safety stop and reverse features as required by U S federal safety standards this includes any garage door opener model manufactured before April 1 1982 A garage door that cannot detect an object signaling the door to
291. n among engine manufactur ers is carbon build up caused by gasoline Mercedes Benz recommends only the use of quality gasoline containing additives that pre vent the build up of carbon deposits After an extended period of using fuels with out such additives carbon deposits can build up especially on the intake valves and in the combustion area leading to engine perform ance problems such as e Warm up hesitation e Unstable idle e Knocking pinging e Misfire e Power loss In areas where carbon deposits may be encountered due to lack of availability of gas oline which contains these additives Mer cedes Benz recommends the use of additives approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles EA ELE Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only for a list ing of approved product s Follow directions on product label Do not blend other fuel additives with fuel This only results in unnecessary cost and may be harmful to the engine operation H Damage or malfunction resulting from poor fuel quality or from blending additional fuel additives other than those tested and approved by us for use on Mercedes Benz vehicles are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty or by any pre owned or Extended Limited warranties Coolants The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze which provides e Corrosion protection e Freeze protection e Boiling protection
292. n and indi cator lamps on the instrument cluster are clearly visible Controls in detail Steering wheel adjustment P54 25 6750 31 Adjusting steering wheel in or out Adjusting steering wheel up or down gt Adjusting steering wheel in or out Move stalk in direction of arrows 4 gt Adjusting steering wheel up or down Move stalk in direction of arrows 2 The memory function gt page 97 lets you store the settings for the steering wheel together with the settings for the seat position and the exterior rear view mir rors Multifunction steering wheel Easy entry exit feature This feature allows for easier entry into and exit from the vehicle When entering and exit ing the vehicle the steering wheel is in its uppermost position The easy entry exit feature can be activated or deactivated in the Convenience submenu of the control system gt page 140 A Warning You must make sure no one can become trapped or injured by the moving steering wheel when the easy entry exit feature is activated To stop steering wheel movement move steering wheel adjustment stalk or press one of the memory position buttons or memory button M Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehi cle Children could open the driver s door and unintentionally activate the easy entry exit feature which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury With the ea
293. n disconnected or if the win dows cannot be fully closed Express opera tion Each power window must be synchronized separately gt Close all doors gt Switch on the ignition gt Pull and hold switch or 2 gt page 107 until the respective window is closed The window opens again slightly Controls in detail Driving and parking gt Pull and hold the respective switch once Driving and parking Starting the engine more immediately until the window is com pletely closed Safety notes A Warning gt Hold the respective switch for approxi A Warning Inhalation re ae gas is hazardous to mately 1 second 7 your health All exhaust gas contains car 4 l Make sure absolutely no objects are bon monoxide CO and inhaling it can The window is synchronized obstructing the pedals range ofmovement cause unconsciousness and possible Keep the driver s footwell clear of all obsta destin cles If there are any floormats or carpets in the footwell make sure the pedals still have sufficient clearance During sudden driving or braking maneu vers the objects could get caught between the pedals You could then no longer brake or accelerate This could lead to accidents and injury A Warning With the engine not running there is no power assistance for the brake and steer ing systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake an
294. n parked for at least 3 hours or driven less than 1 mile 1 6 km If you check the tire inflation pressure when the tires are warm the vehicle has been driven for several miles or sitting less than 3 hours the reading will be approximately 4 psi 0 3 bar higher than the cold reading This is normal Do not let air out to match the specified cold tire inflation pressure Other wise the tire will be underinflated Checking tire inflation pressure man ually Follow the steps below to achieve correct tire inflation pressure gt Remove the cap from the valve on one tire gt Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve gt Read the tire inflation pressure on the tire gauge and check against the recom mended tire inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar gt page 212 If nec essary add air to achieve the recom mended tire inflation pressure b gt Operation Tires and wheels gt If you have overfilled the tire release tire This device complies with Part 15 of the inflation pressure by pushing the metal FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol stem of the valve with e g a tip of a pen lowing two conditions Then recheck the tire inflation pressure 1 This device may not cause harmful with the tire gauge interference and gt Install the valve cap 2 this device must accept any interfer gt Repeat this procedure for each tire ence received
295. n purposes The tensioning straps on the spare wheel of your vehicle may be of a different color P58 10 2126 31 Buckle Clip gt Press on both clips 2 simultaneously to release buckle Q gt Store the tensioning straps in a safe place You will need them to store the spare wheel in the trunk after use Lifting the vehicle A Warning When jacking up the vehicle only use the jack which has been specifically approved by Mercedes Benz for your vehicle The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jack tubes built into both sides of the vehicle Make sure the jack arm is fully inserted in the jack tube The jack must always be vertical when in use especially on inclines or declines The jack is intended only for lifting the vehi cle briefly for wheel changes It is not suited for performing maintenance work under the vehicle To help avoid personal injury use the jack only to lift the vehicle during a wheel change Never get beneath the vehicle while it is supported by the jack Keep hands and feet away from the area under the lifted vehicle Always lower the vehicle onto sufficient capacity jackstands before working under the vehicle Always firmly set the parking brake and block the wheels with wheel chocks or other sizeable objects before raising the vehicle with the jack Do not disengage the parking brake while the vehicle is raised Make sure that the ground on which the vehicle
296. nction in the electro Towing the vehicle with all four wheels on hydraulic brake system we recommend the ground is only permissible for distances that the vehicle be transported with all up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not wheels off the ground using flatbed or to exceed 30 mph 50 km h For more appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment information see Towing the vehicle Possible cause consequence Possible solution The battery has insufficient voltage and _ gt Start the engine cannot supply sufficient powertotheelec The message disappears when sufficient volt tro hydraulic brake system age is available bon monoxide CO and inhaling it can Do not run the engine in confined areas cause unconsciousness and lead to death such as a garage which are not properly ventilated Possible cause consequence Possible solution The brake pads have reached their wear gt Have the brake pads replaced as soon as pos limit sible Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display H Brake pad thickness must be visually inspected by a qualified technician at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Booklet A Warning Have brake pad replacement and other work on the electro hydraulic brake system carried out by qualified technicians only Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter for further information The electro hydraulic brake system must be deactivated prior to working on the sys
297. nd select a name or number Press and hold button E Within Audio DVD menu to E select previous or next track with quick search or to select previous or next station in sta tion list or wave band Within Telephone menu to start the quick search in the phone book Depending on the selected menu pressing the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel will alter what appears in the multi function display The information available in the multifunction display is arranged in menus and accompa nying functions and submenus Controls in detail The individual functions are then found within the relevant menu radio or CD operations under Audio DVD menu for example These functions serve to call up relevant infor mation or to customize the settings for your vehicle It is helpful to think of the menus and the functions within each menu as being arranged in a circular pattern gt Press button or repeatedly to pass through each menu one after the other gt Press button R or PAM repeatedly to pass through each function display one after the other in the current menu In the Settings menu instead of functions you will find a number of submenus for calling up and changing settings For instructions on using these submenus see Settings menu gt page 135 The number of menus available in the system depends on which optional equipment is installed in your vehicle Control system Multifunction d
298. nd driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt When driving off apply as little throttle as possible gt While driving ease up on the accelerator pedal gt Adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt Do not deactivate the ESP Exceptions gt page 66 Failure to follow these instructions increases the risk of an accident Practical hints What to do if Problem The yellow roll bar warning The roll bar system is malfunc lamp comes on when the engine is running tioning A Warning If the yellow roll bar warning lamp PiN in the instrument cluster does not go out after starting the engine or if it comes on while driving the roll bar system is not operating Possible cause consequence Suggested solutions For safety reasons always have the roll bar raised when driving with the retractable hardtop open gt Attempt to raise the roll bar manually gt page 59 gt Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible properly and may not activate in an acci dent At the same time the message Raise Roll over Bar appears in the multifunc tion display In this case raise the roll bar manually before continuing to drive For safety reasons drive only with the roll bar raised until the malfunction is repaired Ha
299. ndicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated indicating that the pas senger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the passenger seat is classified as being empty the J indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illu minated indicating that the passenger front air bag is deactivated When the OCS senses that the passenger seat occupant is classified as being heavier than the weight of a typical 12 month old child seated in a standard child restraint or as being a small individual such as a young teenager or a small adult the J indicator lamp will illuminate for approxi mately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the seat remain illuminated or go out With the j indicator lamp illuminated the passenger front air bag is deactivated With the i indicator lamp out the pas senger front air bag is activated When the OCS senses that the passenger seat occupant is classified as an adult or someone larger than a small individual the i indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then go out indicating that the passenger front air bag is activated If the i indicator lamp is illumi nated the passenger front air bag is deac tivated and will not be deployed If the a indicator lamp is not illu minated the passenger front air bag is
300. ne parts You could be seriously burned H Do not ignore the low engine coolant level warning Extended driving with the message and symbol displayed may cause serious engine damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Do not drive without sufficient amount of coolant in the cooling system The engine will overheat causing major engine damage Display messages Possible cause consequence Coolant The coolant is too hot Stop car switch engine off Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Only start the engine again after the message disappears You could otherwise damage the engine gt Engage the parking brake gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt f the temperature rises again Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immedi ately During severe operation conditions and stop and go city traffic the coolant temperature may rise close to 248 F 120 C Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display A Warning Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire You could be seriously burned Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood Stay away from the engine if you see or hear steam coming from it St
301. ned off Checking engine oil level with the oil dipstick On the SL 550 and SL 63 AMG you can check the engine oil level with the oil dipstick In vehicles without an oil dipstick the engine oil level is measured via the control system gt page 205 gt Open the hood gt page 203 e_ Oil dipstick Upper max mark Lower min mark gt Pull out oil dipstick gt Wipe oil dipstick 4 clean gt Fully insert oil dipstick Q into the dipstick guide tube gt Pull out oil dipstick again after approxi mately 3 seconds to obtain accurate read ing The oil level is correct when it is between lower min mark 3 and upper max mark of oil dipstick Operation The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approxi mately 2 1 US qt 2 0 1 SL 63 AMG only The filling quantity between the upper and lower marks on the oil dipstick is approxi mately 1 6 US qt 1 5 I gt If necessary add engine oil For more information on engine oil see Fuels coolants lubricants etc gt page 350 For information on messages in the multi function display concerning engine oil see the Practical hints section gt page 284 Checking engine oil level with the con trol system On the SL 600 and SL 65 AMG you can check the engine oil level with the control system In vehicles without engine oil measuring system the engine oi
302. ner gate operator or other device You may need it for use in other vehicles for future pro gramming of an integrated remote control or simply for continued use as a hand held remote control to operate the respective device in other situations Reprogramming a single signal trans mitter button To program a device using a signal transmit ter button previously trained follow these steps gt Switch on the ignition gt Press and hold the desired signal transmit ter button 2 3 or Do not release the button Indicator lamp will begin to flash after 20 seconds gt Without releasing the signal transmitter button proceed with programming starting with step 3 Controls in detail Useful features Operation of integrated remote control gt Switch on the ignition gt Select and press the appropriate inte grated signal transmitter button 3 or to activate the remote controlled device The integrated remote control transmitter continues to send the signal as long as the button is pressed up to 20 seconds Erasing the integrated remote control memory gt Switch on the ignition gt Simultaneously press and hold outer signal transmitter buttons 2 and for approx imately 20 seconds until indicator lamp flashes rapidly Do not hold for longer than 30 seconds The codes of all three channels are erased If you sell your vehicle erase the codes of all three channel
303. ng column see Multifunction steering wheel Adjusting Steering wheel see Multifunction steering wheel Steering wheel gearshift control 120 Stolen Vehicle Recovery services 193 Storage compartments 34 181 Storing tires Submenus see Control system submenus Sunshade 05 180 Sunvisors 00 00 eee 185 Tachometer 125 Overspeed range 125 Tall laMpS eiers oo ec cede cede a vos 311 Cleaning lenses 246 Messages in the multifunction dis DAV e adie etre E 289 Replacing bulbs 311 Tar Stains aS ertoe e acne we 245 Technical data Air conditioning refrigerant 354 Brake fluid 004 354 Capacities fuels coolants lubri CANTS EIG eeter eden eens oe 350 Coolant tise tt ia 355 DIM NSIONS lt 0 0 g2hacds ous ace as 349 Electrical system 348 ENSING sta wee deduct aaa eee eae 341 Engine oil additives 353 Engine Oils 4 2 ccd0ecra tae cd tentea 353 Fuel requirements 354 Gasoline additives 355 Identification labels 339 Premium unleaded gasoline 354 Rims and tires 343 Spare wheel 000 347 Washer and headlamp cleaning SYSUCM es akser ah Soh Gt eas 392 Weights 2 3 caccsch de otheeeediadine 350 Tele Aid 2 000005 187 Emergency calls 188 Information button 191 In
304. ng with step 3 Gate operator Canadian programming Canadian radio frequency laws require trans mitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may Controls in detail not be long enough for the integrated signal transmitter to pick up the signal during pro gramming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or if you are having dif ficulties programming a gate operator regardless of where you live by using the programming procedures replace step 4 with the following gt Step 4 Press and hold the signal transmit ter button 3 or Do not release this button until it has been successfully trained gt While still holding down the signal trans mitter button or cycle your hand held remote control button 6 as fol lows Press and hold button 6 for 2 sec onds then release it for 2 seconds and again press and hold it for 2 seconds Repeat this sequence on the hand held remote control until the frequency signal has been learned Upon successful training indicator lamp Q will flash slowly and then rapidly after several seconds gt Proceed with programming step 5 and step 6 to complete Useful features Upon completion of programming the integrated remote control make sure you retain the hand held remote control that came with the garage door ope
305. ning If the exterior lamp switch is set to BURJ the headlamps will not automatically come on under foggy conditions To minimize risk to you and to others acti vate headlamps by turning exterior lamp switch to when driving or when traffic D gt Controls in detail Lighting and or ambient lighting conditions require you to do so In low ambient lighting conditions only switch from position EQ to with the vehicle at a standstill in a safe location Switching from to will briefly switch off the headlamps Doing so while driving in low ambient lighting conditions may result in an accident The automatic headlamp feature is only an aid to the driver The driver is responsible for the operation of the vehicle s lights at all times gt Switching on Turn the exterior lamp switch to position EUiz With the SmartKey in starter switch posi tion 1 or the KEYLESS GO start stop but ton pressed once the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps will come on and go out depending on the brightness of the ambient light When the engine is running the low beam headlamps the tail and parking lamps the license plate lamps and the side marker lamps will come on and go out depending on the brightness of the ambient light Canada only High beam headlamps are only available with the exterior lamp switch in position EJ Daytime running lamp mode In Canada the daytime running lamp mode is
306. ning switch Remote trunk opening closing switch Page 80 107 97 97 94 93 92 90 82 82 83 Door control panel Safety and security Vehicle equipment 008 44 Occupant safety cc centres 44 Panic alarme ne a te 62 Driving safety systems 5 63 Anti theft systems ccee 71 Safety and security Occupant safety Vehicle equipment Occupant safety A Warning Modifications to or work improperly con ducted on restraint system components or This Operator s Manual describes all fea tures standard or optional potentially In this section you will learn the most impor their wiring as well as tampering with inter available for your vehicle at the time of pur tant facts about the restraint system compo connected electronic systems can lead to chase Please be aware that your vehicle nents of the vehicle the restraint systems no longer functioning might not be equipped with all features The restraint systems are as intended described in this manual e Seat belts Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices ETDs for example could deploy inadver e Child restraints tently or fail to deploy in accidents although Additional protection potential is provided by the deceleration threshold for air bag deployment is exceeded Therefore never modify the restraint systems Do not tam per with electronic components or their Ai
307. nlocking KEYLESS GO locking closing switch gt Make sure you have the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you gt Press switch 1 briefly With all doors closed e The locking knobs in the doors move down e The trunk lid starts to close automati cally e All turn signal lamps flash three times once the trunk has closed completely e An acoustic signal sounds three times once the trunk has closed completely e The anti theft alarm system is armed With the emergency release button the trunk lid can be opened from inside the trunk Emergency release button gt Briefly press emergency release button The trunk lid unlocks and opens slightly gt Push up the trunk lid to fully open The emergency release button unlocks the trunk while the vehicle is standing still or in motion Illumination of the emergency release button e The button flashes for 30 minutes after opening the trunk e The button flashes for 60 minutes after closing the trunk The emergency release button does not unlock the trunk if the vehicle battery is dis charged or disconnected To deny any unauthorized person access to the trunk e g when you valet park the vehi cle lock it separately with the mechanical key Leave only the SmartKey less its mechanical key with the vehicle P8O 20 3258 31 _ Neutral position Locked N gt Close the trunk gt Remove the mechanical key fro
308. nnect positive terminals C and 2 of the batteries with a jumper cable Clamp Practical hints Jump starting the cable to positive terminal of the charged battery first gt Start engine of the vehicle with the charged battery and run at idle speed gt Connect negative terminals 3 and 4 of the batteries with a jumper cable Clamp the cable to negative terminal 4 of the charged battery first gt Start engine of the vehicle with the dis charged battery and run at idle speed You can now turn on the electrical consum ers Do not switch on the headlamps under any circumstances gt Remove the jumper cables first from neg ative terminals Q and and then from positive terminals 8 and 4 You can now switch on the headlamps gt Have the battery checked at the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center Practical hints Towing the vehicle Towing the vehicle Safety notes Mercedes Benz recommends that the vehicle be transported with all wheels off the ground using flatbed or appropriate wheel lift dolly equipment This method is preferable to other types of towing H To prevent damage during transport do not tie down vehicle by its chassis or sus pension parts Z Warning The electro hydraulic brake system requires electrical power to operate A malfunction in the vehicle s power supply or electrical system may impair brake sys tem operation and switch it into its emer gency oper
309. nt and or serious personal injury You can start your vehicle without the Smart Key in the starter switch using the KEYLESS GO start stop button on the gear selector lever The SmartKey must be located in the vehicle A KEYLESS GO start stop button USA only Canada only gt Depress the brake pedal during the starting procedure gt Do not depress the accelerator pedal gt Press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once The engine starts automatically Starting difficulties H Remember that extended starting attempts can drain the battery The engine does not start You can hear the starter There could be a malfunction in the engine electronics or in the fuel supply system Carry out the following steps gt If you are starting the engine with the SmartKey Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 0 and repeat the starting procedure gt If you are starting the engine with KEYLESS GO Close any doors that may be open to allow for better detection of the SmartKey or gt Start the engine with the SmartKey as radio signals from another source may be inter fering with the KEYLESS GO function gt Repeat the starting procedure If the engine does not start after several start ing attempts gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance The engine does not start You cannot hear the starter The battery may not be sufficiently charged gt Get
310. nt temperature gauge 125 Left multifunction dis play with Coolant temperature warning lamp 303 Outside temperature indi cator or digital speedome Speedometer with ter depending on selected setting in the control sys 129 Kell Left turn signal indi tem 136 cator lamp Main odometer 27 ABS ESP warning lamp 296 Set speed for cruise control 144 0 oe or Distronic 150 Distronic indicator lamp white or distance 149 _ Reset button for warning lamp red 150 Spa Oe Resetting trip odometer 125 Brake warning lamp coe Peete USA only 295 Resetting individual set tings 135 Brake warning lamp Canada only 295 Adjusting instrument clus ter illumination 125 BEM Right turn signal indi cator lamp 1 Vehicles without Distronic Warning indicator lamp without function It illuminates when the ignition is switched on It should go out when the engine is running At a glance Instrument cluster PS4 32 5900 31 Function Tachometer with E High beam headlamp indicator lamp Seat belt telltale Roll bar warning lamp Antilock Brake Sys tem ABS indicator lamp EY Supplemental Restraint System SRS indicator lamp Engine malfunction indicator lamp USA only E Engine malfunction indicator lamp Canada only Combination low tire pressure TPMS malfunc tion telltale USA only Low tire pressure tell tale Canada only Page 101 56 296 300 64 293 45 297 302
311. ntil the message Headlamps Delayed Switch off appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current set ting Control system T PS4 32 5991 31 gt Press button or E to switch the headlamps delayed shut off feature On or Off gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position A before turning off the engine The headlamps delayed shut off feature is activated You can temporarily deactivate the head lamps delayed shut off feature gt Before exiting the vehicle turn the Smart Key in the starter switch to position 0 gt Then turn it to position 2 and back to posi tion 0 The headlamps delayed shut off feature is deactivated It will reactivate as soon as you Start the engine Controls in detail Control system Setting interior lighting delayed shut off Use this function to set whether you would like the interior lighting to remain on for 10 seconds during darkness after you have removed the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Move the selection marker with button or E to the Lighting submenu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Interior Lighting Delayed Switch off appears in the mul tifunction display The selection marker is on the current set ting PS4 32 5992 31 gt Press button or B to switch the interior lighting delayed shut off feature On or Off Vehicle submenu Access the Vehicle submenu via the Set tings menu Use the V
312. nz Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 USA only This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment A Warning Whenever you are using floormats make sure there is enough clearance and that the floormats are securely fastened Floormats should always be securely fas tened using the fastening equipment Before driving off check that the floormats are securely in place and adjust them if necessary A loose floormat could slip and hinder proper functioning of the pedals Do not place several floormats on top of each other as this may impair pedal move ment To install or remove the floormat more eas
313. o be changed loosen but do not yet remove the wheel bolts approximately one full turn with wrench 4 The jack support tubes are located directly behind the front wheel housings and in front of the rear wheel housings A Warning When turning the wheel wrench to loosen the wheel bolts make sure you position Practical hints Flat tire your hands on the wrench in such a way that you avoid injury to yourself such as scraping your hands against the wheel Make sure turning the wheel wrench will not scratch or damage the wheel rim H Do not position the jack on the body of the vehicle as this may cause damage to the vehicle P40 10 5148 31 Jack support tube cover except SL 63 AMG SL 65 AMG and vehicles with Sport Package P40 10 4623 31 Jack support tube cover SL 63 AMG SL 65 AMG and vehicles with Sport Pack age only gt Open cover 2 by pressing at point indi cated by arrow or gt Insert a flat blade screwdriver in the open ing of cover 2 and pry it out gt Remove cover 2 taking care not to dam age the locking tabs P40 10 5142 31 Crank Jack arm Jack support tube hole gt Insert jack arm fully into tube hole up to the stop A Warning Insert the jack fully into the jack support tube hole up to the stop Otherwise the vehicle may fall from the jack and cause personal injury or damage to the vehicle gt Keeping jack in thi
314. o observe surrounding traffic condi tions and could cause an accident H To avoid damage to the hood the wiper arms should only be folded forward when in the vertical position H Never open the hood when a wiper arm is folded forward Hold on to the wiper when folding a wiper arm back If released the force of the impact from the tensioning spring could crack the windshield Do not allow a wiper arm to contact the windshield glass without a wiper blade inserted For your convenience we recommend that you have this work carried out at an author ized Mercedes Benz Center Placing wiper arms in vertical position 7 P82 30 2578 31 Wiper arms in vertical position gt Make sure the hood is fully closed Vehicles with SmartKey gt Turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 gt Turn combination switch to wiper setting Il gt With wiper arms in vertical position turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to posi tion 0 gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch Vehicles with KEYLESS GO gt Turn off the engine With the driver s door closed the starter switch is now in position 1 gt Turn combination switch to wiper setting Il gt With wiper arms in vertical position open the driver s door The starter switch is set to position 0 same as the SmartKey removed from the starter switch gt Turn combination switch to wiper setting 0 Practical hints
315. o prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around A Observe Safety notes see page 60 Do not leave the SmartKey in the open trunk You may lock yourself out If the vehicle was previously centrally locked with the SmartKey or KEYLESS GO the trunk lid will lock automatically when closed All turn signal lamps flash three times and an acoustic signal sounds three times to confirm locking Vehicles with KEYLESS GO To prevent a possible inadvertent lockout the trunk lid will open automatically if a SmartKey b gt Controls in detail Locking and unlocking with KEYLESS GO is recognized inside the vehicle or in the trunk The vehicle is only locked when the turn signal lamps flash three times and an acoustic signal sounds three times If you are carrying a sec ond SmartKey with KEYLESS GO with you you can still lock the vehicle When the hardtop is retracted it must be completely lowered in the trunk before the trunk can be closed gt page 173 Closing the trunk from the outside man ually Handle gt Lower trunk lid by pulling firmly on handle gt Close trunk with hands placed flat on trunk lid The power closing assist automatically ensures that the trunk lid is pulled completely close gt page 87 Closing the trunk from the inside auto matically A Warning
316. of the wind screen back gt Adjust the roll bar to a height gt page 59 that allows you to reach easily underneath it Release button gt Undo the buckles on the upper section of the roll bar by pressing release button 4 gt Lower the roll bar gt page 59 Make sure the fastening straps do not get caught gt Pull the wind screen out towards the front of the vehicle Be careful not to damage interior trim with the guide tabs gt Store the wind screen in a safe place Controls in detail Retractable hardtop The luggage cover covers luggage cargo in the trunk H To prevent damage to the retractable hardtop or luggage cargo when lowering the retractable hardtop e Load trunk only to the height of the lug gage cover e Do not permit luggage cargo to push up the closed luggage cover e Do not place anything on top of or in front of the luggage cover e Do not place anything on the shelf behind the roll bar Closing Closed luggage cover Luggage cover Zipper Side holder Handle gt Pull out luggage cover 1 in direction of arrow using handle gt Hook luggage cover 1 into left and right side holders Opening gt Unhook luggage cover 1 from side holders gt While holding on to handle guide lug gage cover 1 in the opposite direction of arrow Removing Closed luggage cover Luggage cover Zipper Side holder
317. og lamp Side marker lamp Type LED PY 24 W D1S 35 W H7 55 W W5W Blue Vision H7 55 W H11 55 W W5W Rear lamps Lamp Type _ Rear fog lamp drivers P21W side only High mounted brake LED lamp Backup lamp P21W Brake lamp tail lamp LED parking and standing lamp side marker lamp License plate lamps C5W Turn signal lamp PY 21W Notes on bulb replacement e Only use 12 volt bulbs of the same type and with the specified watt rating e Switch the lights off before changing a bulb to prevent short circuits e Always use a Clean lint free cloth when han dling bulbs e Your hands should be dry and free of oil and grease e If the newly installed bulb does not come on contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Have the LEDs and bulbs for the following lamps replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center e Additional turn signal lamps in the exterior rear view mirrors e Front turn signal lamps e High mounted brake lamp e Bi Xenon lamps e Front fog lamps e Side marker lamps e Parking and standing lamps in the tail lamp unit e Brake lamps e Rear fog lamp H Do not replace the LEDs yourself You could otherwise damage the LEDs or parts of the vehicle Only have the LEDs replaced at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center 13 Low beam and high beam use the same D1S 35 W lamp Do not replace the Bi Xenon bulbs yourself Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Replac
318. oke or fire in the vehicle vehicle in a dangerous road location please do not wait for voice contact after you have pressed the emergency button Carefully leave the vehicle and move to a safe location The Response Center will automatically contact local emergency offi cials with the vehicle s approximate loca tion if they receive an automatic SOS signal and cannot make voice contact with the vehicle occupants Controls in detail Useful features Roadside Assistance button The Roadside Assistance button is located in the storage compartment P82 95 2747 31 Roadside Assistance button gt Open the telephone compartment gt Press and hold button for longer than 2 seconds A call to a Mercedes Benz Roadside Assis tance dispatcher will be initiated The but ton will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Call will appear in the multifunction dis play and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the mes sage Call Connected appears in the multi function display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identifi cation number model color and location subject to availability of cellular and GPS sig nals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAV but ton on the COMAND system headunit Spo ken commands are not avai
319. ol ers Otherwise the engine could be dam aged For more information on coolant see the Technical data section gt page 355 IE a Coolant expansion tank Washer system and headlamp clean ing system A Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flam mable Do not spill washer solvent anti freeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Hu Always use washer solvent antifreeze where temperatures may fall below freez ing point Failure to do so could result in damage to the washer system fluid reser voir H Only use washer fluid which is suitable for plastic lenses Improper washer fluid can damage the plastic lenses of the head lamps H Do not use distilled or de ionized water in the washer fluid reservoir Otherwise the washer fluid level sensor could be dam aged Cap for washer fluid reservoir Fluid for the washer system and the headlamp cleaning system is supplied from the washer fluid reservoir During all seasons add MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit to water Premix the washer fluid in a suitable container gt Opening washer fluid reservoir Pull tab of cap 1 upwards gt Refill the washer fluid reservoir with MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB Sum merFit and water or commercially availa ble premixed washer solvent antifreeze Operation depending on ambient temperatures gt page 357
320. omatic program mode S will not be stored When the engine is turned off with automatic program mode S selected the automatic transmission b gt Controls in detail Automatic transmission will go to automatic program mode C or S when the engine is restarted gt All models except SL 63 AMG Press the program mode selector switch repeatedly until the letter of the desired program mode appears in the right multifunction display gt SL 63 AMG Turn the program mode selec tor dial until the letter of the desired pro gram mode appears in the right multifunc tion display Selecting program mode C means e The vehicle starts out more gentle both forward and reverse except when driving off with full throttle e Traction and driving stability are improved on icy roads e Upshifts occur earlier even when you give more gas The engine then operates at lower rpms and the wheels are less likely to spin Selecting program mode S means that upshifts occur later One touch gearshifting With the automatic transmission in drive posi tion D and driving in automatic program mode C or S you can limit or extend the gear range using the gear selector lever or the steering wheel gearshift contol U S vehicles Steering wheel gearshift con trol is available on vehicles with AMG Sport Package on SL 63 AMG and on SL 65 AMG only SL 63 AMG and SL 65 AMG For information on using the gear selector lever or the steer
321. omplies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the fol lowing two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation Controls in detail Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada only This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Factory setting gt Global unlocking Press button E9 The vehicle will lock again automatically and rearm the anti theft alarm system within approximately 40 seconds of unlock ing if neither door nor trunk is opened gt Global locking Press button J Locking and unlocking Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogramm the SmartKey so that pressing button only unlocks the driver s door interior lockable storage compartments and the fuel filler flap gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for approx imately 5 seconds until battery check lamp gt page 77
322. on 1 or 2 within this time period Fuel consumption statistics since last reset gt Press button or repeatedly until the first function of the Trip computer menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message From Reset appears in the left multifunction display Controls in detail Control system Distance to empty the first function of the Trip computer menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Range appears in the left multifunction display The calculated remaining driving range based on the current fuel tank level appears in the right multifunction display If only very little fuel is left in the tank a vehicle at the fuel pump is shown instead of the range Distance driven since last reset Average speed since last reset Time elapsed since last reset Average fuel consumption since last reset Resetting fuel consumption statistics gt Press button or repeatedly until the first function of the Trip computer menu appears in the multifunction display gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the reading that you want to reset appears in the multifunction display gt Press and hold the reset button in the instrument cluster until the respective val ues are reset to 0 The fuel consumption statistics reset auto matically to 0 after 99999 miles or 9999 hours whichever occurs firs
323. on checked The coolant is also regularly checked each time you bring your vehicle to an authorized Mercedes Benz Center for service Cooling system Low temperature cooling system Washer system and headlamp clean ing system A Warning Washer solvent antifreeze is highly flam mable Do not spill washer solvent anti freeze on hot engine parts because it may ignite and burn You could be seriously burned Technical data Fuels coolants lubricants etc Model Approximate freeze protection 35 F 37 C 49 F 45 C SIL 50 6 1 US qt 5 8 1 6 8 US qt 6 4 I SL 600 6 8 US qt 6 45 7 5 US qt 7 1 1 SL 63 AMG 6 0 US qt 5 65 6 6 US qt 6 2 I SL 65 AMG 7 4 US qt 7 01 SL 600 1 1 US qt 1 05 SL 65 AMG 1 7 US qt 1 61 Washer fluid mixing ratio For temperatures above freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and water e 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts water 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I water For temperatures below freezing point use MB Windshield Washer Concentrate MB SummerFit and commercially available pre mixed washer solvent antifreeze e 1 part MB SummerFit to 100 parts sol vent 8 1 US qt 7 7 I 1 3 US qt 1 21 1 9 US qt 1 8 1 1 34 fl oz 40 ml MB SummerFit to 1 gal 4 0 I solvent Service and Literature Your authorized Mercedes Benz Center has trained technicians and Genuine Merc
324. on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire infla tion pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure moni toring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure Operation telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible Driv ing on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Tire pressure inquiries are made using the multifunction display The present inflation pressures are displayed only after a few minutes travel time Possible differences between the read ings of a tire pressure gauge of an air hose e g gas station equipment and the vehi cle s control system can occur Usu
325. ons cese ereire or aie 163 Minimum distance 161 Range aanstaan a bd ake dal bad 161 System sensors 160 247 Warning indicators 29 161 Parts service 338 PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp see Passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Passenger front air bag 48 Messages in the multifunction dis Play ae nahh tes pete 258 Passenger front air bag off indica torlamp 38 49 305 Passenger safety see Occupant safety Pedal o005 s csccace bios nuceria 236 Phone see Telephone Plastic parts cleaning 248 Power assistance 237 Power closing assist for trunk lid 87 Power outlet 187 Power seats see Seats Power washer 244 Power windows 107 Cleaning iis ode bose ad eee ot 247 Door windows 0 107 Operation dag decd Seine 107 Rear side windows 108 Synchronizing 0 05005 108 Practical hints 252 Problems While driving sse siosan timen 112 With vehicle 05 22 Product information 18 Production options weight 232 Program mode selector dial SL 63 AMG Automatic shift program 119 Manual shift program 121 Program mode selector switch Automatic shift program 118 119 Manual shift program 122 Proximity key see Key SmartKey PSI air pressure
326. op open gt Attempt to raise the roll bar using the roll bar button gt page 59 gt Have the roll bar checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Raise Roll over The roll bar was raised automatically and gt Raise the roll bar manually until you hear the Bar you have attempted to open or close the roll bar lock into place gt page 59 retractable hardtop gt Open or close the retractable hardtop QSOS Tele Aid Inopera One or more main functions of the Tele Aid Have the Tele Aid system checked at an author tive system are malfunctioning ized Mercedes Benz Center SRS Restraint System There is a malfunction in the supplemental gt Drive with added caution to the nearest author Malfunction restraint systems The air bags or the ized Mercedes Benz Center and have the sys Service Required emergency tensioning devices ETDs tem checked immediately could deploy unexpectedly or fail to acti vate in an accident A Warning In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result
327. op the vehicle in a safe location away from other traffic Turn off the engine get out of the vehicle and do not stand near the vehicle until the engine has cooled down H The engine should not be operated with the coolant temperature above 248 F 120 C Doing so may cause serious damage which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Coolant The poly V belt could be broken Stop car switch engine off Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as possible gt Turn off the engine immediately gt Check the poly V belt gt If it is broken Do not continue to drive Oth erwise the engine will overheat due to an inop erative water pump which may result in damage to the engine Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt If it is intact Do not continue to drive the vehicle with this message displayed Doing so could result in serious engine damage that is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Observe the coolant temperature gauge in the instrument cluster gt Drive to the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution The cooling fan for the coolant is malfunc gt Observe t
328. or are generated A voice connection between the Response Center and the occupants of the vehicle will be established automatically soon after the emergency call has been initiated The Response Center will attempt to determine more precisely the nature of the emergency provided they can speak to an occupant of the vehicle If no vehicle occupant responds an ambulance will be sent to the vehicle imme diately A Warning If the indicator lamp in the SOS button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an emergency call e g the rel evant cellular phone network is not availa ble The message Call Failed appears in the multifunction display for approximately 10 seconds Should this occur assistance must be sum moned by other means Initiating an emergency call manually The 911 emergency call system is a public service Using it without due cause is a criminal offense P82 95 2776 31 Cover SOS button gt Briefly press on cover 1 to open gt Press SOS button 2 briefly The indicator lamp in SOS button 2 will flash until the emergency call is concluded gt Wait for a voice connection to the Response Center gt Close cover 1 after the emergency call is concluded Controls in detail Useful features A Warning If you feel at any way in jeopardy when in the vehicle e g sm
329. or driving on nor Both lamps mal roads off Level 1 For driving on One lamp rough roads or on with snow chains gt page 234 Level 2 For driving on very Both lamps rough road surface on conditions Select the level 1 and level 2 settings only when required by current driving conditions Otherwise the fuel consumption may increase and or the handling may be impaired The selected vehicle level setting remains stored in memory even when the engine is turned off and restarted Indicator lamp Indicator lamp Vehicle level control button gt Start the engine gt Press button 3 briefly to change from one level setting to the next e The normal level is selected if both indi cator lamps are off e At level 1 indicator lamp is on e At level 2 both indicator lamps C and are on When the vehicle is at level 2 pressing but ton 3 will return the vehicle to normal level Pressing button twice in quick succes sion will cause the vehicle to immediately raise or lower to the new vehicle level as selected Suspension tuning The suspension tuning is set according to e your driving style e road surface conditions e the vehicle loading e your choice of suspension style You can set the following suspension styles e Regular Comfort e Sporty The selected setting is stored even when the engine is turned off Controls in detail Setting suspension tuning except SL 63
330. or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Example illustration SL 550 Filler cap lt a gt Example illustration SL 63 AMG Filler cap Operation gt Unscrew filler cap C from filler neck gt Add engine oil as required Be careful not to overfill with oil Be careful not to spill any oil when adding Avoid environmental damage caused by oil entering the ground or water H Excess oil must be siphoned or drained off It could cause damage to the engine and emission control system not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Screw filler cap C back on filler neck For more information on engine oil see the Technical data section gt page 350 and gt page 352 Transmission fluid level The transmission fluid level does not need to be checked If you notice transmission fluid loss or gearshifting malfunctions have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the transmission Engine compartment Active Body Control ABC fluid level Regular fluid level check is not required If you notice fluid leaks or malfunction messages in the multifunction display have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center check the ABC sys tem Coolant level The engine coolant is a mixture of water and anticorrosion antifreeze When checking the coolant level the vehicle must be parked on level ground and the cool ant temperature must be below 158 F 70
331. or extended periods of time with the engine turned off could result in a dis charged battery gt Switching on off interior lighting Press switch EJ gt Switching on off reading lamps Press respective switch JEJ Courtesy lighting For better orientation in the dark courtesy lamps will illuminate the interior of your vehi cle as follows With parking lamps switched on e the door handles e the driver and passenger footwells With SmartKey in starter switch position 1 e the door handles e the center console If you turn the SmartKey in the starter switch to position O and switch off the headlamps the door handle lamps will remain lit for approximately 5 minutes Notes H Do not operate the wipers when the wind shield is dry Dust that accumulates on a windshield might scratch the glass and or damage the wiper blades when wiping occurs ona dry windshield If itis necessary to operate the wipers in dry weather con ditions always operate the wipers with washer fluid P54 25 6450 31 Combination switch Switching on windshield wipers Single wipe Wiping with washer fluid gt Switch on the ignition Controls in detail Windshield wipers Switching windshield wipers on off O Windshield wipers off Intermittent wiping Normal wiper speed Ill Fast wiper speed gt Turn the combination switch in direction of arrow i to the desired position depend ing on the intensity of the ra
332. orage compartments The storage compartments can be locked separately gt page 182 Lowering the load assist manually If the load assist feature does not fully lower the retractable hardtop into the trunk com partment and you are unable to close the trunk lid follow the instructions below P77 38 2004 31 Hex socket wrench Locking screw gt Remove the trunk floor from the trunk gt Have a second person lift and hold the retracted hardtop gt Using hex socket wrench 4 provided in the vehicle tool kit carefully turn locking Practical hints screw 2 approximately one quarter of a turn gt Hook luggage cover into holders gt page 178 gt Let go of the hardtop It should gradually lower into the trunk gt When hardtop is completely lowered return locking screw 2 to its original posi tion H Do not overtighten the screw gt Replace the trunk floor gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible Replacing SmartKey batteries Replacing SmartKey batteries If the batteries in the SmartKey are dis charged the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked It is recommended to have the batteries replaced at an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center A Warning Batteries contain poisonous and corrosive substances Therefore keep the batteries out of reach of children If a battery is swallowed seek medical help immediately A Warning SmartKey
333. ored Controls in detail Instrument cluster If vehicle acceleration becomes less respon sive or sluggish or the automatic transmission no longer shifts the automatic transmission is most likely operating in limp home emer gency operation mode In this mode only second gear and reverse gear R can be selected gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Turn off the engine gt Wait at least 10 seconds before restarting gt Restart the engine gt Shift the automatic transmission into drive position D for second gear or reverse gear R gt Have the automatic transmission checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible For a full view illustration of the instrument cluster see Instrument clus ter gt page 30 A Warning No messages will be displayed if either the instrument cluster or the multifunction dis play is inoperative As a result you will not be able to see infor mation about your driving conditions such as speed or outside temperature warning indicator lamps malfunction warning messages or the failure of any systems Driving characteristics may be impaired If you must continue to drive please do so with added caution Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible welP54 25 6695 31 Reset button The instrument cluster is activated when you e open a door e swit
334. oster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag Note the following important information e Your vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12 month old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the passenger seat A child in a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle If you install a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat make sure the EAEE indicator lamp is illuminated indicating that the passenger front air bag is deactivated Should the EAEE indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed bb Safety and security Panic alarm please check installation Periodically check the while driving to make sure the ndicator lamp is illuminated If the indicator lamp goes out or remains out do not transport a child on the passenger seat until the system has been repaired A child in a rear facing child restraint on the passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the passenger front air bag inflates If you place a chil
335. ot running there is no power assistance for the brake and steer ing systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle Adapt your driving accordingly gt Make sure the ignition is switched on gt With the vehicle at a standstill depress the brake pedal and keep it pressed gt Shift the automatic transmission into neu tral position N gt Release the brake pedal gt If engaged release the parking brake gt Switch on the hazard warning flasher gt page 102 H The vehicle may be towed only for distan ces up to 30 miles 50 km and at a speed not to exceed 30 mph 50 km h Towing the vehicle To signal turns while being towed with the hazard warning flasher in use you can acti vate the combination switch for the left or right turn signal in the usual manner only the selected turn signal will operate Upon canceling the turn signal the hazard warn ing flasher will operate again Practical hints Fuses Introduction The electrical fuses in your vehicle serve to switch off malfunctioning power circuits If a fuse is blown the components and sys tems secured by that fuse will stop operating Z Warning Only use fuses approved by Mercedes Benz with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or bridge a blown fuse Using other than approved fuses or using
336. otal load cargo from Tire and driver and occupants limit from Tire and Loading Infor Loading Information passengers mation placard minus combined placard weight of all occupants 1 1500 Ibs 1 Occupant 1 175 Ibs 175 lbs 1500 Ibs 175 Ibs 1325 Ibs 2 1500 Ibs 2 Occupant 1 175 Ibs 370 lbs 1500 Ibs 370 Ibs 1 130 Ibs The higher the weight of all occupants the less cargo and luggage load capacity is avail able For more information see Trailer tongue load gt page 215 Certification label Even after careful determination of the com bined weight of all occupants cargo and the trailer tongue load if applicable gt page 215 as to not exceed the permissi Occupant 2 195 Ibs ble load limit you must make sure your vehi cle never exceeds the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR and the Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR for either the front or rear axle You can obtain the GVWR and GAWR from the certification label The certification label can be found on the driver s door B pillar see the Technical data section gt page 339 Gross Vehicle Weight Rating GVWR The total weight of the vehicle all occupants all cargo and the trailer tongue load must never exceed the GVWR Gross Axle Weight Rating GAWR The total allowable weight that can be carried by a sin gle axle front or rear To assure that your vehicle does not exceed the maximum permissible weight limits GVWR and GAWR for front and r
337. ought this vehicle used be sure to send in the Notice of Purchase of Used Car found in the Service and Warranty Informa tion Booklet or call the Mercedes Benz Cus tomer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries please be aware that e service facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available e unleaded gasoline for vehicles with cata lytic converters may not be available the use of leaded fuels will damage the cata lysts e gasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating and improper fuel can cause engine damage Certain Mercedes Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European Delivery Program For details consult an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or write to In the USA Mercedes Benz USA LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Mercedes Benz Canada Inc European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Operating safety A Warning Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning Because the vehicle s electronic compo nents are interconnected any modifica tions made may produce an undesired effect on other systems Electronic mal functions could
338. ow leaves sticks and any other debris gt Always keep all air vents and grilles in the passenger compartment free from obstruc tion For draft free ventilation move the adjustable center and side air vents to the middle position Center air vents tA Rip ma Cockpit air vent fixed Right center air vent adjustable Controls in detail Thumbwheel for air volume control for center air vents Left center air vent adjustable gt Opening closing adjustable center air vents Turn thumbwheel 3 upward to the first stop or downward Center air vents 2 and 4 are open or closed gt Opening closing cockpit air vent Turn thumbwheel 3 upward all the way or downward Cockpit air vent 1 is open or closed Side air vents Example illustration driver s side Left side defroster air vent fixed Climate control system Left side air vent adjustable Thumbwheel for air volume control for adjustable left side air vent gt Opening closing Turn thumbwheel 3 upward or downward Ventilated glove box The glove box can be ventilated for instance to cool its contents when the automatic cli mate control system is activated The level of airflow to the glove box depends on the air flow and air distribution settings The tem perature of the air is approximately the same as that of the air flowing from the center air vents H Close the glove box air vent when heating the vehi
339. ow and remove cover 2 Practical hints Replacing bulbs Example illustration bulb socket passenger side Turn signal lamp Backup lamp The lamps on the driver s side are mir rored gt Depending on which bulb needs to be replaced turn bulb socket 4 or 2 coun terclockwise and remove it gt Press gently onto the respective bulb and turn clockwise out of its bulb socket gt Press the new bulb gently into its bulb socket and turn counterclockwise until it engages Replacing bulbs gt Align the respective bulb socket and press it into the tail lamp unit until it audibly engages gt Reinstall the trim License plate lamps Screws Lamp cover gt Loosen both screws 1 gt Remove lamp cover 2 gt Replace the bulb gt Reinstall lamp cover 2 gt Retighten screws 1 Practical hints Replacing wiper blades Replacing wiper blades Safety notes A Warning For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove SmartKey from starter switch vehi cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehi cle s on board electronics have status 0 before replacing a wiper blade Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury A Warning Wiper blades are components that are sub ject to wear and tear Replace the wiper blades twice a year preferably in the spring and fall Otherwise the windows will not be properly wiped As a result you may not be able t
340. partment gt Opening Press release button 2 and lift armrest 4 in direction of arrow gt Closing Lower armrest Q until it engages Controls in detail Loading and storing Rear storage compartments Driver s side rear storage compartment Release button Storage compartment lid gt Opening Press release button 4 Locking unlocking the storage com partments separately The storage compartments are centrally locked when you lock the vehicle from the outside You can also lock the storage compartments separately e g when the vehicle is in the shop for service The following storage compartments remain locked even when the vehicle is unlocked with the SmartKey e Glove box e Storage compartment e Rear storage compartments The separate locking status of these storage compartments can only be canceled with the mechanical key 1 Separately unlocking storage compart ments 2 Separately locking storage compart ments If the glove box cannot be unlocked using the SmartKey see Unlocking the glove box gt page 308 Door storage compartments A Warning Keep the door storage compartments closed while vehicle is in motion Failure to do so may cause the seat belt to catch at the rear and prevent proper positioning of the seat belt TT Release button Storage compartment lid gt Opening Press release button Q Seat storage compartm
341. passenger side of the seat when the ignition is switched on gt Lumbar region support Shoulder region support Side bolsters adjustment Massage function PULSE gt Switch on the ignition gt Shoulder region support Press or E on switch The air cushion inflates or deflates gt Lumbar region support Press B or PY on rocker switch This selects the air cushion you wish to adjust gt Press or SH on rocker switch The air cushion inflates or deflates gt Side bolsters adjustment Press switch to the right or left The lateral support increases or decreases Massage function PULSE You can reduce muscle tension during long trips by periodically using the massage func tion gt Press button 4 The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air cushions in the lumbar region inflate and deflate rhythmically The massage function switches off auto matically after approximately 8 minutes The indicator lamp goes out Seat ventilation switch The blue indicator lamps in the switch come on to show which ventilation level you have selected The seat ventilation for the driver s seat can be activated using summer opening feature gt page 175 gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press switch 1 Three blue indicator lamps in the switch come on gt Press switch 4 repeatedly until the desired ventilation level is set g
342. pery road surfa ces This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mer cedes Benz Limited Warranty Driving instructions Continuous or hard braking A Warning Resting your foot on the brake pedal will cause excessive and premature wear of the brake pads It can also result in the brakes overheating thereby significantly reducing their effec tiveness It may not be possible to stop the vehicle in sufficient time to avoid an acci dent After hard braking it is advisable to drive on for some time rather than immediately park so that the air stream will cool down the brakes faster Wet roads A Warning After driving in heavy rain for some time without applying the brakes or through water deep enough to wet brake compo nents the first braking action may be some what reduced and increased pedal pres sure may be necessary to obtain expected brake effect Maintain a safe distance from vehicles in front Operation Driving instructions The first time the brakes are applied after a long period of driving in heavy rain without braking it is possible that there will be a delayed braking response and that you will need to depress the brake pedal more firmly You should therefore maintain a greater dis tance from the vehicle in front To help prevent brake disk corrosion after driving on wet or salt covered roads it is is removed without putting other road users at risk
343. play Basic service A Extended service B Clearing the maintenance service indi cator message The maintenance service indicator message is automatically cleared after approximately 30 seconds when you switch on the ignition or when reaching the service threshold while driving P 4 25 6695 31 Reset button gt To clear the maintenance service indi cator message Press reset button 1 on the instrument cluster The standard display appears in the multi function display Maintenance service term exceeded If you have exceeded the suggested mainte nance service term you will see the following message in the right multifunction display Service A Exceeded By XXXX Miles km Service A Exceeded By XXX Days In addition a signal sounds when the mes sage appears Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will reset the maintenance service indicator fol lowing a completed maintenance service Calling up the maintenance service indicator display The menu overview can be found on gt page 128 You can call up the maintenance service indi cator display at any time to check when the next maintenance service is due gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or on the multi function steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display gt page 129 appears in the multifunction display gt Press button R or PA on the multi function steering wheel until the mainte Operation Vehicle
344. pping dis tance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Overinflated tires can e adversely affect handling characteristics e cause uneven tire wear e be more prone to damage from road haz ards e adversely affect ride comfort e increase stopping distance Checking tire inflation pressure Safety notes A Warning Follow recommended tire inflation pres sures Do not underinflate tires Underinflated tires wear excessively and or unevenly adversely affect handling and fuel econ omy and are more likely to fail from being overheated Do not overinflate tires Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride com fort wear unevenly increase stopping dis tance and result in sudden deflation blowout because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris potholes etc Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires can overheat them possibly causing a blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or brake failure Check the tire inflation pressure at least every other week Operation Tires and wheels Check and adjust the tire inflation pressure when the tires are cold The tires can be con sidered cold if the vehicle has bee
345. prevent possible personal injury always keep hands and fingers away from the trunk opening when closing the trunk lid Be especially careful when small children are around To stop the closing procedure do one of the following e Press button on the SmartKey e Press the remote trunk opening closing switch on the driver s door e Press the trunk closing switch e Press the KEYLESS GO locking closing switch e Pull the trunk lid handle Even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or the SmartKey with KEY LESS GO removed from the vehicle the remote trunk opening closing switch can Controls in detail be operated Therefore do not leave chil dren unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle A child s unsupervised access to a vehicle could result in an accident and or serious per sonal injury In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem you can close the trunk separately from the outside using the trunk closing switch Vehicles without KEYLESS GO Trunk closing switch Locking and unlocking lt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Trunk closing switch gt Press switch C briefly Closing the trunk and locking vehicle from outside In vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem and KEYLESS GO you can close the trunk and lock the vehicle simultaneously from the outside using the KEYLESS GO lock ing closing switch b gt Controls in detail Locking and u
346. prised of Manufacturer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code and Date of manufacture Tire load rating Numerical code associated with the maxi mum load a tire can support Tire ply composition and material used This indicates the number of plies or the num ber of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire tread and sidewall Tire manufacturers also must indicate the ply materials in the tire and sidewall which include steel nylon poly ester and others Tire speed rating Part of tire designation indicates the speed range for which a tire is approved Total load limit Rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kilo grams 150 lb times the vehicle s designated seating capacity Traction Force exerted by the vehicle on the road via the tires The amount of grip provided Tread The portion of a tire that comes into contact with the road Treadwear indicators Narrow bands sometimes called wear bars that show across the tread of a tire when only 1746 in 1 6 mm of tread remains Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A tire information system that provides con sumers with ratings for a tire s traction tem perature and treadwear Ratings are deter mined by tire manufacturers using U S government testing procedures The ratings are molded into the sidewall of the tire Vehicle maximum load on the tire Load on an individual tire that is determined by dist
347. proper tire infla tion Uniform Tire Quality Grading Stand ards The Uniform Tire Quality Grading is a U S Government requirement designed to give drivers consistent and reliable information regarding tire performance Tire manufactur ers are required to grade tires based on three performance factors treadwear traction and temperature resistance Although not a Government of Canada requirement all tires made for sale in North America have these grades branded on the sidewall Treadwear Traction Temperature resistance For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illus tration Quality grades can be found where applica ble on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear Traction Temperature 200 AA A All passenger car tires must conform to fed eral safety requirements in addition to these grades Treadwear The treadwear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified U S Government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use how ever and may depart significantly from the norm due to variations in driving habits serv
348. r rors before driving so that you have a good view of the road and traffic conditions Interior rear view mirror gt Adjust the interior rear view mirror man ually For more information see Auto dimming rear view mirrors gt page 97 Exterior rear view mirrors A Warning Exercise care when using the passenger side exterior rear view mirror The mirror surface is convex outwardly curved sur face for a wider field of view Objects in mirror are closer than they appear Check your interior rear view mirror or glance over your shoulder before changing lanes gt we te Driver s side exterior rear view mirror but ton Passenger side exterior rear view mirror button Adjustment button gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button C for the driver s side exte rior rear view mirror or button 2 for the passenger side exterior rear view mirror gt Press adjustment button 3 up down left or right according to the desired setting H If an exterior rear view mirror was forcibly hit from the front manually snap it back into place Controls in detail Atlow ambient temperatures the exterior rear view mirrors will be heated automati cally The reflection brightness of the exterior rear view mirror on the driver s side and the inte rior rear view mirror will respond automati cally to glare when the ignition is switched on and incoming light from headlamps falls on the
349. r vehicle VIN 25 23 2535 d2tetarnds er aTa 339 Ignition p we eeadeaene es 87 89 110 Immobilizer 2 71 Indicator lamps see Lamps indicator and warning Infant and child restraint systems see Children in the vehicle Inflation pressure see Tires Inflation pressure Inside door handle 41 80 Instrument cluster 30 124 IIlumination 04 125 LAMPSisosce tte aaiae ye iaiia 293 Multifunction display 127 Instrument lighting see Instrument cluster Illumination Instrument panel see Instrument cluster Instruments and controls see Cockpit Interior lighting 104 Delayed shut off 140 Reading lamps 104 Interior rear view mirror Auto dimming rear view mirrors Interior storage spaces see Storage compartments Intermittent wiping Windshield wipers WAC casks aera oh oe onsale anaes Jump starting Key Mechanical 307 LOSSOF eeaeee nnota a eS 80 Valet locking gt scs srecrsicrcress 86 Key SmartKey Battery check lamp 77 Checking batteries 80 Factory setting 77 79 Global locking SmartKey 77 Global locking SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 24s daieee pecans 79 Global unlocking SmartKey 77 Global unlocking SmartKey with KEYLESS GO 2 0 s sda e seen ees 79 Important notes on KEYLESS GO 78 Locking
350. r bag control unit with crash sensors software e Supplemental Restraint System SRS with Air bags Emergency Tensioning Device ETD for seat belts For information on infants and children traveling with you in the vehicle and restraint systems for infants and children e Roll bar see Children in the vehi cle gt page 60 Seat belt force limiter e Air bag system components with Passenger front air bag off indicator lamp Passenger seat with Occupant Classifi cation System OCS Although the systems are independent their protective functions work in conjunction with each other SRS indicator lamp The SRS system conducts a self test when the ignition is switched on and in regular intervals while the engine is running This facilitates detection of system malfunctions The EY indicator lamp in the instrument cluster comes on when the ignition is switched on and goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine has been started The SRS components are in operational read iness if the E3 indicator lamp is not lit when the engine is running A malfunction in the system has been detected if the BY indicator lamp e fails to go out after approximately 4 sec onds after the engine is started e does not come on at all e comes on after the engine was started or while driving A Warning In the event that the EH indicator lamp comes on while driving or does not come on at all the SRS self ch
351. r lamp in the button goes out The residual heat is automatically turned off e when the ignition is switched on e after approximately 30 minutes e if the battery voltage drops Rear window defroster H if the rear window defroster switches off A Warning Any accumulation of snow and ice should be removed from the rear window before driving Visibility could otherwise be impaired endangering you and others The rear window defroster uses a large amount of power To keep the battery drain to a minimum switch off the defroster as soon as the rear window is clear The defroster is automatically switched off after some time of operation depending on the out side temperature gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on Press button Rig The indicator lamp in the button comes on H The rear window defroster cannot be switched on when the retractable hardtop is open The indicator lamp will start flash ing if the hardtop is open e Close the retractable hardtop The rear window defroster can then be switched on gt Switching off Press button again Controls in detail too soon and the indicator lamp starts flashing too many electrical consumers are operating simultaneously and there is insufficient voltage in the battery The sys tem responds automatically by switching the rear window defroster off As soon as the battery has sufficient volt age the rear window defroster switches back on automatical
352. r lamp in the exte rior lamp switch come on gt Switching off front fog lamps rear fog lamp Push in the exterior lamp switch to its stop Locator lighting and night security illu mination Locator lighting and night security illumina tion are described in the Control system section see Setting locator light ing gt page 138 and Setting night security illumination Headlamps delayed shut off fea ture gt page 139 Lighting Combination switch 3 P54 25 6748 31 High beam High beam flasher High beam gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position gt page 99 gt Switching on Push the combination switch in direction of arrow Q The high beam headlamp indicator lamp EJ in the instrument cluster comes on gt Switching off Pull the combination switch in direction of arrow 2 to its original posi tion Controls in detail Lighting High beam flasher gt Switching on Pull the combination switch briefly in direction of arrow 2 Turn signals P54 25 6749 31 Turn signals right Turn signals left gt Press the combination switch in direction of arrow 4 or 2 The corresponding turn signal indicator lamp EJ or BEJ in the instrument clus ter flashes The combination switch resets automatically after major steering wheel movements To signal minor directional changes such as changing lanes press combination switch only to point of re
353. ractable hardtop switch Es Sa P9159 2010 31 Raise roll bar Lower roll bar The roll bar can be moved manually when the ignition is switched on Safety and security Occupant safety A Warning If the yellow roll bar warning lamp PiN in the instrument cluster does not go out after starting the engine or if it comes on while driving the roll bar system is not operating properly and may not activate in an acci dent At the same time the message Raise Roll over Bar appears in the multifunc tion display In this case raise the roll bar manually before continuing to drive For safety reasons drive only with the roll bar raised until the malfunction is repaired Have your vehicle checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Raising Lift the switch for the retractable hardtop gt Press and hold button Q until the roll bar is raised gt Lowering Lift the switch for the retracta ble hardtop If the roll bar was raised manually gt Press and hold button 2 until the roll bar is lowered If the roll bar was raised automatically b gt Safety and security Occupant safety gt Press and hold button until you hear the roll bar lock into place gt Press and hold button 2 until the roll bar is lowered If you have raised the roll bar manually using the button the roll bar will automat ically be lowered and then raised again when you close and open the retractab
354. raint both instances where the Minated except with the SmartKey removed chapter system suppresses deployment of the pas from the starter switch or with the starter senger front air bag even though the impact Switch in position O met the criteria and was of sufficient AN Warning severity to deploy the driver front air bag If the EEZ indicator lamp and the e that the seat was occupied by a small indi indicator lamp are lit at the same After turning the SmartKey in the starter vidual such as a young teenager or a small time there is a malfunction in the OCS The __ Witch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEY adult or a child who weighs more than the LESS GO start stop button once or twice the Occupant Classification System Self test EA RE indicator lamp illuminates If an adult occupant is properly sitting on the pas senger seat and the system classifies the occupant as an adult the indicator lamp will illuminate and go out after approxi mately 6 seconds If the seat is not occupied and the system classifies the passenger seat as being empty the indicator lamp will illuminate and not go out A Warning If the indicator lamp does not illuminate the system is not functioning You must contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center before seating any child on the passenger seat For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 305 A Warning Never place anything between seat cushion and chi
355. rake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged A Warning When leaving the vehicle always remove the SmartKey from the starter switch take it with you and lock the vehicle Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle or with access to an unlocked vehicle Chil dren could release the parking brake and or shift the automatic transmission out of park position P either of which could result in an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Driving and parking P42 20 2464 3 Release handle Parking brake pedal gt Releasing Pull on release handle C When the ignition is switched on or the engine is running the brake warning lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster goes out gt Engaging Step firmly on parking brake pedal 2 When the engine is running the brake warning lamp USA only or Canada only in the instrument cluster comes on Turning off the engine A Warning Do not turn off the engine before the vehicle has come to a complete stop With the engine not running there is no power assis tance for the brake and steering systems In this case it is important to keep in mind that a considerably higher degree of effort is necessary to brake and steer the vehicle gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Engage the parking brake Always engage the parking brake in addi tion to shifting the automatic
356. ravel to make sure it is properly positioned e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat e When using a seat belt to secure infant restraints toddler restraints or children in booster seats always follow the child seat manufacturer s instructions A Warning Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not allow the seat belt to get caught in the door or in the seat adjustment mecha nism This could damage the seat belt Never attempt to make modifications to seat belts This could impair the effective ness of the seat belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Damaged seat belts or seat belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Safety and security Occupant safety Fastening the seat belts A Warning Always fasten your seat belt before driving off Always make sure your passengers is properly restrained You and your passen ger should always wear seat belts Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident If you are ever in an accident your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled Without your seat b
357. rds A Warning Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle These warning labels are intended Operating safety to make you and others aware of various risks You should not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself Removal of any of these labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and or personal injury Introduction Reporting safety defects Problems with your vehicle If you should experience a problem with your vehicle particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation we urge you to con tact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction please discuss the problem with the Mercedes Benz Center management or if necessary contact us at one of the following addresses In the USA Customer Assistance Center Mercedes Benz USA LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale NJ 07645 0350 In Canada Customer Relations Department Mercedes Benz Canada Inc 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto Ontario M4G 4C9 Reporting safety defects For the USA only The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49 Code of U S Federal Regulations Part 575 pursuant to the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966 Reporting safety defects If yo
358. re located in the front and rear bumper Sig P54 65 3561 31 Parktronic system sensors in front bumper gt Only clean sensor cover by hand gt Use a mild vehicle wash detergent such as Mercedes Benz approved Car Shampoo with plenty of water and a soft non scratching cloth to clean sensors 1 on the bumpers H Applying strong pressure may damage the sensor covers Cleaning the windows and the wiper blades H The windshield wipers must be in a verti cal position before folding them away from the windshield They could otherwise dam age the hood Never open the hood when the wiper arms are folded forward gt Make sure the hood is fully closed gt Switch on the ignition gt Turn combination switch to wiper setting Il gt page 105 gt With wiper arms in vertical position switch off the ignition A Warning For safety reasons switch off wipers and remove SmartKey from starter switch vehi cles with KEYLESS GO Make sure the vehi cle s on board electronics have status 0 before cleaning the windshield and or the wiper blades Otherwise the wiper motor could suddenly turn on and cause injury H Do not pull on the wiper blade inserts They could tear Operation Vehicle care gt Fold the wiper arms forward until they snap into place gt Clean the windshield and the wiper blade inserts with a clean cloth and mild deter gent solution gt Use a soft clean cloth and a m
359. refore subject to a nat ural aging process Leather upholstery may also react to certain ambient influences such as high humidity or high temperature by showing wrinkles for example gt Wipe leather upholstery with a damp cloth and dry thoroughly or clean with Mercedes Benz approved Leather Care H To avoid damage to leather upholstery e Wipe with light pressure only e Do not clean with abrasive cleaning agents such as scouring milk or powder e Do not soak the leather upholstery Vehicle care As leather is a natural product it could otherwise harden or become porous e Exercise particular care when cleaning perforated leather as its underside should not become wet Wood trims gt Only use water and a damp cloth to clean wood trims in your vehicle H Do not use solvents like tar remover or wheel cleaner nor polishes or waxes as these may be abrasive Chrome plated exhaust tip Regular cleaning and care of chrome plated exhaust tips will help to maintain their shine and the classy appearance gt Use Mercedes Benz approved Chrome Pol ishing Paste each time the vehicle has been washed especially during the winter H Do not use alkaline cleaners such as wheel cleaners as they could cause corro sion Practical hints Vehicle equipment ee 252 Where will find 00 0 eee 252 Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display 255 Whatito
360. repaired or bridged fuses may cause an overload leading to a fire and or cause damage to electrical components and or systems Have the cause determined and remedied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A blown fuse must be replaced by an appro priate spare fuse recognizable by its color or the fuse rating given on the fuse of the amperage recommended in the fuse chart Any Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject In case of a blown fuse contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If a newly inserted fuse blows again have the cause determined and rectified by an author ized Mercedes Benz Center A fuse chart is located in the trunk with the vehicle tool kit gt page 252 The fuse chart explains the fuse allocation and fuse amper ages The electrical fuses are located in fuse boxes on the driver s side of the engine compart ment on the passenger side of the engine compartment under passenger side rear storage compartment or in the trunk Before replacing fuses gt Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Turn off the engine gt Remove the SmartKey from the starter switch gt Vehicles with KEYLESS GO Open the driver s door this puts the starter switch in position 0 same as with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch The driver s door then c
361. rer s identification mark Tire size Tire type code at the option of the tire manufacturer Date of manufacture For illustration purposes only Actual data on tires are specific to each vehicle and may vary from data shown in above illus tration DOT Department of Transportation Tire branding symbol 1 denotes that the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Tires and wheels Manufacturer s identification mark Manufacturer s identification mark 2 denotes the tire manufacturer New tires have a mark with two symbols Retreaded tires have a mark with four sym bols For more information on retreaded tires see gt page 209 Tire size Code 3 indicates the tire size Tire type code Tire type code 4 may at the option of the manufacturer be used as a descriptive code for identifying significant characteristics of the tire Date of manufacture The date of manufacture 6 identifies the week and year of manufacture The first two figures identify the week start ing with 01 to represent the first full week of the calendar year The second two figures represent the year For example 3202 represents the 32nd week of 2002 227 Operation Tires and wheels A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar Overloading the t
362. ressure even if underinflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfunction indicator is com bined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately 1 minute and then remain continuously illu minated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of incompatible replacement or alternate tires Operation or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly If a condition causing the TPMS to mal function develops it may take up to 10 minutes for the system to signal a mal function using the TPMS telltale flashing and illumination sequence The telltale extinguishes after a few minutes driving if the malfunction has been corrected Operating radio transmission equipment e g wireless
363. ributing to each axle its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing it by two Rotating tires A Warning Rotate front and rear wheels only if the tires are of the same dimension If your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimensions front vs rear tire rotation is not possible A Warning Have the tightening torque checked after changing a wheel Wheels could become loose if not tightened with a torque of 96 b ft 130 Nm Only use genuine Mercedes Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle s rims Tire rotation can be performed on vehicles with tires of the same dimension all around If your vehicle is equipped with tires of the same dimension all around tires can be rotated observing a front to rear rotation pattern that will maintain the intended rota tion spinning direction of the tire gt page 212 In some cases such as when your vehicle is equipped with mixed size tires different tire dimension front vs rear tire rotation is not possible If applicable to your vehicle s tire configura tion tires can be rotated according to the tire manufacturer s recommended intervals in the tire manufacturer s warranty pamphlet located in your vehicle literature portfolio If none is available tires should be rotated every 3000 to 6000 miles 5000 to 10000 km or sooner if necessary according to the degree of tire wear The same rotation spinning direction must
364. river is required As required by the traffic situation apply the brakes and navigate around a possible obstacle However do b gt Controls in detail Driving systems not drive by relying on the distance warning function as this will result in an emergency braking application This will not always enable you to avoid a collision especially when traveling on varying road surface con ditions and with varying driver reaction Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the distance warning function This could result in wrong or miss ing distance warnings Paige py 7 P54 70 2481 31 Example illustration except SL 63 AMG Distance warning function on off switch Indicator lamp SL 63 AMG The distance warning function on off switch is located on the right side of the center con sole gt Activating deactivating Press switch 4 When the distance warning function is acti vated indicator lamp 2 in switch 1 comes on A loudspeaker symbol appears in the right multifunction display gt page 150 RACE START SL 63 AMG RACE START enables optimum acceleration from a standing start with suitable high grip road surface conditions A Warning RACE START is only available when the ESP SPORT mode is switched on ESP SPORT stabilizes the vehicle only to a lim ited extent if the vehicle starts to skid or when a wheel is spinning RACE START should be used only on closed tra
365. rogram 121 Maximum loaded vehicle weight 231 Maximum load rating tires 231 Maximum permissible tire infla tion pressure 231 Mechanical key 307 Media interface 181 Memory function 97 Menus see Control system menus Mirrors Auto dimming rear view mirrors 97 Exterior rear view mirrors 96 Interior rear view mirror 96 Memory function 97 MOExtended system 325 MOExtended tires 325 343 MON Motor Octane Number 201 354 Motor Octane Number see MON Multicontour seats 92 Multifunction display 127 Symbol messages 269 Text messageS 256 Vehicle status messages 255 Multifunction display messages ABS eee eee a ee enea S aT 256 Active headlamps 286 Advanced TPMS 266 291 AI Dags ertse paveewesos cates 258 Alternator eces ce ra 283 Automatic transmission 265 Battery odo i caebhiowe be bates 283 Brake Pid ensce ee diaveecaceacanaices 272 Brake pads 00 271 Check engins eissseavece eee eas 279 Coolant 279 280 282 Corner illuminating lamps 289 Cruise control cs necks eee 263 Display malfunction 255 DISTONICis sares brande eee ewe 263 DOORS ee 2cer cro eis shee dipetecediet sued Sie 275 Easy entry exit feature 279 ENZiNG Ole cee ci ca
366. rrosion or damage the clear coat H The vehicle should not be parked for an extended period of time immediately after it has been cleaned especially not after the wheel rims have been cleaned with wheel rim cleaner Wheel rim cleaners can lead to increased corrosion of the brake disks and brake pads Non approved wheel cleaners may also damage the wheel paint if the vehicle is not driven after cleaning Therefore the vehicle s brake system should always be warmed up before it is parked after cleaning To do so please drive your vehicle for several minutes to allow the brakes to dry When applying Mer cedes Benz approved Tire Care and Mer cedes Benz approved Wheel Care prod ucts take care not to spray them on the brake disks Plastic and rubber parts gt Use a gentle dishwashing detergent or mild detergent for delicate fabrics as a washing solution gt Wipe with a cloth moistened in a lukewarm solution The surface may temporarily change color If this is the case wait for it to dry A Warning Do not use cleaners or cockpit care sprays containing solvents to clean the cockpit or the steering wheel Cleaners containing solvents will make the surface porous and vehicle occupants could suffer serious inju ries from plastic parts coming loose in the event of air bag deployment H Do not use oil wax or scouring agents Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface Hard plastic trim items gt Use
367. rs in the multifunction display If above conditions are met you can occupy the passenger seat again Depending on the passen ger classification sensed by the OCS the EAE indicator lamp will remain illuminated or go out If above conditions are not met the system is not working properly Have the system checked as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center A Warning If the indicator lamp remains out even after performing the above corrective steps do not have any children 12 years old and under and other small individuals use the passenger seat until the system has been repaired b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages Front Passeng Airbag Disabled See Oper Manual Possible cause consequence The passenger front air bag is deactivated while driving even though an adult or someone larger than a small individual is occupying the passenger seat Forces act ing on the seat may make the system sense a decrease in weight Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location as soon as possible gt Engage the parking brake gt Switch off the ignition gt Have the passenger vacate the seat and exit the vehicle gt Keep the seat unoccupied close the passenger door and switch on the ignition Monitor the EA ESQ indicator lamp gt page 52 and the multifunction display in the instrument cluster gt page 30 for t
368. rtKey Glove box 2000000 181 Gross Axle Weight Rating see GAWR Gross Vehicle Weight see GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Rating see GVWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight 231 GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rat Ejeo assanir seed EEN LE 231 Hard plastic trim items cleaning 248 Hazard warning flasher 102 Headlamp cleaning system 103 Headlamps Active Bi Xenon headlamps 98 Automatic headlamp mode 99 Bi Xenon 0 ee eee 98 311 Cleaning lenses 246 Cleaning system 103 Delayed shut off 139 High beam flasher 102 High beam headlamps 101 Low beam headlamps 99 Replacing bulbs 311 SWIT iaeaea meaa a 99 Headliner cleaning and care of 249 Head restraints 89 Head thorax air bags 49 Heated seats 93 Height adjustment SCatSiawcecceaeheeseaeeeeeans 90 High beam flasher 102 High beam headlamps 101 311 Indicator lamp 33 Replacing bulbs 311 High mounted brake lamp 311 Replacing bulbs 311 High performance brake system 239 Hill start assist system 157 HOOG vic cee gar nanan EE R 203 Messages in the multifunction dis Playere neraca gle gias 275 Homi ee eee 29 Hydroplaning Identification labels 339 Identification numbe
369. rtKey is set to selective set tings only the door opened from inside is unlocked If the vehicle was previously centrally locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS GO it will not unlock using the central unlocking switch Controls in detail Locking and unlocking Opening the trunk A Warning Make sure the trunk is closed when the engine is running and while driving Among other dangers deadly carbon monoxide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death You can open the trunk when the vehicle is stationary and the retractable hardtop is fully opened or closed Aminimum height clearance of 6 2 ft 1 88 m is required to open the trunk lid H Vehicles with trunk opening closing sys tem The trunk lid swings open upwards auto matically Always make sure there is suffi cient overhead clearance To facilitate trunk loading and unloading when the hardtop is retracted you can raise the hardtop from its storage position in the trunk using the load assist feature gt page 184 You may also unhook the luggage cover Remember to re secure the luggage cover after loading unloading the trunk Other wise you will not be able to lower the retractable hardtop Opening the trunk from the outside P80 20 3259 31 Trunk lid handle Vehicles without trunk opening closing system gt Press button on the SmartKey or gt Pull on handle In vehicles without KEYLESS GO The veh
370. s Programming tips If you are having difficulty programming the integrated remote control here are some helpful tips e Check the frequency of hand held remote control typically located on the reverse side of the remote The integrated remote control is compatible with radio frequency devices operating between 280 390 MHz e Put anew battery in hand held remote con trol This will increase the likelihood of the hand held remote control sending a faster and more accurate signal to the inte grated remote control e While performing step 3 hold hand held remote control 5 at different lengths and angles from the signal transmitter button or you are programming Attempt varying angles at the distance of 2 to 12 inches 5 to 30 cm away or the same angle at varying distances e If another hand held remote control is avail able for the same device try the program ming steps again using that other hand held remote control Make sure new batteries are in the hand held remote con trol before beginning the procedure e Straighten the antenna wire from the garage door opener assembly This may help improve transmitting and or receiving signals Certain types of garage door openers are incompatible with the integrated remote control If you should experience further difficulties with programming the inte grated remote control contact an author ized Mercedes Benz Center or call Mer cedes Be
371. s A call to the Customer Assistance Center will be initiated The button will flash while the call is in progress The message Connecting Call will appear in the mul tifunction display and the COMAND system is muted When the connection is established the mes sage Call Connected appears in the multi function display The Tele Aid system will transmit data generating the vehicle identifi cation number model color and location Subject to availability of cellular and GPS sig nals The COMAND system display indicates that a Tele Aid call is in progress While the call is connected you can change to the navigation menu by pressing the NAV but ton on the COMAND system headunit Spo ken commands are not available A voice connection between the Customer Assistance Center representative and the occupants of the vehicle will be established Information regarding the operation of your vehicle the nearest authorized Mercedes Benz Center or Mercedes Benz USA products and services is available to you For more details concerning the Tele Aid sys tem please visit www mbusa com USA only log in to Owner s Online and visit the My Tele Aid section to learn more If the indicator lamp in the Information button is flashing continuously and there was no voice connection to the Response Center established then the Tele Aid system could not initiate an Information call e g the relevant cellular phone net wor
372. s could spill during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Liquids spilled on vehicle occu pants may cause serious personal injury Liquids spilled on vehicle equipment may cause damage not covered by the Mer cedes Benz Limited Warranty When not in use keep the cup holder closed An open cup holder may cause injury to you or others when contacted dur ing braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident Keep in mind that objects placed in the cup holder may come loose during braking vehicle maneuvers or in an accident and be thrown around in the vehicle interior Objects thrown around in the vehicle inte rior may cause an accident and or serious personal injury Controls in detail Right cup holder gt Opening Briefly press cup holder cover gt Closing Press cup holder cover until the cup holder engages Useful features A Warning Do not use the vanity mirror while driving Keep the vanity mirrors in the sun visors closed while vehicle is in motion Reflected glare can endanger you and others Mounting Vanity mirror cover Vanity mirror lamp Sun visor Vanity mirror Holder e g for gas cards Controls in detail Useful features Glare through the windshield gt Flip sun visor down when you experi ence glare Glare through a door window gt Close vanity mirror cover 2 if opened gt Disengage sun visor 4 from mounting gt Pivot sun
373. s still attached to a battery If the starter battery is discharged the engine can be started with jumper cables and the battery of another vehicle Observe the fol lowing e Jump starting should only be performed when the engine and catalytic converter are cold e Do not start the engine if the battery is fro zen Let the battery thaw out first e Only jump start from batteries with the same voltage rating 12 V Jump starting with a more powerful battery could damage the vehicle s electrical system which will not be covered by the Mercedes Benz Lim ited Warranty e Only use jumper cables with sufficient cross section and insulated terminal clamps e Always make sure the jumper cables are not on or near pulleys fans or other parts that move when an engine is started or run ning A Warning Keep flames or sparks away from battery Do not smoke Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling automotive batteries gt Make sure the two vehicles do not touch gt Switch off all electrical consumers gt Engage the parking brake gt Make sure the automatic transmission is in park position P gt Open the hood gt Remove cover from battery positive termi nal Positive terminal of charged battery Positive terminal of discharged battery Negative terminal of discharged battery Negative terminal of charged battery H Never invert the terminal connections gt Co
374. s Benz Do not make any modifications to the seat belts This can lead to unintended activa tion of the ETDs or to their failure to activate when necessary Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians Contact an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center Proper use of seat belts A Warning USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY e Seat belts can only work when used prop erly Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident Each occupant should wear their seat belt at all times because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents including rollovers The integrated restraint system includes SRS driver front air bag driver side knee bag passenger front air bag head thorax air bags Emergency Ten sioning Device ETD and seat belt force limiters The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to prop erly belted occupants in certain frontal front air bags driver side knee bag and ETD and side head thorax air bags and ETD impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds Never wear the shoulder belt under your arm against your neck or off your shoulder In a frontal crash your body would move too far forward That would increase the chance of he
375. s being raised or low ered Serious personal injury may occur If potential danger exists release the retractable hardtop switch or button or on the SmartKey This immediately interrupts the raising or lowering proce dure You then can operate the retractable hardtop switch or press button or on the SmartKey to raise or lower the retractable hardtop away from the danger zone H Never sit or place heavy objects on the rear shelf Doing so could cause damage to the retractable hardtop and the rear shelf H Please keep in mind that weather condi tions can sometimes change rapidly Make sure to close the retractable hardtop when leaving the vehicle If water enters the vehi cle interior vehicle electronics could be damaged which is not covered by the Mer cedes Benz Limited Warranty H When opening and closing the retractable hardtop make sure e there is sufficient clearance for the retractable hardtop to move up and for the trunk lid to move back e the luggage cover is installed extended and closed e the trunk is loaded only to the height of the luggage cover e the luggage cargo does not push up the closed luggage cover e the trunk lid is closed e the outside temperature is above 5 F 15 C Otherwise the retractable hardtop and trunk as well as other parts of the vehicle could be damaged Opening and closing With the retractable hardtop switch A Observe Safety notes see page 173
376. s next due for maintenance service to set the language for messages in the instrument cluster display and much more A Warning A driver s attention to the road and traffic conditions must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others selecting features through the multifunc tion steering wheel should only be done by the driver when traffic and road conditions permit it to be done safely Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approxi mately 14 m every second 5 Function only available in telephone menu 6 AMG vehicles only The control system relays information to the multifunction display The displays in the multifunction display and the settings in the control system are con trolled by the buttons on the multifunction steering wheel Left multifunction display in the speedometer Right multifunction display in the tachometer Press button to take a call to dial to redial to end a call to reject an incoming call Press button to select submenus in the Set E i ngs menu to set values to operate the RACETIMER to set the volume Press button to select next or previous menu Press button briefly E48 to move within a menu BSA Within Audio DVD menu to select previous or next track scene or stored station Within Telephone menu to switch to the phone book a
377. s of system supported traction control ESP OFF is designed for driving on closed tracks when the vehicle s natural oversteer and understeer characteristics are desired and requires a highly skilled and experienced driver able to handle these critical driving situations You could lose control of your vehicle and cause an accident Please be aware of these limits when you switch off the ESP Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESP in driving situations in which it would be advantageous to have the drive wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel A Warning Switch on the ESP immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Otherwise the ESP will not stabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skid or a wheel is spinning When you switch off the ESP e the ESP will not stabilize the vehicle e the engine output is not limited which allows the drive wheels to spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip e the ETS will still apply the brakes to a spin ning wheel the ESP continues to operate when you are braking hard e you Cannot activate the cruise control or the Distronic system e the cruise control or the Distronic system switch off if activated When the ESP is switched off and one or more dri
378. s pay attention to surrounding traffic conditions even while the Distronic is switched on Otherwise you may not be able to recognize dangerous situations until it is too late This could cause an accident in which you and or others could be injured Z Warning The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning Close attention to road and traffic condi tions is imperative at all times regardless of whether or not the Distronic is activated Use of the Distronic can be dangerous on winding roads or in heavy traffic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed The Distronic will not react to stationary objects in the roadway e g a stopped vehi cle in a traffic jam or a disabled vehicle The Distronic will also not respond to oncoming vehicles Switch off the Distronic e when changing from the left to the right lane if vehicles are moving more slowly in the left lane e when entering a turn lane or highway off ramp e in complex driving situations such as in highway construction zones In these situations the Distronic will con tinue to maintain the set speed unless deactivated The Distronic is designed and intended only to maintain a set speed and keep a set dis tance from moving objects in front of it USA only This device has been approved by the FCC as a Vehi
379. s position turn crank clockwise until the jack base meets the ground Make sure the jack is vertical gt Place jack 3 on firm ground gt Position jack 3 under take up bracket 2 so that it is always vertical as seen from the side even if the vehicle is parked on an incline gt Jack up the vehicle until the wheel is a max imum of 1 2 in 3 cm from the ground Removing the wheel P40 10 5143 31 Alignment bolt gt Unscrew uppermost wheel bolt and remove it gt Replace this wheel bolt with alignment bolt Q supplied with the vehicle tool kit gt Remove the remaining bolts Practical hints H Do not place wheel bolts in sand or dirt This could result in damage to the wheel bolts and wheel hub threads gt Remove the wheel Attaching the spare wheel A Warning Inflate collapsible tire only after the wheel is properly attached Inflate the collapsible tire using the electric air pump before lowering the vehicle A Warning Always replace wheel bolts that are dam aged or rusted Never apply oil or grease to wheel bolts Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately Do not continue to drive under these circumstances Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tight ened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off This could cause an accident Be sure to use the correct wheel bolts Flat tire
380. s the first red distance segment illuminates and a constant acous tic warning lasting a maximum of 2 seconds will sound for the second red distance seg ment The signal is canceled when the auto matic transmission is shifted into park position P or the parking brake is engaged Rear area An intermittent acoustic warn ing will sound when the first distance seg ment illuminates This signal quickens with each additional distance segment lit When the eighth distance segment illuminates the acoustic warning becomes a constant signal The signal is canceled when the automatic transmission is shifted into drive position D or park position P or the park ing brake is engaged Switching the Parktronic system on off The Parktronic system is automatically switched on when the ignition is switched on Parktronic switch Indicator lamp gt Switching off Parktronic system Press Parktronic switch 4 Indicator lamp 2 comes on gt Switching on Parktronic system Press Parktronic switch 4 again Parktronic system malfunction There is a malfunction in the Parktronic sys tem if only the red distance segments illumi nate and an acoustic warning sounds The Parktronic system will automatically switch off after 20 seconds and the indicator lamp in the Parktronic switch C comes on Controls in detail gt Have the Parktronic system checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible If
381. se be aware of this and adjust your driving and braking accordingly during this break in period Excessive high demand braking will cause correspondingly high brake wear Please be attentive to the brake warning lamp in the instrument cluster and brake condition messages in the multifunction display Especially for high performance driving it is important to maintain and have the brake system checked regularly The high performance brake system is designed to operate under the extremely high operating demands required to accommo date the performance capabilities of the vehi cle The brakes may produce a squeaking type noise depending on the e vehicle speed e brake force applied e ambient conditions e g temperature and humidity As with any brake system the wear of indi vidual brake system components such as brake pads or disks strongly depends on your driving style and the conditions under which you operate the vehicle Thus a driving style calling for high demand braking will cause your vehicle s brakes to wear more quickly Operation Driving instructions Driving off Warm up the engine smoothly Do not place full load on the engine until the operating temperature has been reached H When driving off ona slippery surface do not allow a drive wheel to spin for an extended period with the ESP switched off Doing so may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited
382. se the brake pedal gt Carefully depress the accelerator pedal The hill start assist system is inactive e when starting off on a level road or downhill grades e with the automatic transmission in neutral position N e with the parking brake engaged if the ESP has switched off due to a mal function Active Body Control ABC The ABC system is an active computer con trolled system that hydraulically adjusts the suspension at all four wheels in response to various driving situations It automatically selects the optimum suspension tuning and ride height for your vehicle b gt Controls in detail Driving systems Vehicle level control A Warning To help avoid personal injury keep hands and feet away from wheel housing area and stay away from under the vehicle when low ering the vehicle chassis Your vehicle adjusts its ride height automati cally to increase vehicle safety and to reduce fuel consumption The vehicle chassis ride height is raised or lowered according to the selected level set ting and to the vehicle speed With increasing speed the ride height is reduced by up to approximately 0 5 in 12 mm With decreas ing speed the ride height is again raised to the selected vehicle level These height adjustments are so small that you may not notice any change The following vehicle level settings can be selected when the vehicle is stationary Level Use for Indicator lamps Normal F
383. sensor in the interior rear view mirror The rear view mirrors will not react if the auto matic transmission is set to reverse gear R or the interior lighting is switched on A Warning The auto dimming function does not react if incoming light is not aimed directly at sensors in the interior rear view mirror The interior rear view mirror and the exte rior rear view mirror on the driver s side do not react for example if the wind screen is installed Light hitting the mirror s at certain angles incident light could blind you As a result you may not be able to observe traffic con ditions and could cause an accident Memory function Memory function With the memory function you can store up to three different configurations Each stored position on the driver s side includes the following settings e Seat position and lumbar support e Steering wheel position e Exterior rear view mirrors position A Warning Do not activate the memory function while driving Activating the memory function while driving could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle Each stored position on the passenger side includes the following settings e Seat position and lumbar support e Multicontour seat previously saved setting Controls in detail Lighting Recalling positions from memory MA gt Press and hold desired memory position Notes 22 button 1 2 or 3 until the seat on the driver s side a
384. seriously impair the oper ating safety of your vehicle Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter for repairs or modifications to electronic components Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehi cle Some safety systems only function while the engine is running You should therefore never turn off the engine while driving A Warning Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires wheels for example when running over an obstacle road debris or a pothole may cause serious damage and impair the Introduction operating safety of your vehicle If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride dis turbance or you suspect that damage to your vehicle has occurred you should turn on your hazard warning flashers carefully slow down and drive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires wheels for possible damage If the vehicle appears unsafe have it towed to the near est authorized Mercedes Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair facility for further inspection or repairs Proper use of the vehicle Proper use of the vehicle requires that you are familiar with the following information and rules e the safety precautions in this manual e the Technical data section in this manual e traffic rules and regulations e motor vehicle laws and safety standa
385. severity to deploy the driver front air bag If you place a child in a forward facing child restraint on the passenger seat move the seat as far back as possible use the proper child restraint recom Only have the seat repaired or replaced at mended for the age size and weight of an authorized Mercedes Benz Center the child and secure child restraint with In order to ensure proper operation of the the vehicle s seat belt according to the air bag system and OCS child seat manufacturer s instructions For children larger than the typical 12 month old child the passenger front air bag may or may not be activated e Sit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible By FASS OFF with your back against the seat backrest e While seated an occupant should not position him herself in such a way as to cause the occupant s weight to be lifted from the seat bottom as this may result Deployment of the driver front air bag does not mean that the passenger front airbag also should have deployed The OCS may have determined qe 1020028 in the OCS being unable to correctly l i Passenger front air bag off indicator lamp approximate the occupant s weight cat e that the seat was empty or occupied by the egory weight up to or less than that of a typical en i Ee 12 month old child seated in a standard The EA E indicator lamp will be illu Read and observe all warnings in this child rest
386. sing Protective wrap Fortransporting the damaged road wheel use protective wrap 4 if available gt To access jack and wheel wrench Remove storage well casing G gt Remove the spare wheel gt page 253 12 Vehicles with 19 spare wheel only Practical hints eA e 4 i 4 1 j ZA __ oo j a P58 10 2170 31 Jack Wheel wrench Jack A Warning Only use the jack supplied with your vehicle to lift the vehicle briefly for wheel changes If you use the jack for any other purpose you or others could be injured as the jack is designed only for the purpose of chang ing a wheel When using the jack observe the safety notes in the Mounting the spare wheel section and the notes on the jack Where will find Spare wheel Z Observe Safety notes see page 317 The spare wheel is located in the space under neath the trunk floor gt Removing Open the trunk gt page 82 gt Lift the trunk floor gt Remove the storage well casing gt page 253 P40 10 5 165 31 Spare wheel Tensioning strap Retaining screw Storage well casing base Practical hints Where will I find gt Remove storage well casing base 4 gt Remove retaining screw 3 by turning it counterclockwise gt Remove spare wheel Q For information on mounting the spare wheel see Flat tire gt page 317 Storing the spare wheel
387. sistance and release The corresponding turn signal lamps will flash three times The hazard warning flasher can be switched on at all times even with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO removed from the vehicle The hazard warning flasher comes on auto matically when an air bag deploys The hazard warning flasher switch is located on the upper part of the center console CI N SS all Hazard warning flasher switch gt Switching on Press hazard warning flasher switch 4 All turn signal lamps are flashing With the hazard warning flasher activated and the combination switch set for either left or right turn only the respective left or right turn signals will operate when the igni tion is switched on gt Switching off Press hazard warning flasher switch again If the hazard warning flasher has been activated automatically press hazard warning flasher switch once to switch off Headlamp cleaning system a Bez Headlamp cleaning button gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button 4 The headlamps are cleaned with a high pressure water jet The headlamps will automatically be cleaned when you have e switched on the headlamps and e the windshield wipers have wiped the wind shield with washer fluid fifteen times When you switch off the ignition the counter resets Controls in detail For information on
388. size as specified in the Technical data section of this Operator s Manual The Distronic system and cruise control switch off automatically when the ESP engages For more information see the Practical hints section gt page 256 and gt page 296 Electronic Traction System ETS A Observe Safety notes see page 63 The ETS Electronic Traction System is a component of the ESP The ETS improves the vehicle s ability to utilize available trac tion especially under slippery road condi tions by applying the brakes to a spinning wheel When you switch off the ESP the ETS is still enabled Safety and security Driving safety systems Switching the ESP off or on except SL 63 AMG A Warning The ESP should not be switched off during normal driving other than in the circum stances described below Disabling the sys tem will reduce vehicle stability in driving maneuvers Do not switch off the ESP when a spare wheel is mounted To improve the vehicle s traction switch off the ESP in driving situations in which it would be advantageous to have the drive wheels spin and thus cut into surfaces for better grip such as e when driving with snow chains e in deep snow e in sand or gravel Z Warning Switch on the ESP immediately if the aforementioned circumstances do not apply anymore Otherwise the ESP will not stabilize the vehicle when it is starting to skid or a w
389. smission position indicator Effect Park position Shift the automatic transmission into park position P only when the vehicle is stopped The park posi tion is not intended to serve as a brake when the vehicle is parked Rather the driver should always engage the parking brake in addi tion to shifting the automatic transmission into park position P to secure the vehicle The SmartKey can only be removed from the starter switch with the gear selector lever in park position P With the SmartKey removed from the starter switch the gear selector lever is locked in park position P If the vehicle s electrical system is malfunctioning the gear selector lever could remain locked in park position P gt Have the vehicle s electrical system checked as soon as pos Effect sible at an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center Reverse gear Shift the automatic transmission into reverse gear R only when the vehicle is stopped Controls in detail Effect Neutral position No power is transmitted from the engine to the drive axle When the brakes are released the vehicle can be moved freely pushed or towed To avoid damage to the transmis sion never shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving If the ESP is deactivated or mal functioning Shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N only if the vehicle is in danger of skidding e g on icy roads H Coasting the veh
390. splay Do not confuse the maintenance service indicator with the engine oil level indicator If the maintenance service indicator was inadvertently reset have an authorized Mercedes Benz Center correct it Only reset if the proper maintenance serv designed for cleaning your vehicle Always lock away cleaning products and keep them out of reach of children ice has been performed Resetting the sys tem without performing the proper mainte nance service as called for by the maintenance service indicator will result in engine damage and or other vehicle dam age not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H When cleaning the vehicle do not use scouring agents Never apply strong force and only use a soft wet cloth or sponge Otherwise you may scratch or damage the surface to be cleaned While in operation even while parked your vehicle is subjected to varying external influ ences which if gone unchecked can attack bo Operation Vehicle care the paintwork as well as the vehicle under body and cause lasting damage Such damage is caused not only by extreme and varying climatic conditions but also by e Air pollution e Road salt e Tar e Gravel and stone chipping To avoid paint damage you should immedi ately remove e Grease and oil Fuel e Coolant e Brake fluid e Bird droppings e Insects e Tree resins etc Frequent washing reduces and or eliminates the aggressiveness and
391. ssage Add 1 qt Canada 1 liter engine oil at next refueling or Engine 0il Level Check Level appears while the engine is running and at operating tempera ture the engine oil level has dropped to approximately the minimum level Possible cause consequence The battery is defective The electro hydraulic brake system requires electrical energy and therefore has only limited operation Considerably greater brake pedal force is required and the stopping distance is increased Vehicles with oil dipstick only The engine oil has dropped to a critical level Vehicles with engine oil measuring system only The engine oil level is too low Possible solution gt Stop the vehicle in a safe location or as soon as it is safe to do so gt Adjust driving to be consistent with reduced braking responsiveness gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Check the engine oil level gt page 204 and add engine oil as required gt page 206 gt f you must add engine oil frequently have the engine checked for possible leaks gt Add engine oil gt page 206 and check the engine oil level gt page 204 The message will be stored in the vehicle sta tus message memory after you have cleared it from the multifunction display Visually check for oil leaks If there are no obvious oil leaks drive to the nearest service station to refill your engine oil to the required level For information on approved engin
392. subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interfer ence received including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The TPMS only functions on wheels that are equipped with the proper electronic sensors It monitors the tire inflation pressure as selected by the driver in all four tires A warn ing is issued to alert you to a decrease in pressure in one or more of the tires A Warning The TPMS does not indicate a warning for wrongly selected inflation pressures Always adjust tire inflation pressure according to the Tire and Loading Informa tion placard or if available on the supple mental tire inflation pressure information on the inside of the fuel filler flap The TPMS is not able to issue a warning due to a sudden dramatic loss of pressure e g tire blowout caused by a foreign object In this case bring the vehicle to a halt by care fully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers A Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked every other week when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label
393. sy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel will return to its last set position when you close the driver s door with the ignition switched on The steering wheel b gt will also return to its last set position when Controls in detail Mirrors you insert the SmartKey into the starter switch or press the KEYLESS GO start stop button once with the driver s door closed still adjusting could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle The last set steering wheel position is stored when the ignition is switched off or the position is stored in memory gt page 98 With the easy entry exit feature activated the steering wheel tilts upwards when you remove the SmartKey from the starter switch The steering wheel also tilts upwards when you open the driver s door with the SmartKey in starter switch position O or 1 or the KEY LESS GO start stop button in position 1 When the current position for the steering wheel is in the uppermost tilt position the steering wheel will no longer be able to move upward when the easy entry exit feature is activated The adjustment procedure is briefly inter rupted when the engine is started A Warning Let the system complete the adjustment procedure before setting the vehicle in motion All steering wheel adjustment must be completed before setting the vehicle in motion Driving off with the steering wheel Notes Adjust the interior and exterior rear view mi
394. t Sapoe gt Press button or repeatedly until A Warning Adriver s attention to the road must always be his her primary focus when driving For your safety and the safety of others we recommend that you pull over to a safe location and stop before placing or taking a telephone call If you choose to use the telephone while driving please use the hands free device and only use the tele phone when weather road and traffic con ditions permit Some jurisdictions prohibit the driver from using a mobile phone while driving a vehi cle Bear in mind that at a speed of just 30 mph approximately 50 km h your vehicle is covering a distance of 44 feet approxi mately 14 m every second Never operate radio transmitters equipped with a built in or attached antenna i e without being connected to an external antenna from inside the vehicle while the engine is running Doing so could lead to a malfunction of the vehicle s electronic sys tem possibly resulting in an accident and or personal injury You can connect your telephone via Blue tooth to the COMAND system see separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Switch on the COMAND system See separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or on the multi function steering wheel repeatedly until the message TEL appears in the left multifunc tion display One of the following messages will appear in the multifunction display e No
395. t Switching off Press switch 1 repeatedly until all indicator lamps go out If one or more of the indicator lamps in the seat ventilation switch 4 are flashing there is insufficient voltage available since too many electrical consumers are turned on The seat ventilation switches off automatically The seat ventilation will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available The seat heating will switch back on again automatically as soon as sufficient voltage is available Vehicles without seat ventilation Rapid heating Normal heating Controls in detail The red indicator lamps in the switch come on to show which heating level you have selected The seat heating switches from level 2 rapid seat heating to level 1 normal seat heating after approximately 5 minutes The seat heating automatically switches off after approximately 30 minutes gt Switch on the ignition gt Switching on seat heating Press lower switch position 2 A red indicator lamp in the switch comes on gt Switching off seat heating Press lower switch position 2 once more gt Switching on rapid seat heating Press upper switch position 4 Both red indicator lamps in the switch come on gt Switching off rapid seat heating Press upper switch position 2 once more If one or both of the indicator lamps in the seat heating switch are flashing there is insufficient voltage available s
396. t Detected appears in the multifunction display while driving off Find the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO or change its present location immediately e g place it on the passenger seat or insert it in shirt pocket If you have started the engine with the KEY LESS GO start stop button you can only turn it off again with this button even if you have put the SmartKey in the starter switch in the meantime This does not apply if after starting the automatic transmission is still in park posi tion P and the SmartKey is then inserted in the starter switch The SmartKey will then have priority over the KEYLESS GO func tion and the vehicle s electrical system will operate according to the position of the Controls in detail SmartKey in the starter switch even stop ping the engine e The vehicle could be inadvertently unlocked if the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO is within 3 ft 1 m of the vehicle and an outside door handle is splashed with water or you attempt to clean an outside door handle e Remember that the engine can be started by anyone with a SmartKey with KEYLESS GO thatis left inside the vehicle If you leave the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO behind when exiting and locking the vehicle the message Key Detected In Vehicle appears in the multifunction display Factory setting gt Global unlocking Grasp an outside door handle The vehicle will lock again automatically and rearm the anti theft alarm sys
397. t describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals Always have the Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to an author ized Mercedes Benz Center for service The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you Introduction Operator s Manual Roadside Assistance The Mercedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory trained technical help in the event of a breakdown Calls to the toll free Roadside Assistance number 1 800 FOR MERCedes in the USA 1 800 387 0100 in Canada will be answered by Mercedes Benz Cus tomer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day 365 days a year For additional information refer to the Mer cedes Benz Roadside Assistance Program brochure in the USA or the Roadside Assis tance section of the Service and Warranty Information Booklet in Canada in your vehi cle literature portfolio Change of address or ownership If you change your address be sure to send in the Change of Address Notice found in the Service and Warranty Information Book let or simply call the Mercedes Benz Cus tomer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes or Customer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 This will assist us in contacting you in a timely manner should the need arise If you sell your Mercedes please leave all lit erature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator If you b
398. tatus messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence The capability of the ABC system is restricted This can impair handling The vehicle s level is too low while at a standstill The vehicle will be raised The cruise control is malfunctioning One of the activation conditions for cruise control has not been fulfilled For exam ple you attempted to set a speed below 20 mph 30 km h One of the activation conditions for Dis tronic has not been fulfilled For example you attempted to set a speed below 20 mph 30 km h The Distronic or the display are malfunc tioning Possible solution gt Do not drive faster than 50 mph 80 km h gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible gt Do not drive off gt Wait until the message disappears from the multifunction display You may then drive off gt Have cruise control checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h if the sit uation allows and set the speed gt Check the activation conditions for cruise con trol gt page 145 gt Drive faster than 20 mph 30 km h and set the speed gt Check the activation conditions for Distronic gt page 150 gt Contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center as soon as possible b gt Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Display messages DTR DISTRONIC
399. tem For a listing of approved engine oils and oil filters contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center or visit www mbusa com USA only H Using engine oils and oil filters of specifi cation other than those expressly required for the Maintenance System or changing of oil and oil filter at change intervals longer than those called for by the Maintenance System will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Please follow Maintenance System recom mendations for scheduled oil changes Fail ure to do so will result in engine or emission control system damage not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty Mercedes Benz recommends MOBIL OIL 29 Restriction Only SAE XW 40 engine oils may be used EA ELE Use the table below to determine the MB sheet number Model Engine type MB sheet number S2550 273 22915 SL 600 AS LEDS SL63 AMG 156 22I SL 65 AMG 275 2295 MB sheet numbers are printed on the out side of oil containers Viscosity grades for engine oils Using the chart below select oil viscosity according to the lowest air temperature expected before the next oil change Fuels coolants lubricants etc P18 00 2199 31 Engine oil additives H Do not blend oil additives with engine oil They may damage the engine Damage or malfunctions resulting from blending oil additives are not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty
400. tem within approximately 40 seconds if neither door nor trunk is opened Locking and unlocking P80 61 2175 31 Lock button on the outside door handle gt Global locking Press lock button onan outside door handle Selective setting If you frequently travel alone you may wish to reprogram the SmartKey with KEYLESS GO so when you grasp the driver s outside door handle only the driver s door interior locka ble storage compartments and the fuel filler flap unlocks gt Switching on off Press and hold buttons and simultaneously for approx b gt Controls in detail Locking and unlocking imately 5 seconds until battery check lamp gt page 77 flashes twice The SmartKey with KEYLESS GO will then function as follows gt Unlocking driver s door and fuel filler flap Grasp the driver s outside door han dle gt Global unlocking Grasp the outside door handle on the passenger side gt Global locking Press lock button on an outside door handle A al gt Press button or al Battery check lamp gt page 77 comes on briefly to indicate that the SmartKey batteries are in order If the battery check lamp does not come on briefly during check the SmartKey batteries are discharged gt Replace the batteries gt page 309 You can obtain the required batteries at any authorized Mercedes Benz Center if the batteries are checked within signal range of the
401. ter In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above the SRS may not be operational b gt Practical hints What to do if For your safety we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center immediately to have the system checked otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident which could result in serious or fatal injury or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury Problem All models except SL 63 AMG The yellow ABS ESP warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning SL 63 AMG only The yellow ABS ESP warning lamp comes on while the engine is run ning Possible cause consequence The ESP has been switched off Risk of accident When the ESP is switched off it will not stabilize the vehicle if the system recognizes that the vehi cle starts to skid or that a wheel is spinning ESP SPORT is activated Risk of accident When ESP SPORT is activated it will only stabilize the vehicle to a limited extent if the system rec ognizes that the vehicle starts to skid or that a wheel is spinning Suggested solutions gt Switch the ESP back on Exceptions gt page 66 gt If leaving the ESP switched off adapt your speed and driving to the prevailing road and weather conditions gt If the ESP cannot be switched back on Have the system checked at an authorized Mercedes
402. th all wheel tire combinations gt page 343 e Use snow chains in pairs and on rear wheels only Follow the manufacturer s mounting instructions H if snow chains are mounted to the front wheels they may scrape against the body or axle components The tires or the vehicle could be damaged as a result e Only use snow chains that are approved by Mercedes Benz Any authorized Mercedes Benz Center will be glad to advise you on this subject e Use of snow chains may be prohibited depending on location Always check local and state laws before installing snow chains e Do not use snow chains on the spare wheel When driving with snow chains you may wish to switch off the ESP gt page 65 before setting the vehicle in motion This will improve the vehicle s traction Winter driving instructions A Warning If the vehicle becomes stuck in snow make sure snow is kept clear of the exhaust pipe and from around the vehicle with the engine running Otherwise deadly carbon monox ide CO gases may enter vehicle interior resulting in unconsciousness and death To assure sufficient fresh air ventilation open a window slightly on the side of the vehicle not facing the wind A Warning The outside temperature indicator is not designed to serve as an ice warning device and is therefore unsuitable for that pur pose Indicated temperatures just above the freezing point do not guarantee that the road surface Is
403. the SmartKey must be determined and cor rected see gt page 76 Mechanical key Separately unlocking the glove box N gt Slide mechanical key 4 into the glove box lock and turn it counterclockwise to posi tion 2 You can now open the glove box Unlocking the glove box with the mechan ical key will trigger the anti theft alarm sys tem To cancel the alarm insert the SmartKey in the starter switch Locking the vehicle If you cannot lock the vehicle with the Smart Key or with KEYLESS GO lock it as follows gt Close the passenger door and the trunk gt Press the central locking switch gt page 81 gt Check to see whether the locking knob on the passenger door has moved down gt If necessary push it down manually gt Exit the vehicle and close the driver s door gt Remove the mechanical key from the SmartKey gt page 307 gt Check whether the trunk is locked gt If it is not locked lock it with the mechan ical key gt page 86 Except for the driver s door the vehicle should now be locked P80 20 2905 31 Locking Mechanical key gt Insert mechanical key 2 into the driver s door lock until it stops gt Turn mechanical key 2 clockwise to posi tion 1 The driver s door is locked This procedure does not arm the anti theft alarm system nor does it lock the fuel filler flap and the st
404. the fuel filler flap gt Switch on the ignition gt Press button or on the multi function steering wheel repeatedly until the standard display appears in the multifunc tion display gt page 129 gt Press button Pay or R repeatedly until you see the current inflation pressures for each tire appear in the display or the fol lowing message appears in the multifunc tion display Tire pressure displayed after driving for a few minutes gt Press the reset button gt page 124 The following message will appear in the multifunction display Restart tire pressure monitor gt If you wish to confirm Press button Em The following message will appear in the multifunction display Tire Pressure Monitor Restarted After driving a few minutes the system veri fies that the current tire inflation pressures are within the system s specified range Afterwards the current tire inflation pres sures are accepted as reference values and then monitored or gt If you wish to cancel Press button MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to con tinue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with the TPMS gt page 218 or the Advanced TPMS gt page 220 For information on driving in case of pressure loss in one or more tires emergency mode see the Practical Hints section gt page 325 Op
405. the TPMS gt page 218 or the Advanced TPMS gt page 220 The maximum distance in emergency mode depends on the vehicle s load It is 30 miles 50 km if the vehicle is partially loaded and 18 miles 30 km if the vehicle is fully loaded The point at which the maximum driving dis tance in emergency mode begins is when the warning message appears in the multifunc tion display indicating that there is a loss of tire inflation pressure gt Do not exceed the maximum speed of 50 mph 80 km h A Warning In emergency mode your vehicle s driving characteristics are diminished in such sit uations as e driving around curves e while braking e while accelerating rapidly Therefore your driving style must be adapted accordingly Avoid abrupt steering and driving maneuvers as well as driving over obstacles road curbs potholes or off road areas This is especially important if the vehicle is heavily loaded The emergency driving distance that can be achieved greatly depends on the demands placed on the vehicle Depending on speed load driving maneuvers road conditions outside temperature etc the distance can be significantly shorter or if the vehicle is driven cautiously somewhat longer Do not continue driving in emergency mode if e you notice knocking sounds e the vehicle starts to shake e smoke develops and you smell rubber Practical hints Flat tire ESP is intervening continuously e yo
406. the information and share it with others e for safety research or vehicle diagnosis pur poses e with the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee e in response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency e for use in dispute resolution involving Daimler its affiliates or sales service organization and or e as otherwise required or permitted by law Please check the Tele Aid subscription serv ice agreement for details regarding the infor At a glance Exterior VIQW oenen ea 26 Cockpit T aa 28 Instrument cluster c ee 30 Storage compartments 006 34 Multifunction steering wheel 36 Center console l 38 Overhead control panel 40 Door control panel At a glance Exterior view This Operator s Manual describes all features standard or optional potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual Function Page Function Page Function Page _ Trunk Retractable hardtop 173 Tires and wheels 209 343 Locking and unlocking 76 Windshield Checking tire inflation pres Opening and closing 82 Cleaning with wiper fluid 106 sure 217 83 Cleaning 247 Spare wheel 346 Valet locking 86 i Wipers 105 Flat tire 317 Vehicle tool kit 252 Wiper blades replacing 316 Rear lamps 311 Rear window de
407. the multifunction display As an alternative you may unlock the vehicle via Internet in the My Tele Aid section of Owner s Online using your ID and password USA only The Response Center will then unlock your vehicle with the remote door unlocking fea ture The remote door unlock feature is availa ble if the relevant cellular phone network is available The SOS button will flash and the message Call Connected will appear in the multi function display to indicate receipt of the door unlock command Once the vehicle is unlocked a Response Center specialist will attempt to establish voice contact with the vehicle occupants If the trunk recessed handle was pulled for more than 20 seconds before door unlock authorization was received by the Response Center you must wait 15 minutes before pulling the trunk recessed handle again Stolen Vehicle Recovery services In the event your vehicle was stolen gt Report the incident to the police The police will issue a numbered incident report gt Pass this number on to the Mercedes Benz Response Center along with your pass word The Response Center will then attempt to covertly contact the vehicle s Tele Aid sys tem Once the vehicle is located the Response Center will contact the local law enforcement and you The vehicle s loca tion will only be provided to law enforce ment If the anti theft alarm or the tow away alarm stays on for more tha
408. the sensors regularly being careful not to scratch or dam age the sensors see Cleaning the Parktronic system sensors gt page 247 A Warning The Parktronic is a supplemental system It is not intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility during parking and other critical maneuvers always remains with the driver A Warning Make sure no persons or animals are in the area in which you are maneuvering You could otherwise injure them H Special attention must be paid to objects with smooth surfaces or low silhouettes e g trailer couplings painted posts ele vated crossbars or road curbs Such objects may not be detected by the system and can damage the vehicle During parking maneuvers pay special attention to objects located above or below the height of the sensors e g street curbs painted posts or trailer hitches etc The Parktronic system will not detect such objects at close range and damage to your vehicle or the object may result H Ultrasonic signals from outside sources e g truck air brakes car wash or jack hammers may impair the operation of the Parktronic system Controls in detail Range of the sensors s am o wke a tih m aihn P54 65 3562 31 mrm s op O a tim a h o m aih P54 65 3400 31 Front sensors Center approx 40 in 100 cm Corners approx 24 in 60 cm Driving systems Rear sensors Center approx 48 in 120
409. the set speed the following mes sage will appear in the multifunction display DTR Override The distance to a slower moving vehicle in front of you will not be set Your vehicle speed will then be determined only by the accelerator pedal position Setting a higher speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the nec essary adjustments b gt Controls in detail Driving systems Increase the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected acceleration of the vehicle could cause an accident and or serious injury to you and others You can increase the set speed in two ways Adjustment in 5 mph Canada 10 km h increments gt Briefly lift the cruise control lever up in direction of arrow 4 gt page 150 The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has reached the set speed Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direc tion of arrow gt page 150 Setting a lower speed A Warning Keep in mind that it may take a brief moment until the vehicle has made the nec essary adjustments Decrease the set vehicle speed to a value that the prevailing road conditions and legal speed limits permit Otherwise sudden and unexpected deceleration of th
410. their supplemental pro tection The driver and passenger should always wear their seat belts Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection Safety and security In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds air bags will not deploy The driver and passenger will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover Air bags are not a substitute for seat belts Always wear your seat belt regardless of whether or not your vehicle is equipped with air bags It is important to your safety and that of your passenger that you replace deployed air bags and repair any malfunctioning air bags to make sure the vehicle will continue to provide supplemental crash protection for occu pants Safety guidelines for the seat belt Emergency Tensioning Device ETD and air bag A Warning e Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an acci dent must be replaced and their anchor ing points must also be checked Only Occupant safety use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Air bags and ETDs contain Perchlorate material which may require special han dling and regard for the environment Check with your local government s dis posal guidelines California residents see h
411. this case bring the vehicle to a halt by care fully applying the brakes and avoiding abrupt steering maneuvers A Warning Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked every other week when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the Tire and Loading Information placard on the driver s door B pillar or if available the tire inflation pressure label on the inside of the fuel filler flap If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the Tire and Loading Information placard or if available the tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire infla tion pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure moni toring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires are significantly underinflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire fail ure Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehi cle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire p
412. thorax air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job To help avoid the possibility of injury please follow these guidelines 1 Occupants especially children should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the head thorax air bag inflates This could result in serious injuries or death should the head thorax air bag be deployed 2 Always sit as upright as possible properly use the seat belts and for children 12 years old and under use an appropriately sized infant restraint toddler restraint or booster seat recom mended for the size and weight of the child 3 Always wear seat belts properly If you believe that even with the use of these guidelines it would be safer for your passenger seat occupants to have the pas senger side head thorax air bag deacti vated then deactivation can be carried out upon your written request at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center at an additional cost Please contact an local authorized Mer cedes Benz Center or call the Customer Assistance Center in the USA at 1 800 FOR MERCedes 1 800 367 6372 or Cus tomer Service in Canada at 1 800 387 0100 for details Air bags are designed to deploy only in certain frontal impacts front air bags driver side knee bag and in side impacts head thorax air bags which exceed preset deployment thresholds Only in the event of such a situa tion will they provide
413. ting 225 232 Top tether Children in the vehicle 60 Total load limit 232 Tow away alarm 72 Towing eye bolt 331 Towing the vehicle 330 Tow start 05 328 330 Traction 45 445450000 6eN rens 232 Transmission see Automatic transmission Transmission fluid level 207 Transmission gear selector lever see Gear selector lever Transmission positions 116 Traveling abroad 240 Tread tires 0 232 Tread depth tires 211 234 Treadwear indicators tires 211 232 Trip computer menu 141 Trip odometer resetting 125 Trunk COSINE aenep ae sone wese 83 Load ASSISt scccceciea see ae ee ees 184 Messages in the multifunction dis DIAS 2 d oedebince dude dete pie elas 275 Opening 2 see cece eee esses ees 82 Opening closing system ee ee eee 82 83 85 Trunk lid emergency release 86 Unlocking in an emergency 307 Valet locking 004 86 Turning off the engine 114 Turn signals 102 Additional in mirrors 311 BUIDS seara is bear T 311 Cleaning lenses 246 Indicator lamps 31 Messages in the multifunction dis Play sid eepecklistesieageecs 290 Replacing bulbs 311 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards 229 233 Units
414. ting the Programming portion steps 1 through 6 of this text A second person may make the fol lowing training procedures quicker and eas ier gt Step 8 Locate the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit Exact location and color of the button may vary by garage door opener brand Depend ing on manufacturer the training button may also be referred to as learn or smart button If there is difficulty locating the transmitting button refer to the garage door opener Operator s Manual gt Step 9 Press the training button on the garage door opener motor head unit The training light is activated You have 30 seconds to initiate the follow ing two steps gt Step 10 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for 2 seconds and release the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 11 Press hold for 2 seconds and release same signal transmitter button a second time to complete the training proc ess Some garage door openers or other roll ing code equipped devices may require you to press hold for 2 seconds and release the same signal transmitter button a third time to complete the training proc ess gt Step 12 Confirm the garage door opera tion by pressing the programmed signal transmitter button or gt Step 13 To program the remaining two signal transmitter buttons repeat the steps above starti
415. to a torque of 96 lb ft 130 Nm A Warning When turning the wheel wrench to tighten the wheel bolts make sure you position your hands on the wrench in such a way that you avoid injury to yourself such as scraping your hands against the wheel Make sure turning the wheel wrench will not scratch or damage the wheel rim gt Before storing the jack in the trunk crank back to storage position and fold in the jack arm gt Store the jack and the other vehicle tools in the designated storage space For information on storing the spare wheel in the trunk after it has been replaced by a reg ular road wheel see gt page 253 The flat tire may be transported in the trunk when the retractable hardtop is closed If available use a protective wrap on the spare wheel Vehicles with TPMS or Advanced TPMS Do not restart the tire inflation pressure monitor until a full size wheel tire with functioning sensor has been placed back into service on the vehicle Replacing jack support tube cover gt Slide tongue of cover under the upper edge of the tube opening gt Applying even pressure press cover until it snaps into place Be careful not to damage the locking tabs or clamp the plastic retaining strap MOExtended system The MOExtended system allows you to con tinue driving your vehicle even if there is a total loss of pressure in one or more tires You may only use the MOExtended system in conjunction with
416. to the Lighting submenu gt Press button PAN or R repeatedly until the message Light Circuit Headlamp Mode appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current set ting 72 Light Circuit Headlamp Mode gt Press button or E to select man ual operation Manual or daytime running lamp mode Constant With daytime running lamp mode activated and the exterior lamp switch in position EJ or MA the low beam headlamps are switched on when the engine is running In low ambient light conditions the following lamps will come on additionally e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps For more information on the daytime running lamp mode see Lighting gt page 100 For safety reasons resetting all the functions of all submenus to the factory settings while driving gt page 135 will not deactivate the daytime running lamp mode The following message appears in the multi function display Lighting Cannot be fully reset to factory settings while driving Setting locator lighting With the locator lighting feature activated and the exterior lamp switch in position REB the following lamps will come on during darkness when the vehicle is unlocked using button on the SmartKey e Parking lamps e Tail lamps e License plate lamps e Side marker lamps e Front fog lamps The locator lighting goes out when the driver s door is opened If you
417. tomatically when you depress the brake pedal or you engage the parking brake The Distronic switches off automatically and an acoustic warning will sound when e the vehicle speed falls below 20 mph 30 km h e the ESP is in operation e the ESP is switched off with the ESP switch e the ESP has switched off due to a mal function e you shift the automatic transmission into neutral position N while driving Observe additional messages in the multi function display that may appear A Warning Distronic switches off and releases the brakes when the vehicle decelerates below the minimum speed of 20 mph 30 km h by operation of the system At that time the driver must apply the brakes in order to reduce vehicle speed further or bring it to a stop Depressing the accelerator pedal does not deactivate the Distronic After a brief accel eration e g for passing the Distronic will resume the last set speed Controls in detail Setting the following distance in Dis tronic You can set the specified following distance for Distronic by varying the time setting between 1 0 and 2 0 seconds Using this time setting and the current speed of your vehicle Distronic calculates and sets the required fol lowing distance to the preceding vehicle The set distance will be shown in the right multifunction display A Warning It is up to the driver to exercise discretion to select the appropriate setting given road
418. ts e g road sign or such for a long time Possible cause consequence You have attempted to start the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the automatic transmission was not in park position P You have attempted to turn off the engine with the KEYLESS GO start stop button while the automatic transmission was not in park position P Possible solution gt Leave the area of the external interference gt Activate Distronic again gt page 150 when the message in the multifunction display disap pears gt Activate Distronic again gt page 150 when the message in the multifunction display disap pears Possible solution gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P gt Shift the automatic transmission into park position P Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Tires Display messages Possible cause consequence Possible solution Tire pressure displayed after Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Canada gt Drive the vehicle for a few minutes driving for a few only The tire inflation pressure is being minutes checked Tire Pressure Inoperative The TPMS USA only or Advanced TPMS gt Have the TPMS or Advanced TPMS checked at Monitor Canada only is malfunctioning an authorized Mercedes Benz Center lire Pressure Inoperative There are wheels without appropriate gt Have the TPMS USA only or Advanced TPMS Monitor No Wheel Sensors wheel sensors mo
419. ttp www dtsc ca gov Hazard ousWaste Perchlorate index cfm Air bags and ETDs are designed to func tion on a one time only basis An air bag or ETD that is deployed must be replaced Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges They could tear Do not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection No modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS This includes changing or removing any component or part of the SRS the installation of additional trim material seat covers badges etc over the steer b gt Safety and security Occupant safety ing wheel hub passenger front air bag cover outboard sides of the seat backrests door trim panels or door frame trims and installation of additional electrical electronic equipment on or near SRS components and wiring Keep area between air bags and occupant free of objects e g packages purses umbrellas etc e Air bag system components will be hot after an air bag has inflated Do not touch them e Never place your feet on the instrument panel dashboard or on the seat Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat e In addition improper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment Work on t
420. u believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notify ing Mercedes Benz USA LLC If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mercedes Benz USA LLC To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Admin istrator NHTSA Headquarters 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE West Building Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov Introduction Vehicle data recording Vehicle data recording mation that may be recorded or transmitted via that system Information regarding electronic recording devices Including notice pursuant to California Code 9951 Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and if equipped with the Tele Aid system may transmit some data in certain accidents This information helps for example to diag nose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety Daimler may access
421. u notice tears on the tire sidewalls After driving in emergency mode you must have the rims inspected by an authorized Mercedes Benz Center to check if they are suitable for further use The failed tire must be replaced in any case When replacing individual or all tires on the vehicle make sure only tires marked with MOExtended are mounted in the size speci fied for your vehicle gt page 343 Practical hints Battery Battery Safety notes These batteries should always be sufficiently charged in order to achieve their rated service life Refer to Maintenance Booklet for battery maintenance intervals If you use your vehicle mostly for short dis tance trips you will need to have the battery charge checked more frequently When replacing a battery always use a bat tery approved by Mercedes Benz If you do not intend to operate your vehicle for an extended period of time contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Center about steps you need to observe A Warning Observe all safety instructions and precau tions when handling automotive batteries Risk of explosion Fire open flames and smoking are prohibited when handling batteries Avoid creating sparks Battery acid is caustic Do not allow it to come into contact with skin eyes or clothing Wear suitable protective clothing especially gloves apron and face guard A Wear eye protection Rinse any acid spills immediately with
422. ulb socket 2 back into the housing gt Align housing cover C and turn it clock wise until it engages Practical hints Replacing bulbs Parking and standing lamp bulb gt Turn housing cover 1 counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull out bulb socket 2 gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket 2 gt Press the new bulb gently into bulb socket gt Place bulb socket 2 back into the housing gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages Corner illuminating lamp bulbs gt Turn housing cover 1 counterclockwise and remove it gt Turn bulb socket counterclockwise and remove it gt Pull the bulb out of bulb socket gt Press the new bulb gently into bulb socket gt Insert bulb socket into the guide in the headlamp gt Turn bulb socket clockwise until it engages The handle of the bulb socket must be ver tical gt Align housing cover Q and turn it clock wise until it engages Replacing bulbs for rear lamps Before you start to replace a bulb for a rear lamp do the following first gt Switch off the ignition gt Turn the exterior lamp switch to position gt Open the trunk Tail lamp unit Opening the driver s side trim panel Lock Cover gt Turn lock Q counterclockwise by 90 gt Remove cover 2 Opening the passenger side trim panel Lock Cover gt Move lock 4 in direction of the arr
423. uld cause the gas to spray back out when removing the fuel pump nozzle which could cause personal injury H Never refuel vehicles with gasoline engine with diesel fuel Even small amounts of die sel fuel will damage the fuel system and Operation engine Damage resulting from the use of non approved fuels or fuel additives or resulting from mixing gasoline with diesel fuel is not covered by the Mercedes Benz Limited Warranty H If you have accidentally filled the tank with incorrect or non approved fuel do not switch on the ignition Otherwise the incor rect or non approved fuel will get into the fuel lines The fuel system must be drained completely Contact an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center to have the fuel system drained completely H To prevent damage to the catalytic con verters only use premium unleaded gaso line in this vehicle Any noticeable irregularities in engine oper ation should be repaired promptly Otherwise excessive unburned fuel may reach the catalytic converter causing it to overheat and potentially start a fire Only use premium unleaded gasoline with a minimum Posted Octane Rating of 91 average of 96 RON 86 MON Information on gasoline quality can nor mally be found on the fuel pump Please At the gas station contact gas station personnel in case labels on the pump cannot be found For more information on gasoline see Pre mium unleaded gasoline gt page 354 s
424. ulic brake system are described in the Safety and security section gt page 63 The cruise control automatically maintains the speed you set for your vehicle The use of the cruise control is recommended for driving at a constant speed for extended periods of time The currently set speed or last set speed Resume function appears in the status indicator of the multifunction display e USA only e g CC 55 MPH e Canada only e g 90 Km h A Warning The cruise control is a convenience system designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation The driver is and must always remain responsible for the vehicle s speed and for safe brake operation Only use the cruise control if the road traf fic and weather conditions make it advisa ble to travel at a constant speed e The use of the cruise control can be dan gerous on winding roads or in heavy traf fic because conditions do not allow safe driving at a constant speed The use of the cruise control can be dan gerous on slippery roads Rapid changes in tire traction can result in wheel spin and loss of control e Deactivate the cruise control when driv ing in fog The Resume function should only be operated if the driver is fully aware of the previously set speed and wishes to resume this particular preset speed A Warning The cruise control brakes automatically so that the set speed is not exceeded Keep in mind that the cruise
425. unlocking 76 LOSS Of 4 center nb ant de eee 80 Messages in the multifunction dis Playe penr EEEE whadas 277 Opening Trunk sese cso acseaes 82 Remote control 76 Replacing batteries 309 Restoring to factory setting 77 79 Selective setting 77 79 Starter switch positions 87 Key SmartKey with KEYLESS GO Starter switch positions 88 KEYLESS GO Starter switch positions 88 Kickdown 0 0055 117 Kickdown manual shift program 123 Kilopascal air pressure unit 231 Knee bag ee eee 49 Labels Certification 00 339 Emission control information 340 Lamps exterior Exterior lamp switch 99 FROME sect it sited anteater oar 311 Messages in the multifunction dis DIA Varco bo ae teed 286 REAM 5 ot ceded dc E RS 311 Switching on off 99 Lamps indicator and warning ABS at cilecivescuedtus Sear 33 293 Battery SmartKey 77 Brak S woos 56 a4 54 bee KENAR 295 Coolant eeii 228g 303 Distance warning lamp 149 155 300 Engine malfunction 33 302 ESPO enki tec atiten eon tse es 31 298 Foglamps 008 101 Fuel tank reserve 33 301 High beam headlamps 33 Instrument cluster 293 Passenger front air bag off EE EE E E 38 49 305 RO Bam a a aa 300 Seat belt telltale 33
426. unlocking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash once an acoustic signal sounds once the locking knobs in the doors move up and the anti theft alarm system is disarmed When locking the vehicle all turn signal lamps flash three times an acoustic signal sounds three times the locking knobs in the doors move down and the anti theft alarm system is armed All doors and the trunk must be closed H If you cannot lock or unlock the vehicle with the SmartKey the batteries in the SmartKey are discharged the SmartKey is malfunctioning or the vehicle battery is drained e Check the batteries in the SmartKey and replace them if necessary e Use the mechanical key to unlock the driver s door and the trunk e Use the mechanical key to lock the vehi cle e Have the vehicle battery and the vehicle battery connections checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center If the SmartKey is malfunctioning contact Roadside Assistance or an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center Your vehicle comes supplied with two Smart Keys each with remote control and a remov able mechanical key The SmartKey locks and unlocks centrally e the doors e the trunk lid e the fuel filler flap e the glove box e the storage compartment under the arm rest e the rear storage compartments P80 35 2337 31 SmartKey Lock button Unlock button for trunk lid Unlock button Battery check lamp USA only This device c
427. unted e g winter tires Canada only checked at an authorized Mer cedes Benz Center gt Have the appropriate wheel sensors installed at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Display messages Tire Pressure Monitor Wheel Sensor Missing Tire Pressure Monitor Currently Unavail able Practical hints Vehicle status messages in the multifunction display Possible cause consequence Vehicles with Advanced TPMS Canada only One or more sensors are defect e g bat tery is empty The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display One or more wheels without appropriate wheel sensors mounted e g spare tire The respective tire is indicated by instead of the tire inflation pressure in the multifunction display The TPMS USA only or Advanced TPMS Canada only is unable to monitor the tire pressure due to a nearby radio interfer ence source or insufficient power supply Possible solution gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed at an author ized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the Advanced TPMS checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center gt Have the wheel sensors installed at an author ized Mercedes Benz Center As soon as the causes of the malfunction have been removed the TPMS or Advanced TPMS automatically becomes active again after a few minut
428. ur vehicle could then accelerate to the pre viously selected speed Distronic regulates only the distance between your vehicle and those directly ahead of it but does not register stationary objects in the road e g e a stopped vehicle in a traffic jam e a disabled vehicle e an oncoming vehicle The driver must always be alert observe all traffic and intercede as required by means of steering or braking the vehicle A Warning Distronic should not be used in snowy or icy road conditions The most likely cause for a malfunctioning system is a dirty Distronic system sensor cover located in the hood grille especially at times of snow and ice or heavy rain In such a case Distronic will switch off and the message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Oper Manual appears in the multifunction display For cleaning and care of the Distronic system sensor cover see gt page 246 if the message DISTRONIC Currently Unavailable See Oper Manual dis appears during driving the dirt e g slush has dissolved Distronic is available again if you reactivate it gt page 150 Turns and bends P 4 70 2375 31 In turns or bends Distronic may not detect a moving vehicle in front or it may detect one too soon This may cause your vehicle to brake late or unexpectedly Offset driving z P54 70 2407 31 A vehicle traveling in your lane but offset from your direct line of travel may not be detecte
429. ury to you and others When you use the cruise control lever to decelerate the brake system will automati cally brake the vehicle if the engine s braking power does not brake the vehicle sufficiently gt Lift the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 1 and hold it up to increase or depress the cruise control lever in direction of arrow 2 and hold it down to decrease until the desired speed is reached gt Release the cruise control lever The new speed is set and the vehicle will accelerate or decelerate Fine adjustment in 1 mph Canada 1 km h increments gt Briefly tip the cruise control lever in direc tion of arrow 4 to increase or in direction of arrow 2 to decrease Resume last stored speed A Warning The set speed stored in memory should only be set again if prevailing road condi tions and legal speed limits permit Possi ble acceleration or deceleration differen ces arising from returning to the preset speed could cause an accident and or seri ous injury to you and others gt Briefly pull the cruise control lever in direc tion of arrow 4 If no speed is stored the current speed is set and stored gt Remove your foot from the accelerator pedal The last stored set speed is canceled when the engine is turned off Distronic Safety notes When activated the Distronic adaptive cruise control increases the driving convenience afforded by the cruise control while tra
430. ury to you or others Always replace rims and tires with the same designation manufacturer and type as shown on the original part A Warning Do not overload the tires by exceeding the specified load limit as indicated on the Tire Operation Tires and wheels and Loading Information placard on the serious personal injury and possible death Index Speed rating driver s door B pillar Overloading the tires for you and for others can overheat them possibly causing a ZR Y above 186 mph 300 km h Regardless of the tire speed rating local blowout Overloading the tires can also result in handling or steering problems or SPeed limits should be obeyed Use prudent ZR above 149 mph 240 km h brke riire driving speeds appropriate to prevailing con ditions e At the tire manufacturer s option any tire with a speed capability above 149 mph 240 km h can include a ZR in the size Summer tires designation for example 245 40 ZR18 To determine the maximum speed capabil ity of the tire the service description for the Q up to 100 mph 160 km h tire must be referred to The service description is comprised of tire load rating and tire speed rating Tire load rating is a numerical code asso Tire speed rating indicates the approved ciated with the maximum load a tire can sup maximum speed for the tire port For example a load rating of 91 corresponds I to a maximum load of 1356 Ib
431. using the SmartKey see Summer opening feature gt page 175 and Convenience closing feature gt page 175 After switching off the ignition or remov ing the SmartKey from the starter switch you Can operate the windows until you open a door If no door was opened you can operate the windows for up to 5 minutes Controls in detail Power windows ZA PE Pn ee 4 P67 39 2 y Left door and rear side window Right door and rear side window Door windows When you open the door windows while the hardtop is open the rear side windows will also open automatically gt Switch on the ignition gt Opening Closing Press or pull and hold switch C or 2 to the resistance point The corresponding door window will move downwards or upwards until you release the switch Controls in detail Power windows gt Express operation Press or pull switch Q or 2 past the resistance point and release The corresponding door window opens or closes completely gt Stopping during Express operation Press or pull the respective switch again Closing when a door window is blocked A Warning Make sure that nobody can become trap ped and be seriously or even fatally injured when closing a door window with greater force or without automatic reversal func tion If the upward movement of a door window is blocked during the closing procedure the door window will stop and open slightly
432. vated or press button a gt Activating Press button RJ The indicator lamp in the button comes on The air recirculation mode is activated automatically at high outside tempera tures The indicator lamp in button is not lit when the air recirculation mode is auto matically switched on A quantity of outside air is added after approximately 30 minutes gt Deactivating Press button again The indicator lamp in the button goes out The manually selected air recirculation mode is deactivated automatically e after 5 minutes if the outside tempera ture is below approximately 41 F 5 C e after 5 minutes if the air conditioning is turned off e after 30 minutes if the outside tempera ture is above approximately 41 F 5 C Residual heat and ventilation With the engine switched off it is possible to continue to heat or ventilate the interior for up to 30 minutes This feature makes use of the residual heat produced by the engine If you switch on the residual heat function when outside temperatures are high only the ventilation will be switched on How long the system will provide heating depends on the coolant temperature and the selected temperature The blower will run at low speed regardless of the air dis tribution control setting gt Activating Switch off the ignition gt Press button Raj The indicator lamp in the button comes on gt Deactivating Press button ERJ The indicato
433. ve wheels are spinning the ABS ESP warning lamp in the instrument cluster does not flash The ESP will then not stabilize the vehicle ESP switch gt Switching off With the engine running press ESP switch until the ABS ESP warning lamp and the ESP OFF warn Safety and security ing lamp JEA in the instrument cluster come on The message ESP OFF appears in the mul tifunction display A Warning When the ABS ESP warning lamp and the ESP OFF warning lamp aij are illuminated continuously the ESP is switched off Vehicle stability in standard driving maneuvers is reduced Adapt your speed and driving to the pre vailing road conditions and to the non oper ating status of the ESP H Avoid spinning of a drive wheel for an extended period with the ESP switched off This may cause serious damage to the drivetrain which is not covered by the Mer cedes Benz Limited Warranty gt Switching on With the engine running press ESP switch 1 briefly The ABS ESP warning lamp and the ESP OFF warning lamp JRA in the instru ment cluster go out The message ESP ON appears in the multifunction display Driving safety systems Electro hydraulic brake system The electro hydraulic brake system combines a hydraulic brake circuit with electronically controlled brake servo assistance You have increased braking safety and improved brak ing comfort A Warning Never ignore a brake malfunction
434. ve your vehicle checked at an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Driving systems Problem The white Distronic indica tor lamp comes on while driving The red distance warning lamp comes on while driv ing and you hear a warning sound Vehicle Problem BPM The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp comes on when the engine is running BPW The yellow fuel tank reserve warning lamp comes on when the engine is running Possible cause consequence You are too close to the vehicle in front of you to maintain selected speed You are gaining too rapidly on the vehicle ahead of you or the dis tance warning system has recog nized a stationary obstacle on your probable line of travel Practical hints What to do if Suggested solutions gt Apply the brakes immediately to increase the following distance gt Apply the brakes immediately gt Carefully observe the traffic situation You may need to brake or maneuver to avoid hitting an obstacle Possible cause consequence The fuel level has gone below the reserve mark The fuel cap is not closed prop erly Suggested solutions gt Refuel at the next gas station gt Close the fuel cap Practical hints What to do if Engine Problem USA only Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indicator lamp comes on when the engine is running USA only Canada only The yellow engine malfunction indi
435. ved at least two laps and have stopped the RACETIMER gt Press button or repeatedly until the AMG menu appears in the multifunc tion display gt Press button Aj repeatedly until the lap analysis appears in the multifunction dis play Each lap is shown in its own submenu The fastest lap is indicated by flashing symbol O J 727 LS 0013 ss Lap number Lap time Maximum speed during lap Average speed during lap Lap length gt Press button Pay or B to see other lap analyses The functions in the Audio DVD menu oper ate the audio or video equipment which you currently have turned on If no audio equipment is currently turned on the message AUDIO Off appears in the mul tifunction display The following functions are available e Selecting radio station gt page 133 e Operating audio devices audio media gt page 133 e Operating video DVD gt page 133 Selecting radio station gt Turn on the COMAND system and select radio Refer to separate COMAND system operating instructions gt Press button or repeatedly until the currently tuned station appears in the multifunction display Example illustration Wave band setting and stored memory position Station frequency gt Select next or previous stored station Press B or PAY briefly to select a stored station gt Select next or previous station in the station list Press and hold B or BY to select a st
436. vehicle For information on recommended tire infla tion pressure and supplemental tire inflation pressure information for special driving sit uations see gt page 215 The following pages also list the approved wheel rim and tire sizes for equipping your vehicles with winter tires Winter tires are not available as standard or optional fac tory equipment but can be purchased from an authorized Mercedes Benz Center Depending on vehicle model and the stand ard or optional factory equipped wheel rim tire configuration on your vehicle Appearance Package Sport Package etc equipping your vehicle with winter tires approved for your vehicle model may also require the purchase of two or four wheel rims of the recommended size for use with these winter tires For more information contact an authorized Mercedes Benz Cen ter For information on driving with MOExtended tires see the Practical hints section gt page 325 be checked regularly and should only be adjusted on cold tires Follow tire manu Technical data Rims and tires Model SL 550 SL 63 AMG SL 550 Sport Package SL 600 SL 600 Sport Package Rims light alloy 8 5 Jx 18 H2 8 5Jx 18 H2 Wheel offset 1 38 in 35 mm 1 18 in 30 mm Winter tires 19 255 40 R18 95V M S A 255 40 R18 95V XL Extra or Load M S 4 255 40 R18 95V M S A MOExtended2 18 Radial ply tires 19 Not available as factory equipment SL 63 AMG SL 63 AMG Performance Pac
437. vehicle or be ejected fromit Youcan be seriously injured or killed In the same crash the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts A Warning Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous You could slide under the seat belt in a collision If you slide under it the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck That could cause serious or even fatal injuries The seat back rest and seat belt provide the best restraint when the wearer is in a position that is as upright as possible and the seat belt is properly positioned on the body Safety and security Occupant safety A Warning Never let more people ride in the vehicle than there are seat belts available Make sure everyone riding in the vehicle is cor rectly restrained with a separate seat belt Never use a seat belt for more than one person at a time A Warning Keep the door storage compartments closed while vehicle is in motion Failure to do so may cause the seat belt to catch at the rear and prevent proper positioning of the seat belt A Warning Damaged seat belts or seat belts that were highly stressed in an accident must be replaced and their anchoring points must also be checked Only use seat belts which have been approved by Mercede
438. veling on expressways and other major roadways e If the Distronic distance sensor detects a slower moving vehicle directly ahead your vehicle speed will be reduced so that you follow that vehicle at your preset following distance e If there is no vehicle directly ahead of you the Distronic will function in the same way as standard cruise control gt page 144 Controls in detail A Warning The Distronic is a convenience system Its speed adjustment reduction capability is intended to make cruise control more effective and usable when traffic speeds vary It is not however intended to nor does it replace the need for extreme care The responsibility for the vehicle s speed distance to the preceding vehicle and most importantly brake operation to ensure a safe stopping distance always remains with the driver Complex driving situations are not always fully recognized by the Distronic This could result in wrong or missing distance warn ings A Warning The Distronic adaptive cruise control is not a substitute for active driving involvement It does not react to pedestrians or on sta tionary objects nor does it recognize or predict the lane curvature or the movement of preceding vehicles The Distronic can only apply 20 of the maximum braking power of the vehicle It is the driver s responsibility at all times to be attentive to the road weather and traffic Driving systems conditions Additionally
439. vidual settings can be found on the following pages Instrument cluster submenu e Selecting speedometer display mode gt page 137 e Selecting language gt page 137 e Selecting standard display gt page 137 Lighting submenu e Setting daytime running lamp mode USA only gt page 138 e Setting locator lighting gt page 138 e Setting night security illumination Head lamps delayed shut off feature gt page 139 e Setting interior lighting delayed shut off gt page 140 Vehicle submenu e Setting automatic locking gt page 140 Convenience submenu e Activating easy entry exit feature gt page 140 Instrument cluster submenu Access the Instr Cluster submenu via the Settings menu Use the Instr Clus ter submenu to change the instrument clus ter display settings The following functions are available e Selecting speedometer display mode gt page 137 Selecting language gt page 137 e Setting standard display gt page 137 Selecting speedometer display mode gt Move the selection marker with button or B tothe Instr Cluster sub menu gt Press button Pay or E repeatedly until the message Digital Speedometer appears in the multifunction display The selection marker is on the current set ting PS4 32 5891 31 gt Press button or E to set speed ometer unit to Ki lometers or Miles Controls in detail Selecting language gt Move the selection
440. volume control 10 gt page 164 clockwise or counterclockwise Windshield fogged on the outside Keep this setting selected only until the windshield is clear again Climate control system gt Switch the windshield wipers on gt page 105 gt Press one button MH until the setting Ea or appears in air distri bution display or gt page 164 Maximum cooling MAX COOL If the air distribution controls as well as the air volume control are set to R9 and there is a high need for cooling MAX COOL is acti vated MAX COOL appears in temperature controls 7 and 2 gt page 164 This provides the fastest possible cooling of the vehicle interior when retractable hardtop is closed b gt Controls in detail Climate control system S s r pe P83 40 4015 31 Automatic climate control panel with MAX COOL activated Air recirculation mode Switch to air recirculation mode to prevent unpleasant odors from entering the vehicle from the outside e g before driving through a tunnel This setting cuts off the intake of outside air and recirculates the air in the pas senger compartment A Warning Fogged windows impair visibility endan gering you and others If the windows begin to fog on the inside switching off the air recirculation mode immediately should clear interior window fogging If interior window fogging persists make sure the air 172 conditioning is acti
441. weight The combined weight in excess of those standard items which may be replaced of automatic transmission power steering power brakes power windows power seats radio and heater to the extent that these items are available as factory installed equip ment whether installed or not Air pressure The amount of air inside the tire pressing out ward on each square inch of the tire Air pressure is expressed in pounds per square inch psi or kilopascal kPa or bar Aspect ratio Dimensional relationship between tire sec tion height and section width expressed in percentage Bar Another metric unit for air pressure There are 14 5038 pounds per square inch psi to 1 bar there are 100 kilopascals kPa to 1 bar Bead The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold the tire onto the rim Cold tire inflation pressure Tire inflation pressure when your vehicle has been sitting for at least 3 hours or driven no more than 1 mile 1 6 km Curb weight The weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the maximum capacity of fuel oil and coolant and if so equipped air conditioning and additional optional equip ment but without passengers and cargo DOT Department of Transportation A tire branding symbol which denotes the tire meets requirements of the U S Department of Transportation Operation GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating The GAWR is the maximum
442. y when conditions are safe to do so The doors are designed to unlock automati cally after an accident if the force of the impact exceeds a preset threshold The vehicle locks automatically when the igni tion is switched on and the wheels are turning at vehicle speeds of approximately 9 mph 15 km h or more You could therefore lock yourself out when the vehicle is pushed or towed or is on a test stand Controls in detail You can deactivate the automatic central locking using the control system gt page 140 Locking and unlocking from the inside A Observe Safety notes see page 60 You can lock or unlock the vehicle from inside using the central locking switches This can be useful for example if you want to lock the vehicle before starting to drive The central locking switches do not lock or unlock the fuel filler flap or the interior stor age compartments such as the glove box Central locking switch Central unlocking switch Locking and unlocking gt Locking Press central locking switch 4 If all doors are closed the vehicle locks gt Unlocking Press central unlocking switch You can open a locked door from inside at any time Open door only when conditions are safe to do so If the vehicle was previously locked with the central locking switch e and the SmartKey is set to factory settings the complete vehicle is unlocked when a door is opened from the inside e and the Sma
443. z Center Power windows Opening and closing The windows are opened and closed electri cally The switches for all windows are located on the driver s door The switch for operating the passenger side windows is located on the passenger door A Warning When closing the windows make sure there is no danger of anyone being harmed by the closing procedure The door windows are equipped with the express operation and automatic reversal function If in express operation mode a door window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path the automatic reversal function will stop the door window and open it slightly The door windows operate differently when the switch is pressed and held See the Closing when a door window is blocked section for details The closing of the door windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch or if the switch was pressed past the resist ance point and released by pressing or pulling the respective switch The closing of the rear side windows can be immediately halted by releasing the switch If a window encounters an obstruction that blocks its path in a circumstance where you are closing the windows by pressing and holding button on the SmartKey or by pressing and holding the lock button vehi cles with KEYLESS GO on an outside door handle the automatic reversal function will not operate A Observe Safety notes see page 60 You can also open or close the windows

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

ProfiGraph User Manual  Philips CD3653Q  1 2 - Amina  A.O. Smith ATI-310-N Technical Documents  POMPA A INFUSIONE 35200 / IP7700  取扱説明書 - ZAQ｜サポート    THESE sur dépistage CCR  DE Motorroller FR Scooter IT Scooter  

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file